CONFIDENTIAL

Published in May 2024

Version 2.0

Service Manual
ECOSYS MA4000wfx / ECOSYS MA4000fx / ECOSYS MA4000x

PF-1100
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Contents

1 Read first ................................................................................................. 1

Confidential ................................................................................................................................. 2
Introduction ................................................................................................................................. 3
Revision History .......................................................................................................................... 4
Safety precautions ...................................................................................................................... 5

2 Specifications ........................................................................................ 10
Specification of the main unit function .................................................................................. 11
Specification of the main unit ....................................................................................... 11
Specification of paper related ...................................................................................... 12
Specification of Process related ................................................................................... 13
Specification of the copy function .......................................................................................... 15
Specification of the printer function ...................................................................................... 16
Specification of the scanner function ..................................................................................... 17
Document processor specifications ....................................................................................... 19
Paper feeder Specifications ..................................................................................................... 20
Name of each part of the main unit ....................................................................................... 21
Name of the exterior appearance ................................................................................ 21
Name of connectors and internal parts ...................................................................... 22
Name of the part when the option is installed ........................................................... 24
Names of Operation panel parts ............................................................................................ 25
Configuration of the options ................................................................................................... 28

3 Installation ........................................................................................... 30
Installation environment of the main unit ............................................................................ 31
The flow of Installing the main unit ....................................................................................... 32
Unbox, and check the contents of the package .................................................................... 33
Setting up the Toner container ............................................................................................... 36
Connecting other devices ........................................................................................................ 37
Connecting machine to network with cable .......................................................................... 39
Connecting PC to main unit with USB cable .......................................................................... 40
Set paper. ................................................................................................................................... 41
Notes for handling the Paper ....................................................................................... 43
For the default settings ............................................................................................................ 45
Set the date and the time .............................................................................................. 45
Setting network with wired connection ...................................................................... 45
Configuring the Wireless Network ............................................................................... 47
Set the altitude adjustment mode ............................................................................... 48
Install the software ........................................................................................................ 49
Output maintenance report. ........................................................................................ 49
Clear the counter ............................................................................................................ 49
Canceling the Maintenance mode ............................................................................... 50
Turn the power off. ........................................................................................................ 50
Installing Option ....................................................................................................................... 51
Installing Authentication kit (Activate) ........................................................................ 51
Enabling Authentication kit (Activate) ......................................................................... 52
Installing Paper feeder .................................................................................................. 53
Installing Trusted Platform Module (UG-50) .............................................................. 54
Installing SD/SDHC card ................................................................................................ 57

i
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Start using the application ...................................................................................................... 60

Check the detail of the application ......................................................................................... 61

4 Composition .......................................................................................... 62
Mechanism cross section ......................................................................................................... 63
Cross-section view of main unit and paper feeder .................................................... 63
The sensor layout drawing on the paper conveying path ................................................... 65
Layout of electrical components and connection state (left side) ..................................... 67
Layout of electrical components and connection state (right side) ................................... 68
Layout of electrical components and condition of connection (Document processor) .. 69
Layout of the electrical components and the condition of the connection (Paper feeder)
70
Explanation of the main PWB .................................................................................................. 71
Outside appearance of the Main / Engine PWB and the connector layout ............ 71
Connection destination of Main / Engine PWB connector ........................................ 73
Outside appearance of the High voltage PWB and the connector layout .............. 82
Connection destination of High voltage PWB connector .......................................... 83
Outside appearance of the Power supply PWB and the connector layout ............. 84
Connection destination of Power supply PWB connector ........................................ 86
Outside appearance of the Operation panel PWB and the connector layout ........ 87
Connection destination of Operation panel PWB connector ................................... 88
Outside appearance of the PF PWB and the connector layout ................................ 89
Connection destination of PF PWB connector ............................................................ 90
Layout of the PWB and the function explanation ................................................................. 92
Layout of the sensor/switch and the function explanation ................................................ 94
Layout of the motor and the function explanation .............................................................. 97
Layout of the other electrical components and the function explanation ........................ 99
Outline of the Drive section ...................................................................................................101
Layout of the conveying drive line .............................................................................101
Layout of each drive train ...........................................................................................102
Outline of the Feed and conveying section .........................................................................106
CassetteFeed section ...................................................................................................106
MP feed section ............................................................................................................108
Outline of the Optical section ...............................................................................................110
Image scanner unit ......................................................................................................110
Laser scanner unit ........................................................................................................ 112
Outline of the Developer section .......................................................................................... 114
Developer unit .............................................................................................................. 114
Outline of the Drum section ..................................................................................................116
Charger unit ..................................................................................................................116
Cleaning unit .................................................................................................................116
Outline of the Conveying section and Transfer/Separation section ................................119
Outline of the Fuser section ..................................................................................................121
Fuser unit ......................................................................................................................121
Outline of the Exit/Feedshift section ....................................................................................124
Outline of the Duplex conveying section .............................................................................127
Outline of the Document processor ..................................................................................... 129
DP Feed section/DP Conveying section/DP Exit section .........................................129
Outline of the Paper feeder (Option) ...................................................................................132
PF Feed section .............................................................................................................132

5 Maintenance ....................................................................................... 134

Maintenance Precautions ......................................................................................................135
Drum handling and storage .......................................................................................135
Storing Toner container ..............................................................................................135
How to identify genuine Kyocera Toner container ..................................................135
Maintenance parts ..................................................................................................................137
Maintenance kit ............................................................................................................137
Work after replacing Maintenance kit ....................................................................... 137

ii
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Removal procedure of the Exterior cover ............................................................................ 138

Detaching/Attaching the Left rear cover ..................................................................138
Detaching/Attaching the ISU rear cover ...................................................................139
Detaching/Attaching the ISU left cover .....................................................................140
Detaching/Attaching the ISU right cover ..................................................................141
Detaching/Attaching the left cover ............................................................................ 142
Detaching/Attaching the Right cover ........................................................................144
Detaching/Attaching the Front cover ........................................................................146
Detaching/Attaching the Rear cover .........................................................................147
Maintenance kit replacement procedure ............................................................................ 149
Detaching/Attaching the Feed roller .........................................................................149
Detaching/Attaching the Cassette Retard roller ...................................................... 151
Detaching/Attaching the MP feed roller ...................................................................153
Detaching/Attaching the Developer unit ..................................................................156
Detaching/Attaching the Drum unit ..........................................................................157
Detaching/Attaching the Charger unit ......................................................................159
Detaching/Attaching the Transfer roller ...................................................................161
Detaching/Attaching the Fuser unit ..........................................................................163
PWB replacement procedure ................................................................................................ 168
Detaching/Attaching the Main / Engine PWB ..........................................................168
Notes for when replacing the Main / Engine PWB ..................................................171
Detaching/Attaching the High voltage PWB ............................................................174
Detaching/Attaching the Power supply PWB ...........................................................180
Detaching/Attaching the FAX PWB ............................................................................ 183
Detaching/Attaching the Wi-Fi PWB ..........................................................................186
Detaching/Attaching the Operation panel PWB ...................................................... 190
Other units and Detaching/Attaching procedure of the parts .........................................192
Detaching/Attaching the Laser scanner unit ............................................................192
Detaching/Attaching the Image scanner unit ..........................................................200
Detaching/Attaching the Operation section .............................................................204
Detaching/Attaching the Scanner carriage ASSY .....................................................205
Detaching/Attaching the Main motor ....................................................................... 206
Detaching/Attaching the Fuser pressure release drive unit .................................. 208
Detaching/Attaching the MP solenoid ......................................................................213
Detaching/Attaching the clutch .................................................................................214
Detaching/Attaching the Exit solenoid ......................................................................217
Detaching/Attaching the FAX speaker ......................................................................226
Detaching/Attaching the Operation panel sheet .....................................................229
Attaching direction of the fan. ....................................................................................231
Detaching/Attaching the DP front cover ...................................................................232
Detaching/Attaching the DP rear cover .................................................................... 232
Detaching/Attaching the DP Pickup roller, DP Feed roller, and DP separation pad .
233
Detaching/Attaching the DP feed motor ..................................................................236
Detaching/Attaching the PF PWB ............................................................................... 237
Detaching/Attaching the PF conveying motor ......................................................... 238
Detaching/Attaching the PF clutch ............................................................................ 241

6 Firmware ............................................................................................. 244

Notes for updating firmware ................................................................................................ 245
Firmware name .......................................................................................................................246
Update the firmware with the USB drive .............................................................................248

7 Troubleshooting ................................................................................. 251

Image formation problems ...................................................................................................252
Isolate where the image failure is occurring from ..................................................252
Scanner-related problem (using document processor: first side (front side)) ....253
Scanner-related problem (using document processor: second side (back side)) .....
265

iii
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Scanner-related problem (using original glass) .......................................................277

Engine-related problem (paper conveying problem) ..............................................291
Engine Factors (Cause of the Image forming) ......................................................... 306
Conveying failure ....................................................................................................................324
Basic pre-check points for paper jam ........................................................................324
Detect paper jam ..........................................................................................................329
JAM code ........................................................................................................................329
Self Diagnostic ......................................................................................................................... 359
System error (C code) ..................................................................................................359
System error (F code) ..................................................................................................386
FAX related ............................................................................................................................... 410
FAX send error .............................................................................................................. 410
FAX Error code .............................................................................................................. 411
Send related error ..................................................................................................................460
Send error .....................................................................................................................460
Scan to E-mail error codes .......................................................................................... 461
Scan to FTP error code ................................................................................................ 467
Scan to SMB error code ...............................................................................................474
Printer output error ................................................................................................................478
The Paper replenishment message appears ............................................................479
Orientation is different ................................................................................................ 479
Feed from the MP Tray. ...............................................................................................480
Garbled characters .......................................................................................................481
Paper is not fed from the MP Tray .............................................................................481
The same data is printed out endlessly .....................................................................481
PC window shows [Print job error], [Standby] or [Printer unavailable] is indicated on
the printer properties. .................................................................................................482
Processing and Memory lamps are lit while the printer standby message is
indicated ........................................................................................................................482
Unable to output during sleep due to a failure to start the Main unit (Processing on
the Operation panel/memory lamp is lit) ................................................................. 482
Printing is stopped (Operation lock) after printing several sheets. (The [Data] lamp
on the Operation panel is lit) ......................................................................................483
Printing is not possible due to the network (1) ........................................................483
Printing is not possible due to the network (2) ........................................................484
Printing is not possible due to the network (3) ........................................................484
Printing is not possible due to the network (4) ........................................................485
Printing is not possible due to the network (5) ........................................................485
Printing is not possible due to the network (6) ........................................................486
Printing is not possible due to the printer driver settings (1) ................................487
Printing is not possible due to the printer driver settings (2) ................................487
Printing is not possible due to the printer driver settings (3) ................................487
Printing is not possible due to the printer driver settings (4) ................................488
Printing is not possible due to the printer driver settings (5) ................................488
A part of the image is missing ....................................................................................489
[Paper mismatch error] is displayed .........................................................................489
Error message ......................................................................................................................... 490
Cover open is displayed even when the Top cover is closed (despite pressing the
Interlock switch) ........................................................................................................... 490
The Paper replenishment message appears while the Paper is loaded on the MP
Tray. ............................................................................................................................... 490
Abnormal Noise ......................................................................................................................491
Abnormal Noise (Basic action) ...................................................................................491
Abnormal sound from the PaperConveying section ...............................................491
Abnormal sound from the Developer section ..........................................................492
Abnormal sound from the Document processor .....................................................492
Abnormal sound from the Exit section ......................................................................492
Abnormal sound from the primary Feed section .....................................................493
Abnormal sound from the Fuser section ..................................................................493
Abnormal sound from inside of the machine ..........................................................493

iv
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Abnormal sound from inside of the machine ..........................................................494

Abnormal sound from inside of the machine ..........................................................494
Fan rotating sounds are noisy ....................................................................................495
The driving sound is noisy during printing ...............................................................495
Operation error .......................................................................................................................496
The main unit does not operate at all even if the power switch is turned on ...... 496
Skew feeding .................................................................................................................496
Toner drops over the PaperConveying section. .......................................................497
Logging in is only possible with an IC card ...............................................................497

8 Environment setting commands ...................................................... 498

About Environment Setting Commands ..............................................................................499
Command parameter .............................................................................................................500
A1/A2"upper margin" .................................................................................................500
A3/A4"Left margin" .....................................................................................................500
A5/A6"Page Length" ....................................................................................................500
A7/A8"Page Width" ......................................................................................................501
B8"Default Pattern Switch" .........................................................................................501
C1"Page Orientation" ..................................................................................................501
C2/C3/C5"Default Font Number" ............................................................................... 502
C8"PCL Font Switch" ....................................................................................................502
D4 Print Density ............................................................................................................503
H8"Host Buffer Size" ...................................................................................................504
H9"FF Time Out" ..........................................................................................................504
J0"Zoom" .......................................................................................................................504
J7 Auto linebreak (LF) mode ........................................................................................505
K0/K1"horizontal offset" ............................................................................................. 505
K2/K3"vertical offset" ..................................................................................................505
K4"Kanji Font Number" ...............................................................................................505
K6"Switch JIS Code" .....................................................................................................506
N0"KIR" ......................................................................................................................... 506
N4"Duplex Mode" ........................................................................................................ 506
N5"Sleep Timer" ........................................................................................................... 507
N6"EcoPrint Mode" ......................................................................................................507
N8"Print Resolution" ...................................................................................................507
P1"Default Emulation" ................................................................................................ 508
P2/P3"CR/LF Action" ....................................................................................................508
P4"AES Mode" .............................................................................................................. 509
P5"AES Alternative Emulation" ...................................................................................509
P7"AES Option" ............................................................................................................509
P9"Command Recognition" ........................................................................................509
R2"Default Paper Size" ................................................................................................ 510
R4"Default Paper Source" ...........................................................................................510
R7"MP Tray Size" ..........................................................................................................510
S4"Override A4/LT" ......................................................................................................511
S5"Host Buffer Size Rate" ...........................................................................................511
S6"RAM Disk Size" ........................................................................................................ 511
S7"RAM Disk Mode" .....................................................................................................511
T6"Wide A4" ..................................................................................................................512
U0/U1"Default Line Spacing" ..................................................................................... 512
U2/U3"Default Character Spacing" ...........................................................................512
U6"Country Code" .......................................................................................................513
U7"Symbol Set" ............................................................................................................513
U8/U9"Default Character Spacing" ...........................................................................513
V0/V1/V2 "Default Font Height" .................................................................................513
V3"Default Font Name" ...............................................................................................514
V4/V5/V6"Default Kanji Fomt Size" ............................................................................ 514
V7"Kanji Font Name Setting" ......................................................................................515
V9"Courier/LetterGothic" ...........................................................................................515

v
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

X0/X1/X2/X3"Paper Type" ...........................................................................................515

X9"PCL Paper Source" .................................................................................................516
Y0"Auto Error Clear" ....................................................................................................516
Y1"Error Clear Timer" ..................................................................................................517
Y3"Finishing Error" ......................................................................................................517
Y4"Special Type Act Mode" .........................................................................................517
Y5"PDF Mode" .............................................................................................................. 517
Y6"e-MPS error control" ..............................................................................................518
Paper type ................................................................................................................................520
Paper size .................................................................................................................................522

9 Maintenance mode ............................................................................ 525

Start maintenance mode .......................................................................................................526
Exiting maintenance mode ....................................................................................................527
Change setting values ............................................................................................................528
Output the report ...................................................................................................................529
Output the test chart .............................................................................................................. 530
Adjust the center line of the output image .........................................................................531
Adjusting leading edge timing of output image ................................................................. 533
Adjust the leading edge margin of the output image. ...................................................... 536
Adjust the left/right margin of the output image. .............................................................538
Adjust the trailing edge margin of the output image. .......................................................540
Adjust center line of DP scanned image ..............................................................................542
Adjust the leading edge/trailing edge timing of the DP scan image. ..............................543
Adjust the magnification of the DP scan image. ................................................................. 545
Adjust the center line of the table scan image ...................................................................546
Adjust leading edge timing of table-scanned image ......................................................... 547
Adjust the magnification of the table scan image. .............................................................548
Auto adjustment of Image scanner unit ..............................................................................549
Detail of Maintenance mode .................................................................................................551
U000"Output Maintenance Report" ..........................................................................551
U001"Exit Maintenance Mode" .................................................................................. 570
U002"Set Factory Default" .......................................................................................... 570
U004"Machine Number" ............................................................................................. 572
U010"Set Maintenance Mode ID" ..............................................................................573
U019"Firmware Version" ............................................................................................. 574
U021"Initialize Memory" ............................................................................................. 576
U025"Firmware (Security)" .........................................................................................578
U034"Adjust Paper Timing Data" ............................................................................... 578
U051"Adjust Paper Loop Amount" ............................................................................ 580
U065"Adjust Scanner Motor Speed" .........................................................................581
U066"Adjust Table Leading Edge Timing" ................................................................582
U067"Adjust Table Center" .........................................................................................582
U068"Adjust DP Scan Position" .................................................................................. 583
U070"Adjust DP Motor Speed" ...................................................................................583
U071"Adjust DP Leading Edge Timing" .................................................................... 584
U072"Adjust DP Original Center" ............................................................................... 585
U110"Drum Counter" ..................................................................................................586
U120"Drum Driving Distance Counter" .................................................................... 586
U130"Set Toner Install" ...............................................................................................586
U136"Set Toner Near End Detection" ....................................................................... 587
U157"Developing Drive Time" ....................................................................................587
U158"Developing Counter" ........................................................................................588
U198"Set Fuser Phase Control" .................................................................................. 588
U222"Set IC Card Type" ...............................................................................................588
U223"Set Panel Operation Lock" ............................................................................... 589
U250"Set Maintenance Counter Pre-set" ................................................................. 590
U251"Clear Maintenance Counter" ...........................................................................591
U252"Set Destination" .................................................................................................591

vi
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U253"Set Double/Single Count" ................................................................................592

U260"Set Copy Count Mode" ..................................................................................... 593
U285"Set Service Status Page" ...................................................................................593
U287"Set Auto reset Function" .................................................................................. 594
U326"Set Black Line Clean Display" ...........................................................................597
U345"Set Maintenance Time Soon Display" .............................................................598
U346"Selecting Sleep Mode" ......................................................................................598
U402"Adjust Print Margin" .........................................................................................599
U403"Adjust Scanning Margin(Table)" .....................................................................600
U404"Adjust Scanning Margin(DP)" ..........................................................................601
U407"Adjust Writing Timing (Reverse)" .................................................................... 602
U411"Scanner Auto Adjustment" ............................................................................... 603
U425"Set Target Adjustment Value" .........................................................................613
U520"Set Remote Service Set TDRS" .........................................................................620
U600"Initialize: All Data" ............................................................................................. 621
U601"Initialize: Keep Data" ........................................................................................622
U603"User Data 1" .......................................................................................................623
U604"User Data 2" .......................................................................................................624
U605"Clear Data" .........................................................................................................625
U610"System Setting 1" ..............................................................................................625
U611"System Setting 2" ..............................................................................................626
U612"System Setting 3" ..............................................................................................627
U620"FAX System" .......................................................................................................628
U625"Set Communication" .........................................................................................628
U630"Communication Control 1" ..............................................................................629
U631"Communication Control 2" ..............................................................................631
U632"Communication Control 3" ..............................................................................632
U633"Communication Control 4" ..............................................................................633
U634"Communication Control 5" ..............................................................................635
U640"Communication Time 1" ...................................................................................635
U641"Communication Time 2" ...................................................................................636
U650"Modem 1" ........................................................................................................... 638
U651"Modem 2" ........................................................................................................... 639
U660"Set Calls" .............................................................................................................640
U670"Output List" ........................................................................................................ 642
U695"Customize FAX Function" .................................................................................642
U699"Set: Soft SW" ......................................................................................................643
U906"Reset Disable Function Mode" .........................................................................644
U910"Clear Coverage Data" .......................................................................................644
U917"Read/Write Backup HDD Data" ....................................................................... 644
U920"Charge Counter" ...............................................................................................647
U927"Clear All Charge/Life Counter (one time only)" .............................................648
U928"Machine Life Counter" ......................................................................................648
U964"No Title" .............................................................................................................. 648
U977"Set Data Capture Mode" ...................................................................................649

vii
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

????????????SM??

1 Read first

1
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Confidential
Distribution of this material is prohibited without the permission of Kyocera Document Solutions Co., Ltd.

2
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Introduction
This document has been edited to help service personnel perform maintenance services. Please make full use of
this service manual to ensure full service when you visit a user or if the machine does not fix.
Note that the part names used in this manual may differ from the official names, so be sure to use the name and
part number on the parts list when ordering parts.
The product names and model classifications used in this manual are as follows.

Product name Model 120V 240V 240V(KDAU)

classifications

ECOSYS MA4000wfx 4in1 ‫ݲ‬

Wi-Fi
LCD

ECOSYS MA4000fx 4in1 ‫ݲ‬ ‫ݲ‬

LCD

ECOSYS MA4000x 3in1 ‫ݲ‬ ‫ݲ‬ ‫ݲ‬

LCD

3
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Revision History
ECOSYS MA4000wfx/ECOSYS MA4000fx/ECOSYS MA4000x
Version 1.0

Date of revise Item of revise Location of revise

4/12-2024 First edition release

Version 2.0

Date of revise Item of revise Location of revise

5/31-2024 Correct typo. Omit locations because a lot of typos.

4
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Safety precautions
Safety warnings and precautionsVarious symbols are used to protect our service personnel and customers from
physical danger and to prevent damage to their property. These symbols are described below:

The triangle symbol indicates a warning including danger and caution. The specific point of attention is shown
inside the symbol.

DANGER
High risk of serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance
with warning messages using this symbol.

WARNING
Serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning
messages using this symbol.

CAUTION
Bodily injury or damage to property may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with
warning messages using this symbol.

Symbols

The triangle symbol indicates a warning including danger and caution. The specific point of attention is shown
inside the symbol.

General warning.

Warning of risk of electric shock.

Warning of high temperature.

Symbol indicates a prohibited action. The specific prohibition is shown inside the symbol.

General prohibited action.

DIsassembly prohibited.

Symbol indicates that action is required. The specific action required is shown inside the symbol.

5
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

General action required.

Remove the power plug from the wall outlet.

Always ground the product.

Installation Precautions

WARNING

Do not use a power supply with a voltage other than that specified. Avoid multiple connections to
one outlet. They may cause fire or electric shock. When using an extension cable, always check
that it is adequate for the rated current.

Connect the ground wire to a suitable grounding point. Not grounding the product may cause fire
or electric shock. Connecting the earth wire to an object not approved for the purpose may cause
explosion or electric shock. Never connect the ground cable to any of the following:
• Gas pipes
• Lightning rods
• Ground cables for telephone lines
• Water pipes or faucets not approved by the proper authorities

CAUTION

Do not place the copier on an infirm or angled surface. The machine may tip over, causing injury.

Do not install the product in a humid or dusty place. This may cause fire or electric shock.

Do not install the product near a radiator, heater, other heat source or near flammable material.
This may cause fire.

There is the ventilation on the side of the product to keep cooling. Do not shut the ventilation
placing the proriduct by the wall. Insufficient ventilation may cause heat build up and poor copying
performance.

Always handle the machine by the correct locations when moving it.

Always use anti-toppling and locking devices on copiers so equipped. The product may move or tip
over, causing injury.

6
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Do not inhale excessive toner or developer or get it in your eyes. If toner or developer is
accidentally ingested, drink a lot of water to dilute it in the stomach and obtain medical attention
immediately. If it gets into the eyes, rinse immediately with copious amounts of water and obtain
medical attention.

Advice customers that they must always follow the safety warnings and precautions in the
instruction book.

Precautions for Maintenance

WARNING

There is a danger of explosion because some spray cleaners contain flammable gas. Do not use
spray cleaners when cleaning the machine.

Always remove the power plug from the wall outlet before starting machine disassembly.

Always follow the procedures for maintenance described in the service manual and other related
brochures.

Under no circumstances attempt to bypass or disable safety features including safety mechanisms
and protective circuits.

Always use parts having the correct specifications.

Always use the thermostat or thermal fuse specified in the service manual or other related
brochure when replacing them. Using a piece of wire, for example, could lead to fire or other
serious accident.

When the service manual or other serious brochure specifies a distance or gap for installation of a
part, always use the correct scale and measure carefully.

Always check that the product is correctly connected to an outlet with a ground connection. Make
sure grounding firmly if it is not enough.

Check that the power cable covering is free of damage. Check that the power plug is dust-free. If it
is dirty, clean it to remove the risk of fire or electric shock. This may cause fire or electric shock.

When performing maintenance while the power is on, do not open the lid of the LSU unit or look
into the laser opening of a machine that uses laser light. There is a risk of blindness due to laser
light leakage.

Handle the charger sections with care. They are charged to high potentials and may cause electric
shock if handled improperly.

Handle the power supply carefully. There is a risk of electric shock.

CAUTION

7
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Wear clothes that are easy to work with and safe. If wearing loose clothing or accessories such as
ties, make sure they are safely secured so they will not be caught in rotating sections.

Be extremely careful when performing maintenance procedures. Do not touch the frame or other
hot parts to avoid injuring fingers and arms.

Use utmost caution when working on a powered machine. Keep away from gears and belts.

Fuser section gets high temparature. Handle the fixing section with care to avoid burns as it can be
extremely hot.

Check if there is any dirt on the fixing unit thermistor, heat belt, and pressure roller. It may ccause
of high heating.

Do not remove the ozone filter, if any, from the product except for routine replacement.

Do not pull on the AC power cord or connector wires on high-voltage components when removing
them.

Do not route the power cable where it may be stood on or trapped. If necessary, protect it with a
cable cover or other appropriate item.

When replacing the charger part, be sure to attach the charger part and the peripheral part. It may
cause a high voltage leak.

Remove toner completely from electronic components.

Run wire harnesses carefully so that wires will not be trapped or damaged.

After maintenance, always check that all the parts, screws, connectors and wires that were
removed, have been refitted correctly. Special attention should be paid to any forgotten
connector, trapped wire and missing screws.

Check for any dirt on or peeling of the machine’s caution labels listed in the user manual. If there
is any dirt or peeling, replace the said labels.

Handle greases and solvents with care by following the instructions below:
• Use only a small amount of solvent at a time, being careful not to spill. Wipe spills off completely.
• Ventilate the room well while using grease or solvents.
• Allow applied solvents to evaporate completely before refitting the covers or turning the power
switch on.
• Always wash hands afterwards.

Never dispose of toner or toner bottles in fire. Toner may cause sparks when exposed directly to
fire in a furnace, etc.

Should smoke be seen coming from the copier, remove the power plug from the wall outlet
immediately

Others

WARNING

8
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Never attempt to heat the drum or expose it to any organic solvents such as alcohol, other than
the specified refiner; it may generate toxic gas.

Keep the machine away from flammable liquids, gases, and aerosols A fire or an electric shock
might occur.

9
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Specifications (Libra2 MFP)

2 Specifications

10
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Specification of the main unit function

Specification of the main unit
Type
Desktop

Printing Method
Electrophotography by semiconductor laser

Warm up time (23°C, 60%)

Time from power on

19 sec or less

Time from sleep mode

10 sec or less

Dimensions of the main unit (WxDxH)

475 × 412 × 437 mm / 18.70" × 16.22" × 17.20" (inch model)
417 × 412 × 437 mm / 16.42" × 16.22" × 17.20" (centi model)

Equipment occupied Dimensions (WxD)

375 × 577 mm / 14.76" × 22.72" (centi model)
375 × 633 mm / 14.76" × 24.92" (inch model)

Weight of the main unit (Excluding toner container)

19.0 kg / 41.89 lb

Power source
120 V AC, 60 Hz : 8.7 A
220-240 V AC, 50 Hz : 4.4 A

Image memory
1 GB

Interface

Standard
Hi-Speed USB: 1
Network interface: 1 (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX//1000BASE-T)
Hi-Speed USB: 1 (USB flash memory slot)
FAX: 1 (4in1 model)

11
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Oerating Environment

Temperature
10 to 32.5°C

Humidity
10 to 80%RH

Altitude
3,500 m/11,482ft or less

Illuminance
1,500 lux or less

Specification of paper related

Paper Weight

Cassette
60 to 163 g/m2

MP Tray
60 to 220 g/m2

Media type

Cassette
Plain, Preprinted, Bond, Recycled, Vellum, Rough, Letter Head, Color, Prepunched, Thick, High quality,
Custom1~8

MP Tray
Plain, Transparency, Preprinted, Labels, Bond, Recycled, Vellum, Rough, Letter Head, Color, Prepunched,
Envelope, Cardstock, Thick, High quality, Custom1~8

Paper size

Cassette
A4, A5, A5-R, A6, B5, Letter, Legal, 216 × 340 mm, Executive, Oficio II, 16K, Statement-R, Folio, B5(ISO),
Cardstock, Oufukuhagaki, Custom (50 × 50 to 216 × 356 mm)

MP Tray
A4, A5, A5-R, A6, B5, B6, Letter, Legal, 216 × 340 mm, Executive, Oficio II, 16K, Statement-R, Folio, B5 (ISO),
Envelope Monarch, Envelope #10, Envelope DL, Envelope C5, Envelope #9, Envelope #6 3/4, Cardstock,
Oufukuhagaki, Yokei 2, Yokei 4, Chokei 3, Chokei 4, Yonaga 3, Custom (50 × 50 to 216 × 356 mm).

Paper feed capacity

Cassette
250 sheets (80 g/m2)

12
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

MP Tray
100 sheets (80 g/m2)

Exit tray capacity (Inner tray)

150 sheets (80 g/m2)

Specification of Process related

Image writing system
Semiconductor laser and electrophotography (Twin beams)

Scanning light source

3-color LED light source

Scanning method
Flat -face scanning method with CIS contact image sensor

Photoconductor
OPD drum (diameter 30 mm)

Charging system
Positive charge scorotron system

Developer system
Magnetic mono-component developing system

Toner
Magnetic toner

Toner feed system

Leveled toner feed

Transfer system
Transfer roller method

Separation system
Curvature separation + discharger needle (DC voltage impressed); Only 100 V model
Curvature separation + discharger needle (grounded); Other than 100 V model

Cleaning system

Drum
Counter blade cleaning method

13
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Charge erasing system

Exposure by cleaning lamp (LED)

Fusing system
Sliding belt + Solid press roller system

Heat source
Sheet heater

Abnormal temperature preventing device

Thermostat (1pcs on the heater)

14
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Specification of the copy function

Copy Speed

Size Speed

A4 40 sheets/min

Letter 42 sheets/min

Legal 34 sheets/min

B5 15 sheets/min

A5 15 sheets/min

A6 19 sheets/min

16K 13 sheets/min

A5E 65 sheets/min

First Copy Time

Set the original on the original glass and, when A4 paper is fed from the main unit cassette.
6.4 seconds or less

Copy magnification

Optional magnification
25 to 400% (1% increments)

Fixed magnification
400%, 200%, 141%, 129%, 115%, 100%, 90%, 86%, 78%, 70%, 64%, 50%, 25%

No. of copies
1 - 999

Resolution
600 x 600 dpi

Original type
Sheets, books, three-dimensional objects

Original table system

Fixed

15
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Specification of the printer function

Print speed

Size Speed

A4 40 sheets/min

Letter 42 sheets/min

Legal 34 sheets/min

B5 9.5 sheets/min

A5 9.5 sheets/min

A6 11 sheets/min

16K 8.5 sheets/min

First Print Time

When feeding A4 paper from the main unit cassette
6.4 seconds or less

Resolution
• 300dpix300dpi
• 600dpix600dpi
• 1200dpix1200dpi

Supporting OS
• Windows 10
• Windows 11
• Windows Server 2016
• Mac OS X v10.9 or newer

Interface
• Hi-Speed USB: 1 Network interface: 1 (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T)
• 2.4/5.0 GHz IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac

Page Description Language

PRESCRIBE

Emulation
• PCL6 (PCL5c / PCL-XL )
• KPDL3
• PDF Direct Print
• XPS / OpenXP5
• TIFF Direct Print

16
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Specification of the scanner function

Resolution
• 200dpi x 200dpi (Default setting)
• 300dpi x 300dpi
• 200dpi x 100dpi
• 600dpi x 600dpi
• 400dpi x 400dpi
• 200dpi x 400dpi

File format
• TIFF (MMR/JPEG compression)
• JPEG
• PDF (MMR/JPEG compression)
• XPS
• PDF/A-2
• PDF (High compression)
• Encryption PDF
• OPEN XPS

Continuous original scanning speed

A4 original 300dpi, Text + Photo mode and when the document processor is used (Except at the TWAIN scan)
1-sided

Black and white 40 images/min

Color 23 images/min

Both sides

Black and white 80 images/min

Color 46 images/min

Interface
• Ethernet (10 BASE-T/100 BASE-TX/1000 BASE-T)
• USB

Transmission method
• SMB
• SMTP
• FTP
• FTPoverTLS

• USB, TWAIN*1

17
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

• WIA*1
• eSCL

*1: Compatible operating systems: Windows 10, Windows 11, Windows Server 2016

18
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Document processor specifications

Original type
Sheet original

Original size

Max.
Folio/ Legal

Min.
A6-R/ Statement-R

Paper Weight
50 to 160g/m

Number of the original to be set

50 sheets (50 to 80g/m)

19
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Paper feeder Specifications

Feeding method
• Friction roller feeding method

• Number of sheets for storage: 250 sheets (80 g/m2)

Main unit Dimensions (WxDxH)

394 × 532 × 116mm
15.51" x 20.94" x 4.56"

Weight
4.4kg
9.70lb

Paper Weight
60 to 220g/m

Media type
Plain, Preprinted, Bond, Recycle, Thin, Letterhead, Color, Prepunched, Thick, High quality, Custom, Label,
Envelope, Coated

Paper size
A4, A5, A5-R, A6, B5, B5, Letter, Legal, 216 x 340mm, Executive, Oficio II, 16K, Statement, Statement-R, Folio, B5
(ISO), Envelope Monarch, Envelope #10, Envelope DL, Envelope C5, Envelope #9, Envelope #6 3/4, Hagaki, Return
Postcards, Yokei 2, Yokei 4, Chokei 3, Chokei 4, Yokei 3, Custom (70 x 148 to 216 x356 mm).

20
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Name of each part of the main unit

Name of the exterior appearance

1 Document processor
2 Inner tray
3 Eject stopper
4 Cassette 1
5 Main switch
6 Button to open front cover
7 Original eject table
8 Original stopper
9 Original tray
10 Original width guide

21
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

11 Slit glass
12 Operation panel
13 Original glass
14 Original size indicator plate
15 Rear cover
16 Anti-theft slot

Name of connectors and internal parts

22
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

1 TEL connector
2 LINE connector
3 USB interface connector
4 Network interface connector
5 Conveying cover
6 Paper length guide
7 Paper width guide
8 USB Memory slot
9 MP Tray
10 Support tray
11 Paper guide
12 Fuser cover
13 Toner container release button
14 Toner container

23
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Name of the part when the option is installed

1 Cassette 2
2 Cassette 3

24
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Names of Operation panel parts

1 The [Status/Job Cancel] key

Display the Status/Job Cancel screen.
2 The [Document Box/USB] key
Displays the document box/USB screen.
3 The [System Menu/Counter] key
Display the System Menu/Counter screen.

25
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

4 The [FAX] key

Displays the FAX screen.
- (FAX models only)

5 The [Send] key

The basic sending screen is displayed. You can set the machine so that the address book screen is displayed.
6 One touch keys
Calls the destination that has been registered to the one touch key.
7 The [Shift lock] indicator
Lights for one touch key numbers 12 to 22.
8 The [Shift lock] key
Switches the setting number of the one touch key.
9 The [Wi-fi] indicator
Lights when connecting to a Wi-Fi connection.
- (Wi-Fi models only)

10 Selection keys
Select the menu that displayed under the LDC panel.
11 The [Processing] indicator
Blinks while printing or receiving/sending.
12 The [Memory] indicator
Blinks while the main unit memory or FAX memory is being accessed.
13 LDC panel
Displays the setting items, device status, or error messages.
14 The [Wi-fi Direct] key
Sets the Wi-Fi directly and displays the information necessary for connection and the connection status.
- (Wi-Fi models only)

15 The [On Hook] key

Switches the on hook/off hook of the telephone line.
- (FAX models only)

16 The [Confirm/Add stination] key

Used when checking or adding a destination.
17 The [Address Recall/Pause] key
Calls the recipient of the previous job. Enters a pause (-) when entering a FAX number.
18 The [Address Book] key
Displays the address book screen.
19 The [Copy] key
Displays the copy screen.
20 The [Back] key
Return to the previous screen.
21 The [Attention] indicator
Lights or blinks when an error occurs and a job is stopped.

26
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

22 [ ][ ][ ][ ]
Increase/decrease the numerical value at the LCD panel, or select the menu. These keys also move the cursor
when entering characters.
23 The [OK] key
Confirm the function or the menu inputted, or the numerical value.
24 Numeric keys
Input the number or the symbol.
25 The [Stop] key
Cancel or pause the job in progress
26 The [Start] key
Start copying and scanning operations and processing for setting operations.
27 The [Quiet Mode] key
You can mute the machine operations of the machine.
28 The [Authentication/Logout] key
Authentication of the switching users and finish operation of each user (Log out).
29 The [Energy Saver] key
Make this main unit into the Sleep Mode condition. Recovers from the Sleep Mode in case of the sleep mode
condition.
30 Program keys
Registers and calls programs.
31 [Reset]
Return settings to the default condition.
32 The [Clear] key
Delete the value or the letter inputted.
33 The [Function Menu] key
Displays the function setting screen.

27
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Configuration of the options

The following enhancements are available for this model.

1 Card Authentication Kit(B) AC < ID card authentication kit (Activate) >

The user can be authenticated with an ID Card. To perform user authentication with an ID Card, information of
the ID Card has to be registered to the local user list beforehand.
Refer to the following for how to register.
Operation Guide
2 PF-1100 <Paper feeder>
It is possible to increase the Paper feeder to a maximum of two trays.
3 UG-50 <Trusted Platform Module>
It is possible to protect the confidential information safely with this option. The encryption key used for the
encrypted confidential information is stored in the exclusive storing area of the TPM chip. Since it is not
possible to scan in this storing area from the outside of the TPM, the confidential information can protect
safely.

28
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

4 <SD/SDHC Memory Card>

SD/SDHC memory card is the micro-chip card that the option font, macro, form, etc. can be written. Insert SDHC
memory card (Max. 32GB) and SD memory card (Max. 2GB) into the memory card slot.

IMPORTANT
Unencrypted data is saved on the SD/SDHC memory card. Be careful if saving highly classified documents.

Software option
A UG-33 AC <ThinPrint expansion kit (Activate)>
It is possible print the print data directly even without the print driver.

29
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

??

3 Installation

30
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Installation environment of the main unit

Installation environment
1 Temperature: 50 to 90.5°F/10 to 32.5°C (Humidity should be 70% or less when at 90.5°F/32.5°C.)
2 Humidity: 10 to 80% RH (Temperature should be 86°F/30°C or less in 80% RH.)
3 Power supply used:
- AC120 V: 8.7 A and more, AC 220 V to 240 V: 4.4 A and more

4 Frequency fluctuation of the power supply used: 50Hz±2%/60Hz±2%

Install location
The range of the environment that can be used is as follows.
Image quality may not be maintained depending on the surrounding environmental conditions such as outside
air, so it is recommended to use the product within a room temperature range of 16 to 27 °C and a humidity range
of 36 to 65%. And please avoid the following location.
• Location exposed to direct sunlight or bright location, such as near windows.
• Location with a lot of vibration.
• Location where the temperature or the humidity changes rapidly.
• Location where the cold or hot air of the air condition hits directly.
• Location of poor air flow or ventilation.

If the floor is easily damaged condition when moving this product after installing it, the floor material might be
damaged. While using this product, ozone is generated, and chemical substances are emitted. However, the
amount is at a level that it does not affect the human body. However, in case of using it for a long time in the bad
ventilation condition room or printing a large number of prints, the odor might be concerned. In order to maintain
the comfortable working environment, it is recommended to make ventilation.

Installation space

31
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

The flow of Installing the main unit

The installation of the main unit is done as follows.
1 Unbox, and check the contents of the package
2 Connecting other devices
3 Connect the Interface cable
4 Set paper.
5 Connect the Power cord
6 Turn the power on
7 Setting date and time
8 Setting network
9 Setting altitude adjustment mode
10 Installing the software
11 Output maintenance report.
12 Clear the counter.
13 Canceling the Maintenance mode
14 Turn the power off.

IMPORTANT

With the default setting, it takes about 10 minutes to install the toner.
Do not execute maintenance mode while running the default setting.

32
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Unbox, and check the contents of the package

Main unit
Take out the main unit and bundled items from the packaging box.
Remove the packaging tapes and the cushioning material from the main unit.

1 Upper pad right

2 Upper pad left
3 Power cord
4 Product storage bag
5 Main unit
6 Front upper pad
7 Accessory box
8 Safety guide, etc.
9 Left lower pad
10 Front lower pad
11 Lower pad right
12 Lower pad left
13 Outer box

CAUTION
Install the main unit in a horizontal position.

33
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

CAUTION

Paper feeder (Option)

Take out the paper feeder from the packaging box.
Remove the packaging tapes from the paper feeder.

34
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

1 7

4
3

5 2

1 Upper pad left

2 Upper pad right
3 Protective sheet
4 Paper feeder
5 Storage bag
6 Outer box
7 Cassette spacer

35
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Setting up the Toner container

1 Press the button to open front cover (a)

2 Open the Front cover (b)

3 Press the toner container release button (c) to release the lock of the toner
container (d)

4 Turn the toner container (d) in the direction of the arrow, and then return it to its
original position

5 Close the Front cover (b)

36
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Connecting other devices

Prepare the necessary cables according to the purpose and environment of using this machine.

When Connecting the Machine to the PC via USB

When Connecting the Machine to the PC or Tablet by network cable, Wi-Fi, or Wi-Fi
direct

NOTE

If using a wireless LAN connection, you do not need to connect the network cable. To use the wireless LAN
connection, you need to change the default setting value of the machine in "System Menu".

37
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Cables that can be used

When a network cable is used to connect the machine

Function Necessary cable

Printer/Scanner/Network FAX*1 LAN cable (10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX, 1000BASE-T)

When a USB cable is used to connect the machine

Function Necessary cable

Printer/Scanner (TWAIN/WIA) USB2.0 compatible cable (Hi-Speed USB compliant, max 5.0 m,
shielded)

*2: The fax function can be used on products equipped with fax capability. For more information on Network FAX,
refer to the following:

➡ FAX Operation Guide

IMPORTANT
• Using a cable other than a USB 2.0 compatible cable may cause failure.
• Turn off the power switch and unplug the power plug.

38
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Connecting machine to network with cable

IMPORTANT

Make sure the power of the main unit is turned off.

➡ Turn the power off. (page 50)

1 Connect the network cable (b) to the Network interface connector (a)

2 Connect the other cable to the HUB (Line concentrator)

3 Turn the power of this unit on, and make settings of the network.
➡ Setting network with wired connection (page 45)

39
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Connecting PC to main unit with USB cable

IMPORTANT

Make sure the power of the main unit is turned off.

➡ Turn the power off. (page 50)

1 Connect the USB cable (b) to the USB interface connector (a)

2 Connect the other side of the cable to the PC

3 Turn on the machine

40
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Set paper.
1 Pull out the cassette from this machine.

NOTE

If the bottom plate is raised, press the bottom plate until it locks.

2 Set paper.
1 To loosen up the paper, fan the paper in the air and then align the edges on a flat surface such as a table.

41
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

2 Align the edge of paper and put in the cassette.

IMPORTANT

• Set the paper with the side to be printed facing down.

• Paper took out from the package should fan the paper before setting it in.
• Set the paper without any bending. Bending or curling cause the paper jam.
• The amount of paper should be lower than the gauge of the label showing the maximum amount of
paper that can be stored.
• If paper is set without adjusting the paper length guide or paper width guide, it causes the skew
feeding or paper jam.

3 Push the cassette slowly until end.

IMPORTANT

Fully press in all cassettes. Failing to press in fully may cause a paper jam.

42
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

NOTE

Paper remaining gauge is on the right front of the cassette. It indicates high and low along with the paper
remaining.

4 Set the paper size and paper type from the "System Menu".

Notes for handling the Paper

When you open a new package of paper, fan the sheets to separate them slightly prior to loading in the following
steps.

Fan the paper, then tap it on a level surface. In addition, note the following points.
• If the paper is curled or folded, straighten it before loading. Paper that is curled or folded may cause a jam.
• Avoid exposing opened paper to high temperatures and high humidity as dampness can be a cause of
problems. Seal any remaining paper after loading in the multipurpose tray or cassettes back in the paper
storage bag.
• If the machine will not be used for a prolonged period, protect all paper from humidity by removing it from the
cassettes and sealing it in the paper storage bag.

IMPORTANT

If you copy onto used paper (paper already used for printing), do not use paper that is stapled or clipped together.
This may damage the machine or cause poor image quality.

43
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

NOTE

If you use special paper such as letterhead, paper with holes or paper with pre-prints like logo or company name,
refer to the following:

➡ Operation Guide

44
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

For the default settings

The default setting value for this unit can be changed by the system menu. Before using this unit, make necessary
settings such as the date, time, network setting, etc.

NOTE

The default setting values for this unit can be changed on the "System Menu".
For items that can be set on the "System Menu", refer to the machine’s instruction manual.

Set the date and the time

1 Displays the screen.

[System Menu/Counter] key > [ ][ ] key > [Device Common] > [OK] key > [ ][ ] key > [Date Setting] > [OK]
key

NOTE

When the user authentication screen is displayed, enter your login user name and login password, and
select []. Log in here with device administrator privileges.

2 Make settings
Set by selecting [Time Zone] > "Date and Time" > [Date Format].

Items Explanation

[Time Zone] Set the time difference from GMT (Universal Time). Select the area closest to
your location. If selecting a region that uses daylight- saving time, please set
the daylight-saving time.

[Date and Time] Set the date and time of the installed location. Once sending a mail by
sending function of this product, the date and time set in this product records
in the header of the mail.
Setting value: Year (2000 to 2035), Month (1 to 12), Day (1 to 31), Time (0 to
23), Minute (0 to 59), Second (0 to 59)

[Date Format] Set the order of Year, Month, Day of the date. The year is displayed in the A.D.
Setting value: Month/Day/Year, Day/Month/Year, Year/Month/Day

Setting network with wired connection

Here the settings are configured for when connecting to a network with TCP/IP (IPv4).

NOTE

When the user authentication screen is displayed, login with the user who has the authority to perform this
settings. The default value of the login username and the login assword is set as follows.

45
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Device administrator

[User Name] DeviceAdmin

[Login User Name] 4000

[Login Password] 4000

Administrator

[User Name] Admin

[User Name] [User Name]

[Login User Name] Admin

[Login Password] XXXXXXXXXX (Serial number)*1

NOTE

*1: Written position of the serial number.

The equipment's serial number is printed in the location shown in the figure.

Setting TCP/IP (IPv4)

1 Display the screen

The [System Menu/Counter] key > The [ ][ ] key > [] > The [OK] key > The [ ][ ] key > [Network
Settings] > The [OK] key > The [ ][ ] key > [] > [] > The [OK] key > The [ ][ ]key > [IPv4 Setting] > The
[OK] key

NOTE

When the user authentication screen is displayed, enter your login user name and login password, and
select []. Log in here with device administrator privileges.

46
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

NOTE

• When the user authentication screen is displayed, enter the login username and the login password, and
then select [Login]. Log in with the machine’s administrator privileges.
• If you do not know your login username or password, contact the administrator.

2 Make settings
• In case of using DNS Server from DHCP
- [DHCP]: Set

• In case of using fixed IP

- [DHCP]: []
- [Auto-IP]: []
- [IP Address]: Enter your IP address.
- []: Enter the subnet mask in four dot decimal notation (0 to 255).
- [Default Gateway]: Enter your IP address.

• In case of using Auto-IP

Set IP address as 0.0.0.0.

• in case of using DNS server

Ser IP address of the DNS server in following cases.
- When the [DHCP] setting is set to [] and you will use a host name
- In case of using a DNS server other than the DNS server IP address automatically assigned by DHCP

Select [Auto (DHCP)] or []. When [] is selected, enter the [] and []

NOTE

After changing the settings, [Restart Network] according to the following procedure or turn the power off
and on.
• The [System Menu/Counter] key > [System Menu/Counter] > [] > [Restart Network]

Ask your network administrator to prepare the IP address to be set in advance.

Configuring the Wireless Network

When the connection settings are configured through a Wi-Fi module-installed model, it is possible to print in a
wireless network (wireless LAN) environment.
The configuration methods are as follows:.

Configuration Method Description

Configuring the Connection from Use Wi-Fi Settings to configure the network details from "System Menu".
the Operation Panel on This
Machine

Setting the Connection by Using This is a tool that can be downloaded from Download
the Wi-Fi Setup Tool Center (https://kyocera.info/). You can configure the connection
according to the instructions provided by the wizard.

47
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Configuration Method Description

Configuring Connections on the The connection can be set using Command Center RX.
Web Page
➡ Command Center RX User Guide

NOTE

To switch to the network interface other than Wired (default), select the preferred setting on [Primary Network].

Set the altitude adjustment mode

When the print quality goes down at the altitude of 1000 m or more in the usage environment, the print quality
might recover by setting the altitude adjustment mode.

1 Select the [System Menu/Counter] key > [Adjustment/Maintenance] > [Others] >
[Altitude Adjustment]

2 Select the [System Menu/Counter] key > [Adjustment/Maintenance] > [Service

Settings] > [Altitude Adjustment]

3 Select [Standard]and either [1001 - 2000m], [2001 - 3000m], or [3001 - 3500m]

NOTE

Standard: Use at an altitude of 0 to 1000 m.

4 The [Menu] key > The [ ][ ] key > [Adjustment/Maintenance] > The [OK] key > The
[ ][ ] key > [Service Settings] > The [OK] key > The [ ][ ] key > [Altitude Adj.] >
The [OK] key

NOTE

Standard: Use at an altitude of 0 to 1000 m.

5 [Standard], [1001 to 2000m], [2001 to 3000m], [3001 to 3500m] > The [OK] key

NOTE

Standard: Use at an altitude of 0 to 1000 m.

48
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Install the software

1 To use the printer functions, TWAIN/WIA connection, network FAX function on this
machine, please download and install the necessary software from the download
center (https://kyocera.info/).

2 To use the printer functions on this machine, download and install the necessary
software from the download center (https://kyocera.info/).

Output maintenance report.

Execute Maintenance mode U000"Output Maintenance Report" (For service)

1 Set the Maintenance mode

Press the [Numeric Keypad] key, and then enter “10871087” with the numeric keys.

2 Output maintenance report.

1 Enter “000” using the numeric keys, and then press the [Start] key.

2 [Maintenance] > [Start] key > "Output Maintenance Report"

Maintenance report will be output.

3 Press the [Stop] key

NOTE

Refer to ➡ U000"Output Maintenance Report" (page 551) for details.

Clear the counter

Execute Maintenance mode U927"Clear All Charge/Life Counter (one time only)" (For service)

1 Set the Maintenance mode

Press the [Numeric Keypad] key, and then enter “10871087” with the numeric keys.

2 Clearing the counter

1 Input “927” using the numeric keys, and then press the [Start] key.

2 [Execute] > The [Start] key

The counter value is cleared.

3 Press the [Stop] key

NOTE

Refer to ➡ U927"Clear All Charge/Life Counter (one time only)" (page 648) for details.

49
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Canceling the Maintenance mode

1 Input “001” using the numeric keys, and then press the [Start] key
The Maintenance mode is canceled.

NOTE

Refer to ➡ U000"Output Maintenance Report" (page 551) for details.

Turn the power off.

1 Turn the power switch off.

Checking screen of shutting down is displayed.

It may take about 3 minutes to turn the power off.

CAUTION
• Turn the power switch off if this product will not use for the long time such as in the midnight.
• Unplug the power plug from the outlet for the security when this product will not use for the long time
such as the consecutive holidays.

IMPORTANT

• If the power switch is off, FAX does not send nor receive.
• In order to prevent the paper from moisture, take out the paper from the cassette and put them in the
storage bag, and store them with sealed.

50
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Installing Option
Make sure to perform the following before installing the optional items.

1 Press the Power switch to turn off the power.

NOTE

Check if each indicator is not flashing.

2 Unplug the Power cord from the outlet.

IMPORTANT

Press the Power switch for at least one second. (Remove the electric charge inside of the main unit)

Installing Authentication kit (Activate)

The user can be authenticated with an ID Card. In order to perform the user authentication with the ID Card, ID
card information has to be registered to the local user list in advance. Refer to the following for how to register.

➡ Card Authentication Kit (B) Operation Guide

1 Press the Power switch to turn off the power.

NOTE

Check if each indicator is not flashing.

2 Unplug the Power cord from the outlet.

IMPORTANT

Press the Power switch for at least one second. (Remove the electric charge inside of the main unit)

3 Connect the card reader’s USB connector to the main unit’s USB memory slot (a)

51
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Enabling Authentication kit (Activate)

IMPORTANT

The license key is necessary for the activation. Before activating, register the "Machine No." of the main unit and
the "Product ID" written on the license certificate of this product on the website specified by the seller. The license
key will be issued.

NOTE

• ID Card is not recognized once the sleep mode with the energy saver priority is started. If you want the machine
to recognize an ID Card during sleep mode, turn off [Sleep Rules] in [Sleep Level]. Refer to the next for the detail
of the procedure.
➡ Card Authentication Kit (B) Operation Guide

1 Displays the screen.

The [System Menu/Counter] key > The [ ][ ] key > System/Network > [Op Functions] > The [OK] key

NOTE

When the user authentication screen is displayed, enter your login user name and login password, and
select []. Log in here with device administrator privileges.

NOTE

2 Select Card Authentication Kit(B) AC, and then select the [OK] key.

3 The [ ][ ] key > [Official] The [OK] key > Enter the license key > The [OK] key

4 Check the product name, Card Authentication Kit(B) AC, on the confirmation screen,
and then select [Yes]

NOTE

If the SSFC card is used, execute Maintenance modeU222"Set IC Card Type", and set it to "SSFC".

52
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Installing Paper feeder

1 Lift up the main unit horizontally, and then set it on the upper part of the paper
feeder so that the positioning pin (a) inserts into the positioning hole of the bottom
surface of the main unit

2 Pull out the cassette from the paper feeder

3 Adjust the cassette size

1 Adjust the position of the paper length guide. Slide the paper length guide while pressing the knob to
match the paper size to use.
Paper size displays in cassette.

53
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

IMPORTANT

If using Folio, Oficio II, or Legal

2 Adjust the position of the paper width guide. Slide the paper width guide while pressing the knob to
match the paper size to use.

4 Push the cassette slowly until end.

Installing Trusted Platform Module (UG-50)

54
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

1 Press the Power switch to turn off the power.

NOTE

Check if each indicator is not flashing.

2 Unplug the Power cord from the outlet.

IMPORTANT

Press the Power switch for at least one second. (Remove the electric charge inside of the main unit)

3 Open the Rear cover (a)

4 Twist and slide the SD card cover (a) to remove it

5 Twist and slide the Right rear cover (a) to remove it

55
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

6 Remove the 2 screws (a), and then remove the Fuser wire cover (b)

7 Attach UG-50 (a) to the Main PWB connector (b)

8 Install the Fuser wire cover (b) with the 2 screws (a)

9 Install the Right rear cover (a) to its original position

56
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

10 Install the SD card cover (a) to its original position

11 Close the Rear cover (a)

Installing SD/SDHC card

• Read SD/SDHC card.

Once the power is on, the contents of the SD/SDHC card is read in the main unit.
• Formatting SD/SDHC card
In order to use unused SD/SDHC card, it is necessary to format SD/SDHC card in the main unit first.
Refer to Format SD/SDHC card from the operation section. for details.

1 Press the Power switch to turn off the power.

NOTE

Check if each indicator is not flashing.

2 Unplug the Power cord from the outlet.

IMPORTANT

Press the Power switch for at least one second. (Remove the electric charge inside of the main unit)

57
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

3 Open the Rear cover (a)

4 Remove the DIMM cover (a)

5 Insert SD/SDHC card (a) into the memory card slot (b).

6 Install the Right rear cover (a) to its original position

58
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

7 Close the Rear cover (a)

8 Plug the Power cord into an outlet

NOTE

Once plug the power code in the outlet and it gets power on. It is not necessary to turn the power switch on.

9 Format SD/SDHC card from the operation section.

IMPORTANT

• Once SD/SDHC is formatted, all the data in its SD/SD is erased.

• If the application is installed, do not format the SD/SDHC card as the application may be deleted.

NOTE

• When the user authentication screen is displayed, enter the login username and the login password, and
then select [Login]. Log in with the machine’s administrator privileges.
• If you do not know your login username or password, contact the administrator.

NOTE

When the user authentication screen is displayed, enter your login user name and login password, and
select []. Log in here with device administrator privileges.

10 Make settings
The [System Menu/Counter] key > The [▲][▼] keys > [Device Common] > The [OK] key > The [▲][▼] keys >
[Format SD Card] > [Yes]
Format SD/SDHC card.

59
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Start using the application

The operation procedure to start using the application is as follows.

1 The [System Menu/Counter] key > The [ ] key > [Op Functions] > The [OK] key

NOTE

When the user authentication screen is displayed, enter your login user name and login password, and
select []. Log in here with device administrator privileges.

2 Select the application to start using, and then select the [OK] key.

3 The [ ][ ] key > [License On] > The [OK] key

NOTE

When [Detail] is selected, it is possible to see the detailed information of the selected application.

4 The [ ][ ] key > [Official] > The [OK] key

5 Enter the license key, and then press the [OK] key
Depending on the application, it might not be necessary to input the license key. When the input screen of
the license key is not displayed, go to the procedure 6.

6 Select [Yes].

NOTE

When starting the ThinPrint Option and entering the license key, you will need to turn OFF/ON the power.

60
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check the detail of the application

The operation procedure to check the detail of the application is as follows.

1 The [System Menu/Counter] key > The [ ][ ] key > [Op Functions] > The [OK] key

NOTE

When the user authentication screen is displayed, enter your login user name and login password, and
select []. Log in here with device administrator privileges.

2 Select the application for which to check the details, and then select the [OK] key.

3 The [ ][ ] key > [Detail] > The [OK] key

It is possible to see the detail information of the selected application. When the [ ] key is selected, the next
page is displayed. Selecting the [ ] key returns the screen to the previous page.
The items that possible to refer is as follows.
• Function Name
• License
• Remaining Trial Counts
• Expiration Date of Trial
• Status

NOTE

When extending the trial period, follow the step below.

The [ ][ ] key > [Date of Trial] > [Extend] > [Yes]

61
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

??(Liba2 MFP)

4 Composition

62
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Mechanism cross section

Cross-section view of main unit and paper feeder
Display the configuration process of the main unit.

1 Feed section
2 MP feed section
3 Image scanner unit
4 Laser scanner unit
5 Developer unit
6 Drum unit
7 Conveying / transfer section

63
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

8 Fuser section
9 Exit/Feedshift section
10 Duplex conveying section
11 Document processor
12 Paper feeder

64
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

The sensor layout drawing on the paper

conveying path
Display the sensor related to paper conveying

5
7 6
G
8

F
D 2

3 E 4

1
A

10
9

12
11

Paper jam position

A Paper jam in Cassette 1
B Paper jam in Cassette 2
C Paper jam in Cassette 3
D Paper jam in MP Tray.
E Paper jam inside the machine.
F Paper jam in Rear cover.
G Paper jam in Document processor.

65
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Sensor position
1 Paper sensor
2 MP paper sensor
3 Registration sensor
4 Exit sensor
5 DP original sensor
6 DP feed sensor
7 DP back side timing sensor
8 DP timing sensor
9 PF Paper sensor 1
10 PF Feed sensor 1
11 PF Paper sensor 2
12 PF Feed sensor 2

66
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Layout of electrical components and connection

state (left side)

1 Left side fan

2 Scanner motor
3 Temperature/Humidity sensor
4 Fuser pressure release motor

67
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Layout of electrical components and connection

state (right side)

C
A

5
6

7
3 4

2 B
1

1 Main motor
2 Feed clutch
3 Registration clutch
4 Developer clutch
5 Right side fan
6 MP solenoid
7 Main switch

A Main / Engine PWB

B Power supply PWB
C Wi-Fi PWB

68
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Layout of electrical components and condition

of connection (Document processor)

1 DP feed motor
2 DP feed clutch

69
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Layout of the electrical components and the

condition of the connection (Paper feeder)

1 PF conveying motor
2 PF feed clutch
3 PF conveying clutch

70
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Explanation of the main PWB

Describe the role and the outside appearance of the control PWB, the pin assignment.

Outside appearance of the Main / Engine PWB and the

connector layout
It controls the interface, software that processes the image data, and hardware such as the image scanner,
operation panel, high voltage/bias output control, paper conveying mechanism, etc.

Outside appearance photo

71
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Connector layout
14 1
7 YC31 1 YC528 YC506
10 1
11 YC504 20
13 YC508 1 1 YC510 5

13

YC509
6 YC33 1
1
15 YC34 1
5 4 1 4 1 5 1
YC522 YC36 YC1
1 YC3
5
YC521 YC5 YC2 1 4
1 2 1 7 1
1
YC501
YC505 YS1
1 2 3
11 YC23
2 R1 L1
1

YC6 YC502
10 1
YC10 1
R10 L4
1
YC14 6
3 1
1
12 YC35 YC524
3 YC503
10
YC16 6

1
YC9
1 2 12
1

2
YC7 YC8
1 10
1
1 10 5 1
YC19
1 13
YC17 YC20 YC526

72
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Connection destination of Main / Engine PWB connector

YC1:Exit solenoid, Machine inside temperature sensor

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 - - +24V power supply

2 O 0/24 V Exit solenoid remote (open collector)

3 - - GND

4 I 0/3.3 V Atmosphere and temperature inside machine (analog)

YC2:Temperature/Humidity sensor, Waste toner box sensor

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 O 0/3.3 V Humidity sensor lock (PWM)

2 I 0/3.3 V Humidity sensor data (analog)

3 I 0/3.3 V Temperature sensor data (analog)

4 - - GND

5 - - GND

6 I 0/3.3 V Toner full sensor

7 - - +3.3V power supply

YC3:Polygon motor

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 - - +24V power supply

2 - - GND

3 O - Polygon motor remote (open collector)

4 I 0/3.3 V Polygon motor ready (open collector)

5 O - Polygon motor clock (open collector)

YC5:Eraser

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 - - GND

2 O 0/24 V Eraser LED light signal

YC6:Paper sensor, MP paper sensor, Container relay PWB

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 - - +3.3V power supply

2 - - GND

3 I 0/3.3 V Paper on cassette detection (open collector)

4 - - +3.3V power supply

73
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

5 - - GND

6 I 0/3.3 V Paper on MPF detection (open collector)

7 - - GND

8 O 0/3.3 V Container communication clock signal

9 I/O 0/3.3 V Container communication data signal

10 - - +3.3V power supply

YC7:Right side fan

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 - - +24V power supply

2 O 0/24 V Right side fan remote (open collector)

YC8:Interlock switch

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 - - +24V power supply (after passing the Interlock switch)

2 - - +24V power supply

YC9:Main motor

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 O 0/3.3 V Main motor direction (open collector)

2 I 0/3.3 V Main motor ready (open collector)

3 O 0/3.3 V Main motor clock (open collector)

4 O 0/3.3 V Main motor remote (open collector)

5 - - GND

6 - - +24V power supply

YC10:Feed clutch, Registration clutch, Developer clutch

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 - - +24V power supply

2 O 0/24 V Registration clutch remote (open collector)

3 - - +24V power supply

4 O 0/24 V Feed clutch remote (open collector)

5 - - +24V power supply

6 O 0/24 V Developer clutch remote (open collector)

74
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

YC14:Toner sensor

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 - - +3.3V power supply

2 I 0/3.3 V Toner sensor

3 - - GND

YC16:High voltage PWB, Registration sensor

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 - - Power ground

2 - - Signal ground

3 - - +3.3V power supply

4 I - Registration sensor (open collector)

5 O - Charger control (open collector)

6 O - Developer clock (open collector, PWM)

7 O - Transfer (-) remote (open collector)

8 O - Grid control (open collector, PWM)

9 O - Developer DC control (open collector, PWM)

10 O - Transfer (+) control (open collector, PWM)

11 - - +24V power supply

12 O 0/3.3 V Separation control (analog)

YC17:PF-1100

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 - - GND

2 - - +3.3V power supply

3 - - +3.3V power supply

4 I 0/3.3 V PF recovery trigger

5 I 0/3.3 V PF ready (synced serial communication)

6 O 0/3.3 V PF select 0 (synced serial communication)

7 O 0/3.3 V PF select 1 (synced serial communication)

8 O 0/3.3 V PF clock (synced serial communication)

9 O 0/3.3 V PF data communication (synced serial communication)

10 I 0/3.3 V PF data reception (synced serial communication)

11 - - +24V power supply

12 - - +24V power supply

13 - - GND

75
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

YC19:Fuser pressure release sensor, Exit sensor, Fuser edge thermistor, Fuser center thermistor

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 - - GND

2 I 0/3.3 V Fuser center thermistor (analog)

3 - - GND

4 I 0/3.3 V Fuser edge thermistor (analog)

5 - - +3.3V power supply

6 - - GND

7 I 0/3.3 V Fuser pressure release sensor (open collector)

8 - - +3.3V power supply

9 - - GND

10 I 0/3.3 V Exit sensor (open collector)

YC20:Power supply PWB

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 - - +24V power supply (8V when in sleep mode and Off

mode)

2 - - +24V power supply

3 - - +24V power supply

4 - - GND

5 - - GND

6 - - GND

7 I 0/3.3 V Zerocross signal (open collector)

8 O 0/3.3 V Heater ON/OFF signal

9 O 0/3.3 V SLEEP communication signal (open collector)

10 O 0/3.3 V Power supply RELAY signal (open collector)

YC23:Main switch

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 I 0/3.3 V Main switch (open collector)

2 - - GND

YC31:Home position sensor, Scanner motor

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 - - +3.3V power supply

2 - - GND

3 I 0/3.3 V ISU home position detection (open collector)

76
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

4 O 24V Scanner motor phase-A (+)

5 O 24V Scanner motor phase-A (-)

6 O 24V Scanner motor phase-B (-)

7 O 24V Scanner motor phase-B (+)

YC33:DP feed motor, DP feed clutch

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 O 24V DP feed motor phase-A (+)

2 O 24V DP feed motor phase-A (-)

3 O 24V DP feed motor phase-B (-)

4 O 24V DP feed motor phase-B (+)

5 - - +24V power supply

6 O 0/24 V DP feed clutch remote (open collector)

YC34: DP open/close sensor, DP original sensor, DP paper feed sensor DP back side timing sensor, DP
timing sensor

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 - - +3.3V power supply

2 - - GND

3 I 0/3.3 V DP timing sensor (open collector)

4 - - +3.3V power supply

5 - - GND

6 I 0/3.3 V DP back side timing sensor (open collector)

7 - - +3.3V power supply

8 - - GND

9 I 0/3.3 V DP original sensor (open collector)

10 - - +3.3V power supply

11 - - GND

12 I 0/3.3 V DP original sensor (open collector)

13 - - +3.3V power supply

14 - - GND

15 I 0/3.3 V DP open/close sensor (open collector)

YC35:MP solenoid

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 - - +24V power supply

77
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

2 O 0/24 V MP solenoid remote (open collector)

3 - - -

YC36:Fuser pressure release motor, Left side fan

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 O 24V Pressure release motor remote (-)

2 O 24V Pressure release motor remote (+)

3 O Full speed: 24 V, half Left side fan remote (full speed/half speed)(open
speed: 12 V collector)

4 O 0/24 V Left side fan remote (ON/OFF)

YC504:Wi-Fi PWB (Wi-Fi moled only)

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 - - +5.0V power supply

2 I/O 0/3.3 V Data (-)

3 I/O 0/3.3 V Data (+)

4 I 0/3.3 V WLAN SLEEP recovery interruption signal

5 - - GND

6 - - Frame ground

YC505:APC PWB

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 O LVDS Video data 2 (-)

2 O LVDS Video data 2 (+)

3 O LVDS Video data 1 (-)

4 O LVDS Video data 1 (+)

5 O 0/3.3 V Sample timing 2

6 O 0/3.3 V Sample timing 1

7 O 0/3.3 V LD light emission permission

8 - - GND

9 O 0/3.3 V LD light emission standard voltage (analog)

10 I 0/3.3 V Main scan direction syncing

11 - - +5.0V power supply

78
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

YC506:CIS

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 I 0/3.3 V Video data 0 (analog)

2 - - GND

3 I 0/3.3 V Video data 1 (analog)

4 - - GND

5 I 0/3.3 V Video data 2 (analog)

6 - - GND

7 - - +3.3V power supply

8 O 0/3.3 V Start pulse

9 - - GND

10 O 0/3.3 V Master clock

11 O 0/18 V LED common

12 O 0/18 V LED pulse blue (open collector)

13 O 0/18 V LED pulse green (open collector)

14 O 0/18 V LED pulse red (open collector)

YC508: FAX PWB (4in1 model only)

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 - - +24V power supply

2 - - GND

3 - - +3.3V power supply

4 - 0/3.3 V Reset

5 - - GND

6 I 0/3.3 V Clock input (SPI communication)

7 I 0/3.3 V Data reception (SPI communication)

8 - - GND

9 O 0/3.3 V Data transmission (SPI communication)

10 O 0/3.3 V Chip select (SPI communication)

11 - - GND

12 I 0/3.3 V Interruption notice

YC509:DP CIS

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 I 0/3.3 V Video data 0 (analog)

2 - - GND

3 I 0/3.3 V Video data 1 (analog)

79
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

4 - - GND

5 I 0/3.3 V Video data 2 (analog)

6 - - GND

7 - - +3.3V power supply

8 O 0/3.3 V Start pulse

9 - - GND

10 O 0/3.3 V Master clock

11 O 0/18 V LED common

12 O 0/18 V LED pulse blue (open collector)

13 O 0/18 V LED pulse green (open collector)

14 O 0/18 V LED pulse red (open collector)

YC510: USB PWB

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 - - GND

2 I/O 0/3.3 V Data (+)

3 I/O 0/3.3 V Data (-)

4 - - +5.0V power supply

5 - - Frame ground

YC524:TPM

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 ― +3.3V power supply

2 I 0/3.3 V TPM detection signal

3 O 0/3.3 V Communication clock

4 O 0/3.3 V Reset signal

5 O 0/3.3 V Communication data output

6 O 0/3.3 V Chip select

7 I 0/3.3 V Communication data input

8 ― GND

YC528:Operation panel PWB

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 - - GND

2 I 0/3.3 V Panel data reception (UART communication)

3 I 0/3.3 V Energy saver key pressed notification

80
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

4 O 0/3.3 V Panel recovery signal

5 O 0/3.3 V Panel reset

6 I 0/3.3 V ANYKEY pressed notification

7 O 0/3.3 V Panel data transmission (UART communication)

8 - - +5.0V power supply

9 - - +3.3V power supply

81
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Outside appearance of the High voltage PWB and the

connector layout
Output the main charger high voltage, the developer bias, the transfer bias, and transfer cleaning bias.

Outside appearance photo

Connector layout

82
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Connection destination of High voltage PWB connector

YC201:Main PWB

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 I 3.3 [V] Separation control (analog)

2 - - +24V power supply

3 I - Transfer (+) control (open collector, PWM)

4 I - Developer DC control (open collector, PWM)

5 I - Grid control (open collector, PWM)

6 I - Transfer (-) remote (open collector)

7 I - Developer clock (open collector, PWM)

8 I - Charger control (open collector)

9 O - Registration sensor (open collector)

10 - - +3.3V power supply

11 - - Signal ground

12 - - Power ground

83
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Outside appearance of the Power supply PWB and the

connector layout
It converts the input voltage (alternating current) from the AC power supply to direct current such as 24V DC and
then outputs this voltage. It also controls the fuser heater.

Outside appearance photo

120 V machine

200 V machine

84
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Connector layout
120 V machine

1 YC103 YC102
1

200 V machine

1 YC103 YC102
1

85
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Connection destination of Power supply PWB connector

Direct connection: Inlet

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 - - AC LIVE Input (AC LIVE)

2 - - AC NEUTRAL Input(AC NEUTRAL)

YC102:Fuser heater

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 - - Heater AC LIVE Output

2 - - -

3 - - Heater NEUTRAL

YC103:Main / Engine PWB

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 I 0/3.3 [V] Power supply RELAY signal (open collector)

2 I 0/3.3 [V] SLEEP notification signal (open collector)

3 I 0/3.3 [V] Heater ON/OFF signal

4 O 0/3.3 [V] Zerocross signal (open collector)

5 - - GND

6 - - GND

7 - - GND

8 - - +24V power supply (8V when in sleep mode and Off mode)

9 - - +24V power supply

10 - - +24V power supply

86
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Outside appearance of the Operation panel PWB and the

connector layout
It consists of an LCD, LED indicators, and key switches. (LCD)

Outside appearance photo

Connector layout

9
YC1 1
14 1
YC2

87
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Connection destination of Operation panel PWB connector

YC1:Main / Engine PWB

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 - - +3.3V power supply

2 - - +5.0V power supply

3 I 0/3.3 [V] Panel data transmission (UART communication)

4 O 0/3.3 [V] ANYKEY pressed notification

5 I 0/3.3 [V] Panel reset

6 I 0/3.3 [V] Panel recovery signal

7 O 0/3.3 [V] Energy saver key pressed notification

8 O 0/3.3 [V] Panel data reception (UART communication)

9 - - GND

YC2:LCD

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 - - Frame ground

2 - - LCD segment circuit power supply

3 - - LCD common circuit power supply (+)

4 - - LCD common circuit power supply (-)

5 - - GND

6 - 3.3[V] LCD logic power supply

7 O 0/3.3 [V] Communication data

8 O 0/3.3 [V] Communication clock

9 O 0/3.3 [V] Register select

10 O 0/3.3 [V] Reset

11 O 0/3.3 [V] Chip select signal

12 - - Frame ground

13 I - Backlight LED cathode

14 O 5[V] Backlight LED anode

88
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Outside appearance of the PF PWB and the connector

layout
Control the interface with the main unit, and whole paper feeder.

Outside appearance photo

Connector layout

89
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Connection destination of PF PWB connector

YC2:PF feed clutch, PF conveying clutch

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 O DC24V DC24V power supply output

2 O DC0V/24V Feed clutch signal

3 O DC24V DC24V power supply output

4 O DC0V/24V Developer clutch signal

YC4:PF conveying motor

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 I DC0V/3.3V Motor rotation stable signal

2 O DC0V/5V (Pulse) Motor rotation standard clock

3 O DC0V/5V Motor rotation start/stop signal

4 O - Ground

5 O DC24V DC24V power supply output

YC5:Main / Engine PWB

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 I - Ground

2 I DC3.3V DC3.3V power supply input

3 I DC3.3V DC3.3V power supply input

4 O DC0V/3.3V Waking-related signal

5 O DC0V/3.3V Main unit PF RDY

6 I DC0V/3.3V PF selection signal

7 I DC0V/3.3V PF selection signal

8 I DC0V/3.3V (Pulse) Main unit PF CLK

9 I DC0V/3.3V PF received data

10 O DC0V/3.3V (Pulse) PF received data

11 I DC24V DC24V power supply input

12 I DC24V DC24V power supply input

13 I - Ground

YC6: PF PWB (Lower row)

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 O - Ground

2 O DC3.3V DC3.3V power supply output

90
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

3 O DC3.3V DC3.3V power supply output

4 I DC0V/3.3V Waking-related signal

5 I DC0V/3.3V Main unit PF RDY

6 O DC0V/3.3V PF selection signal

7 O DC0V/3.3V PF selection signal

8 O DC0V/3.3V (Pulse) Main unit PF CLK

9 O DC0V/3.3V PF received data

10 I DC0V/3.3V (Pulse) PF received data

11 O DC24V DC24V power supply output

12 O DC24V DC24V power supply output

13 O - Ground

14 - - Unused

YC7:PF feed sensor

Pin I/O Measured voltage Function

1 O DC3.3V DC3.3V power supply output

2 O - Ground

3 I DC0V/3.3V Conveying timing sensor

91
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Layout of the PWB and the function explanation

A 10
9
1
2

C 8

7 4

65
E

11

A Laser scanner unit

B Fuser unit
C Drum unit
D Developer unit
E Paper feeder

1 FAX PWB
Image data modulation / demodulation process

- 4in1 model only

2 Main / Engine PWB

It controls the interface, software that processes the image data, and hardware such as the image scanner,
operation panel, high voltage/bias output control, paper conveying mechanism, etc.

92
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

3 Eraser
Removing residual electric charge on the drum

4 Power supply PWB

Converted output of input voltage (alternating current) from AC power supply to direct current such as
DC24V, etc., and control of fixing heater.

5 Wi-Fi PWB
Sending/receiving data wirelessly

- Wi-Fi model only

6 USB PWB
USB connector arrangement

7 High voltage PWB

Output of the main charger high voltage, the developer bias, the transfer bias, and transfer cleaning bias.

8 Grid board
Grid current control

9 APC PWB
Generation and control of laser beam

10 Operation panel PWB

It consists of an LCD, LED indicators, and key switches.

11 PF PWB
Drive control of electrical components inside the PF

93
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Layout of the sensor/switch and the function

explanation

A Laser scanner unit

B Fuser unit
C Drum unit
D Developer unit

94
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

E Document processor
F Paper feeder

1 Main switch
Switches the power to the main/engine PWB and operation panel PWB, etc. on/off.

2 Paper sensor
Detects whether there is paper in the cassette

3 Registration sensor
Control secondary paper feed start timing

4 Toner sensor
Detects the toner amount in the Developer unit.

5 MP paper sensor
Detects if paper is available in the MP Tray.

6 Temperature/Humidity sensor
Detects the external temperature and humidity

7 Interlock switch
Switches on/off the primary circuit

8 Machine inside temperature sensor

Machine inside temperature detection

9 Waste toner box sensor

Detects that the toner capacity is full in the Waste toner box.

10 Home position sensor

Detects the position of the Image scanner.

11 CIS
Scans the front side data of the original

12 Exit sensor
Detects a paper jams in the fuser section

13 Fuser pressure release sensor

Detects the switching of the fuser pressure

14 Fuser edge thermistor

Detects the temperature of the Fuser heater belt (the edge section)

15 Fuser center thermistor

Detects the temperature in the Fuser heater belt (the center section)

16 DP CIS
Scanning back side data of the original

17 DP timing sensor
Detect the original scanning timing (Front side)

95
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

18 DP back side timing sensor

Detect the original scanning timing (Back side)

19 DP feed sensor
Detects the opening/closing of the Document processor

20 DP open/close sensor
Detects the opening/closing of the Document processor

21 DP original sensor
Detects if an original is loaded on the Original tray

22 PF paper sensor
Detects whether there is paper in the PF cassette

23 PF feed sensor
Detects the PF paper feeding timing

96
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Layout of the motor and the function

explanation

A Laser scanner unit

B Fuser unit
C Drum unit
D Developer unit
E Document processor
F Paper feeder

97
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

1 Main motor
Paper feeding/conveying mechanism drive

2 Fuser pressure release motor

Fuser pressure release drive

3 Scanner motor
Drive for Image scanner movement

4 Right side fan

Cooling the inside of the machine (right side)

5 Left side fan

Cooling the inside of the machine (left side)

6 Polygon motor
Drive for Polygon mirror

7 DP feed motor
Drive for DPFeed section

8 PF conveying motor
PF paper feed drive

98
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Layout of the other electrical components and

the function explanation

A Laser scanner unit

B Fuser unit
C Drum unit
D Developer unit
E Document processor

99
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

F Paper feeder

1 Developer clutch
Controls the Developer unit drive

2 Registration clutch
Control of the secondary paper feed drive

3 Feed clutch
Controls the primary feeding from the Cassette.

4 MP solenoid
Controls the MP Lift plate

5 Exit solenoid
Switches the turn guide

6 Fuser heater
Heats the Fuser heater belt

7 Thermostat
Cuts off the power supply to the fuser heater when the Fuser heater roller is abnormally hot.

8 FAX speaker
A ringtone sounds when a FAX is sent

9 DP feed clutch
Controls the DPFeed section drive

10 PF feed clutch
Controls primary feeding from the PF Cassette.

11 PF developer clutch
Controls the PF paper feeding drive

100
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Outline of the Drive section

Layout of the conveying drive line

D
8

C
B

6
2 7

4 5
3

10 11

A Primary feed unit

B Developer unit
C Drum unit
D Fuser unit

1 Feed roller
2 Developer roller
3 Developer screw A
4 Developer screw B

101
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

5 Drum
6 Fuser pressure roller
7 Fuser heater belt
8 Exit roller
9 Main motor
10 PF Feed roller
11 PFFeed motor

Layout of each drive train

Primary paper feed drive

1 Middle roller
2 Feed roller
3 Feed clutch
4 Main motor

102
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Drum drive

1 Main motor
2 Drum
3 Cleaning roller

103
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Developing drive

1 Developer screw B
2 Developer screw A
3 Developer roller
4 Developer clutch
5 Main motor

104
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Fuser unit drive

2 3

1 Main motor
2 Fuser heater belt
3 Exit roller

105
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Outline of the Feed and conveying section

The Feed and conveying section is made up of a Cassette, Feed section, and a MP feed section that feeds paper to
the Transfer/Separation sectionConveying section.

CassetteFeed section
The Cassette can hold either 300 sheets (64g/m2) or 250 sheets (80g/m2) of paper. The paper is pulled out from
the Cassette by the rotation of the Pickup roller and fed into the Conveying section by the Feed roller. The action
of the Retard roller also prevents the double feeding of paper. The fed paper is transported by the Middle roller
to the position where the Registration sensor turns ON.

Parts composition

2 1
9 8 5

4 6 7

3 10 11

13
7

6 12
4 11

9
8 1
10 6

1 Pickup roller
2 Feed roller

106
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

3 Retard roller
4 Lift plate
5 Separation pad
6 Paper width guide
7 Paper length guide
8 Middle roller
9 Middle pulley
10 Actuator (Paper sensor)
11 Cassette base
12 Extension tray button
13 Extension tray

Control block diagram

PWB

1 Main / Engine PWB

Device

A Paper sensor
B Main motor
C Feed clutch

107
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

MP feed section
The MP Tray can hold either 120 sheets (64 g/m2) or 100 sheets (80 g/m2) of paper. Paper feeding from the MP
Tray is performed by the MP lift plate mechanism according to the MP feed roller rotation and the MP solenoid.
And also, the action of the MP Separation pad prevents the double feeding of paper. The fed paper is transported
by the MP feed roller to the position where the Registration sensor turns ON.

Parts composition

6 7 5 4 8

3 2
5 8
4 3
1

1 MP feed roller
2 MP Separation pad
3 MP friction plate
4 MP lift plate

108
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

5 MP paper width guide

6 MP Tray
7 MP Tray sub
8 Actuator (MP paper sensor)

Control block diagram

PWB 1

Device A YC6-6

Device B YC35-2

YC9-1
Device C YC9-2
YC9-3
YC9-4

PWB

1 Main / Engine PWB

Device

A MP paper sensor
B MP solenoid
C Main motor

109
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Outline of the Optical section

The Optical section is made up of a Image scanner section for scanning documents and a Laser scanner section
for writing images.

Image scanner unit

The original image is illuminated by an exposure lamp (LED), and the reflected light is read by the CIS and
converted into an electrical signal. When using the Document processor, the Image scanner unit stops at the
original scanning position and scans the original that is fed by the Document processor.

Parts composition

5 3 1 4

2 7 8
6

1 CIS
2 Scanner carriage
3 Slit glass
4 Contact glass

110
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

5 ISU upper frame

6 Scanner drive gear
7 Carriage belt
8 ISU lower frame

Control block diagram

PWB

1 Main / Engine PWB

Device

A Home position sensor

B Scanner motor
C CIS

111
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Laser scanner unit

The surface of the charged drum is scanned by the laser beam output from the Laser scanner unit. When the
Polygon motor rotates and the laser beam is reflected on the mirror surface of the Polygon mirror, the laser beam
scans the image horizontally. The Laser scanner unit contains various lenses and mirrors that adjust the diameter
of the laser beam to focus the laser beam on the surface of the Drum.

Parts composition

3 2 1 4

2 1 4 6 5 7

8 3

1 Polygon mirror
2 fθ lens
3 Mirror

112
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

4 Laser scanner section

5 Collimate lens
6 Cylindrical lens
7 Laser bracket
8 Drum

Control block diagram

PWB

1 Main / Engine PWB

2 APC PWB

Device

A Polygon motor

113
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Outline of the Developer section

Developer unit
The Developer section is made up of a Developer roller, which forms a magnetic brush, a Developer blade, which
moves toner to form a thin layer, and a Developer screw, which stirs the toner. The bias is applied to the Developer
roller to adjust the density. The amount of toner inside the Developer unit is detected by the Toner sensor.

Parts composition

11

8 6 5 4 1

5
4
3
2
1

10

8
9
7

1 Developer roller
2 Developer blade

114
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

3 Blade magnet
4 Developer screwA
5 Developer screwB
6 Developer case
7 Toner container release button
8 Toner sensor
9 Developer shutter
10 Drum
11 Toner container

Control block diagram

PWB

1 Main / Engine PWB

2 High voltage PWB

Device

A Developer clutch
B Main motor
C Toner sensor

115
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Outline of the Drum section

The Drum section is made up of the Drum, Charger roller unit, Cleaning unit, etc., and the Drum is charged evenly
in preparation for generating an electrostatic latent image from the irradiation of the laser.

Charger unit
The Drum is evenly charged by bringing a charged roller into contact with the surface of the Drum and rotating it.

Cleaning unit
Remaining toner on the surface of the Drum after the transfer is scraped off by the Cleaning blade and collected
in the Toner container by the collection roller. The Eraser is made up of an LED, and remove the remaining charge
on the Drum before the main charge.

Parts composition

2
3

1 5 6 4

116
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

6
4
8
5

2 9

1 Drum
2 Charger unit
3 Shield grid
4 Collection roller
5 Cleaning blade
6 Cleaning roller
7 Eraser
8 Flicker plate
9 Drum unit frame

Control block diagram

117
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

PWB

1 Main / Engine PWB

2 High voltage PWB
3 Grid PWB

Device

A Main motor

118
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Outline of the Conveying section and

Transfer/Separation section
The Conveying section transports the paper to the Transfer/Separation section after adjusting the paper’s
position with the Registration roller. The Transfer/Separation section is made up of a Conveying unit installed to
the Conveying unit, a separation needle, etc. A DC bias is applied to the Transfer roller from the High voltage PWB,
which transfers the toner image formed on the Drum to the paper side by potential difference. The paper is then
separated by drum curvature separation and discharged by a discharge needle*1 grounded to the ground.

Parts composition

1 8 7

3 2 4 5 6

8
7
6
5
4

1
2
3

1 Registration roller
2 Registration pulley registration pulley
3 Actuator (Registration sensor)
4 Transfer front guide transfer front guide
5 Transfer roller transfer roller
6 Discharge needle

119
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

7 Transfer front guide conveying guide

8 Drum

Control block diagram

PWB

1 Main / Engine PWB

2 High voltage PWB

Device

A Registration clutch
B Main motor

120
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Outline of the Fuser section

The paper sent from the Transfer/Separation section is sandwiched between the Fuser heater belt and the Fuser
pressure roller. The Fuser heater belt is heated by the planar heater, and the Fuser pressure roller pressured by
the pressure spring is pressed against it, so that toner is thermally melted by the heat and pressure and then fused
to paper. The surface temperature of the Fuser heater belt is detected by the Thermistor, and is controlled by the
Main PWB. If the Fuser section becomes abnormally hot, the power line is cut off by the operation of the
Thermostat to forcibly turn off the heating of the planar heater.

Fuser unit
Parts composition

121
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

1 Fuser forwarding guide

2 Fuser heater
3 Fuser pressure roller
4 Thermostat
5 Fuser exit roller
6 Fuser exit pulley
7 Actuator (Exit sensor)
8 Fuser center thermistor
9 Fuser edge thermistor
10 Fuser heater belt

Control block diagram

Device A YC19-2

Device B YC19-7

Device C YC19-4

Device D YC102-1 YC20-7

PWB 2 YC20-8
YC20-9
Device E YC102-3
YC20-10

PWB 1

Device F YC19-10

YC36-1
Device G YC36-2

YC9-1
YC9-2
Device H YC9-3
YC9-4

PWB

1 Main / Engine PWB

2 Power supply PWB

Device

A Fuser edge thermistor

B Fuser pressure release sensor
C Fuser center thermistor
D Thermostat
E Fuser heater

122
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

F Exit sensor
G Fuser pressure release motor
H Main motor

123
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Outline of the Exit/Feedshift section

The Exit/Feedshift section is made up of the conveying route for feeding paper that has passed through the Fuser
section to the Inner tray or the Duplex conveying section.

Parts composition

2
5
1

6
7

124
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

4
1
2
3
5

5 3
8

6 7

1 Exit upper roller

2 Exit upper pulley
3 Eraser brush
4 FD guide
5 Exit lever
6 Exit lower roller
7 Branch pulley
8 Rear cover

125
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Control block diagram

PWB

1 Main / Engine PWB

Device

A Exit solenoid
B Main motor

126
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Outline of the Duplex conveying section

The duplex conveying section is made up of a conveying route for feeding paper sent from the exit/feedshift
section when performing double sided printing to the paper feeding/conveying section.

Parts composition

6 1 2

7 8 4 3 10
5

2
1

4
6

10
5
9
8

1 Fuser exit roller

2 Branch pulley
3 Actuator (Exit sensor)
4 DU Conveying roller A
5 DU Conveying pulley A
6 DU Conveying roller B
7 DU conveying upper guide

127
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

8 DU conveying lower guide

9 DU conveying lever
10 Rear cover

Control block diagram

PWB 1

Device A YC19-10

YC9-1
YC9-2
Device B YC9-3
YC9-4

PWB

1 Main / Engine PWB

Device

A Exit sensor
B Main motor

128
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Outline of the Document processor

DP Feed section/DP Conveying section/DP Exit section
The DP Feed section consists of the parts in the figure, and conveys the original set on the Original tray to the DP
Conveying section. The original is fed by rotating the DP Forwarding pulley and the DP Feed roller.
The back of the original is scanned as it passes the CIS and the front is scanned by the CIS of the main unit as it
passes the Slit glass. Scanned originals are output to the Original eject table by the DP Exit roller.

Parts composition

14 12 10 7 5 3
13 11 8 9 2 1 4 21 22

16 17 19 6 23
15 18 20

18 11
14 13
8
12
16 7
2 1 3 21
15

22
5
6 4
17
9
23
19 21

1 DP Forwarding pulley
2 DP Feed roller

129
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

3 DP Feed holder
4 Pre-DP Separation pad
5 DP Separation pad
6 Actuator (DP original sensor)
7 DP Registration roller
8 DP registration pulley
9 Actuator (DP timing sensor)
10 Actuator (DP back side timing sensor)
11 DP CISContact glass
12 DP CIS
13 DP Conveying roller A
14 DP Conveying pulley A
15 DP Conveying roller B
16 DP Conveying pulley B
17 Actuator (DP feed sensor)
18 DP scanning guide
19 DP Exit roller
20 DP Exit pulley
21 DP Original width guide
22 DP Original tray
23 Original eject table

130
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Control block diagram

18#


%FWJDF
" YC34-15

YC33-1
YC33-2
%FWJDF
#
YC33-3
YC33-4

%FWJDF
$ YC33-6

%FWJDF
% YC34-12

%FWJDF
& YC34-9

YC509-1
YC509-3
YC509-5
YC509-8
%FWJDF
' YC509-10
YC509-11
YC509-12
YC509-13
YC509-14

%FWJDF
( YC34-6

%FWJDF
) YC34-3

PWB

1 Main / Engine PWB

Device

A DP open/close sensor
B DP feed motor
C DP feed clutch
D DP original sensor
E DP feed sensor
F DP CIS
G DP back side timing sensor
H DP timing sensor

131
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Outline of the Paper feeder (Option)

PF Feed section
The PF Cassette can hold either 300 sheets (64 g/m2) or 250 sheets (80 g/m2) of paper. The paper is pulled out
from the PF Cassette by the rotation of the PFPickup roller, and then fed to the main unit by the rotation of the PF
Feed roller/Conveying roller. The action of the PF Retard roller also prevents the double feeding of paper.

Parts composition

13 1 3 10 7 9 12 11

6 4 2
5 8

6 5 1 13 2 9

10
9
8
7 11
12

1 PF Feed roller
2 PF Pickup roller
3 PF Feed holder
4 PF Retard roller
5 PF Conveying roller
6 PF Conveying pulley
7 PF Lift plate
8 PF Separation pad

132
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

9 PF Paper width guide

10 Actuator (PF Paper sensor1, 2)
11 PF Paper length guide
12 PF Cassette base
13 Actuator (PF feed sensor1, 2)

Control block diagram

PWB

1 Main / Engine PWB

2 PF PWB

Device

A PF feed sensor
B PF paper sensor
C PF conveying motor
D PF feed clutch
E PF conveying clutch

133
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Maintenance (Libra2 MFP)

5 Maintenance

134
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Maintenance Precautions
• Before disassembling the main unit, press the power switch to turn off the power. Before work, unplug the
power plug after confirming the operation panel is turned off.
• When handling the PWB, do not touch with finger directly on the PWB. And also, make sure not to damage the
PWB. If ICs are mounted on the PWB, do not touch them by hand or something charged with electrostatic.
• Make sure to release the hook before disconnecting the connector with the hook.
• Take care not to pinch wires at work.
• To reassemble the parts, use the original screws. If the types and the sizes of screws are not sure, refer to the
parts list.

Drum handling and storage

• Pay attention of following notes when handling and storing the Drum.
• When detaching the Drum unit from the main unit, make sure to avoid extremely strong light such as direct
sunlight on the surface of the Drum.
• Store in the range of ambient temperature of -20°C/-4°F to 40°C/104°F and ambient humidity 85% RH or less.
Even if it is within the permissible range, avoid storing Drum unit in a place where the temperature and
humidity change suddenly.
• Avoid exposure to any substance which is harmful to or may affect the quality of the Drum.
• Do not touch the Drum surface with any object.
• Do not touch the surface of the Drum with hands or gloves. If the surface of the Drum is touched with hands
or stained with oil, make sure to clean it.

Storing Toner container

• Store the Toner container in a cool, dark place.
• Avoid places exposed to direct sunlight or high humidity.

How to identify genuine Kyocera Toner container

The Anti-counterfeit film section of the Service call error that is affixed on the Toner container is seen through the
window of the exclusive viewer. Through two window to see separately, judge if it is genuine or not by how the
Anti-counterfeit film section look like.
• The Anti-counterfeit film section is black when seen through the left side window (●mark)
• The Anti-counterfeit film section is gold (shiny) when seen through the right side window (☼mark)

The above will reveal that the toner container is a genuine Kyocera branded toner container, otherwise (both seen
gold-colored, etc.), it is a counterfeit.

135
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

The Anti-counterfeit film section has notches as shown below to prohibit reuse.

,QFLVLRQ
UHGFLUFOHV

136
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Maintenance parts

Maintenance kit
Name used in service Name used in parts list Quant Part No.
manual ity

MK-1260 MK-1260/MAINTENANCE KIT 1 170C150NL0

MK-1262 MK-1262/MAINTENANCE KIT 170C150US0
MK-1264 MK-1264/MAINTENANCE KIT 170C150AU0
(100,000 images) Drum unit -
Developer unit -

MP feed roller ROLLER M/P ASSY 302HS0826_

Pickup roller PULLEY PICKUP ASSY 302HN0608_

Feed roller PULLEY FEED ASSY 302F90623_
(Feed roller unit) (PARTS HOLDER FEED ASSY SP) (302RV9407_)

Contact glass CONTACT-GLASS A -

CONTACT-GLASS L -
Slit glass CONTACT-GLASS DP -
(ISU upper frame (A4)) (PARTS FRAME ISU TOP A ASSY SP) (302S09403_)
(ISU upper frame (Legal)) (PARTS FRAME ISU TOP L ASSY SP) (302S39401_)

Work after replacing Maintenance kit

After replacing the Maintenance kit, carry out the work in order based on the following table.

Classification Work

Replacement settings U130: "Set Toner Install"

Maintenance U251: "Clear Maintenance Counter"

137
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Removal procedure of the Exterior cover

Detaching/Attaching the Left rear cover

1 Remove the Cassette (a) by pulling it out from the main unit (b) in the direction of
the arrow.

2 Open the Rear cover (a).

3 Open the Cassette cover (c), and then release the Left rear cover (b) hook (d) in the
direction of the arrow.

138
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

4 Twist the Left rear cover (b) while removing it so to release the hook (e).

IMPORTANT

The orientations of hooks (d) and (e) are the wrong way round. Be careful not to damage anything when
removing.

Detaching/Attaching the ISU rear cover

1 Open the Rear cover (a).

2 Remove the screw (b).

139
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

3 Remove by lifting the bottom left part of ISU rear cover (a).

1
b

Detaching/Attaching the ISU left cover

1 Remove the Left rear cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the Left rear cover (page 138)

2 Remove the ISU rear cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the ISU rear cover (page 139)

3 Remove the screw (b).

4 Twist ISU left cover (a) while releasing the hooks (c) in the 2 positions in the direction
of the arrow.

140
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

5 Release and remove the protruding part of ISU left cover (a) in the direction of the
arrow.

Detaching/Attaching the ISU right cover

1 Remove the ISU rear cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the ISU rear cover (page 139)

2 Twist ISU right cover (a) while releasing the hooks (b) in the 2 positions in the
direction of the arrow.

141
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

3 Release and remove the protruding part (c) of ISU right cover (a) in the direction of
the arrow.

1
2
b

Detaching/Attaching the left cover

1 Remove the ISU left cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the ISU left cover (page 140)

2 Open the Front cover.

142
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

3 Remove the 4 hooks (b) in front of the left cover (a).

4 Remove the 2 hooks (b) on the rear side of the left cover.

5 Tilt the left cover (a) to remove it in the direction of the arrow.

143
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detaching/Attaching the Right cover

1 Remove the ISU right cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the ISU right cover (page 141)

2 Twist and slide the SD card cover (a) to remove it.

3 Twist and slide the Right rear cover (a) to remove it.

144
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

4 Open the Front cover.

5 Remove the 2 hooks (b) in front of the Right cover (a).

6 Remove the 3 hooks (b) on the rear side of the Right cover.

7 Tilt the Right cover (a) to remove it.

145
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detaching/Attaching the Front cover

1 Open Front cover (a), and then remove the strap fixation part (b) with pliers.

2 Remove the Stop ring (c), and then remove the arm (d).

c
1

d
2

3 Open the Front cover (a) from below, and then remove the right-side cover support
(b).

146
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

4 Remove the left-side support (c), and then remove the Front cover (a).

c
a
2

b
1

Detaching/Attaching the Rear cover

1 Remove the Left rear cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the Left rear cover (page 138)

147
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

2 Open Rear cover (a), align with the position of the support spindle (b), and then
remove from the support (c) in the direction of the arrow.

148
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Maintenance kit replacement procedure

Detaching/Attaching the Feed roller

1 Remove the Cassette (a) by pulling it out from the main unit (b) in the direction of
the arrow.

2 Pull the Feed roller unit (a) lever (b) forward to release the lock.

3 Slide the Feed roller unit (a) with it stood up to remove it from the Feed roller spindle
(c).

149
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

4 Remove the Feed roller unit (a) from the front.

a
b

5 Check or replace the Feed roller unit (a) (Feed roller, Pickup roller), and then
reattach all the parts in their original positions.

IMPORTANT

When reinstalling the Feed roller unit (a), ensure that the spindle end (c) of the feed shaft (b) aligns properly
with the rectangular shape (d) of the Feed roller unit.

150
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detaching/Attaching the Cassette Retard roller

1 Remove the Cassette (a) by pulling it out from the main unit (b) in the direction of
the arrow.

2 Release the hooks (b) at the 2 positions from the rear of the Cassette, and then
remove the Retard roller assembly (c).

151
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

3 Release the hooks (b) from the Retard roller assembly (a), and then remove the
Retard roller (c).

4 Check or replace the Retard roller, and then reattach all the parts in their original
positions.

IMPORTANT

When installing the Retard roller assembly (a), securely attach the spring (c) to the protruding part (b) of the
Retard roller assembly.

152
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detaching/Attaching the MP feed roller

1 Remove the Cassette.

2 Open Front cover (a), and then remove the strap fixation part (b) with pliers.

3 Remove the Stop ring (c), and then remove the arm (d).

c
1

d
2

4 Open the Front cover (a) from below, and then remove the right-side cover support
(b).

153
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

5 Remove the left-side support (c), and then remove the Front cover (a).

c
a
2

b
1

6 Remove the 4 screws (a), and then remove the MP lower frame (b).

7 Pull the fixed lever and then slide the MP feed roller spindle (b) to the right.

154
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

8 Remove the MP feed roller (c).

9 Check or replace the MP feed roller, and then reattach all the parts in their original
positions.

IMPORTANT

When installing the MP feed roller, install it so that the notch of the cross is on the Main switch side.

155
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detaching/Attaching the Developer unit

1 Open the Front cover (a).

2 Push down the Developer release lever (b).

3 Remove the Developer unit (a).

156
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

4 Check or replace the Developer unit, and then reattach all the parts in their original
positions.

IMPORTANT

If replacing the maintenance kit, execute the following maintenance mode.

• U130: "Set Toner Install"
• U251: "Clear Maintenance Counter"

Detaching/Attaching the Drum unit

1 Open the Front cover (a).

2 Push down the Developer release lever (b).

157
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

3 Remove the Developer unit (a).

4 Remove the Drum unit (a).

5 Check or replace the Drum unit, and then reattach all the parts in their original
positions.

IMPORTANT

If replacing the Drum unit with a new one, execute the following maintenance mode.
• U110: "Drum Counter"
• U120: "Drum Driving Distance Counter"

158
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

IMPORTANT

If replacing the maintenance kit, execute the following maintenance mode.

• U250: "Clear Maintenance Counter"

Detaching/Attaching the Charger unit

1 Remove the tape (b) from the Drum unit (a).

2 Open the Eraser cover (c).

3 Slide the edge (a) of the Charger unit.

159
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

4 Remove by lifting the edge of the Charger unit (a).

5 Check or replace the Charger unit, and then reattach all the parts in their original
positions.

160
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detaching/Attaching the Transfer roller

1 Open the Front cover (a).

2 Push down the Developer release lever (b).

3 Remove the Developer unit (a).

161
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

4 Remove the Drum unit (a).

5 While holding down Release lever (a), slide the Transfer front guide (b) and remove
the hook (c).

6 Remove the Transfer front guide (b).

7 Remove the Transfer roller (a) spindle (b) from the two transfer spindle bearings (c).

162
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

8 Remove gear Z17 (d) from the Transfer roller (a).

9 Check or replace the Transfer roller (a), and then reattach all the parts in their
original positions.

Detaching/Attaching the Fuser unit

1 Remove the Cassette (a) by pulling it out from the main unit (b) in the direction of
the arrow.

163
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

2 Remove the Left rear cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the Left rear cover (page 138)

3 Open Rear cover (a), align with the position of the support spindle (b), and then
remove from the support (c) in the direction of the arrow.

4 Twist and slide the SD card cover (a) to remove it.

164
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

5 Twist and slide the Right rear cover (a) to remove it.

6 Remove the 2 screws (a), and then remove the Fuser wire cover (b).

7 Disconnect the connector (a) from the Power supply PWB.

165
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

8 Disconnect the connector (b) from the Main / Engine PWB.

9 Remove the 4 screws (a).

166
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

10 Hold both ends of the Fuser unit (a) and pull it out.

11 Check or replace the Fuser unit, and then reattach all the parts in their original
positions.

CAUTION
Be careful not to burn yourself by touching a hot part when attaching/detaching.

167
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

PWB replacement procedure

Detaching/Attaching the Main / Engine PWB

IMPORTANT

Make sure to perform the following procedure before replacing the PWB.
Working without following the procedure might damage the PWB.
• Unplug the Power cord.
• Press the Power switch for at least one second. (Remove the electric charge inside of the main unit)

1 Remove the Cassette (a) by pulling it out from the main unit (b) in the direction of
the arrow.

2 Remove the Right cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the Right cover (page 144)

168
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

3 Remove the 2 screws (a), and then remove the USB ground plate (b).

4 Disconnect all the connectors and the FFC from the Main / Engine PWB (a).

5 Release the wire from the wire guide (b) and remove the wire guide (b).

6 Remove the 7 screws (a).

169
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

7 Remove the Main / Engine PWB (b).

a
b
a
a
a

8 Check or replace the Main / Engine PWB, and then reattach all the parts in their
original positions.

IMPORTANT

When replacing the Main / Engine PWB (a), remove the EEPROM (YS1) (b) from the removed old Main /
Engine PWB (a) and attach it to the new Main / Engine PWB( (a).

170
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Notes for when replacing the Main / Engine PWB

When replacing the Main / Engine PWB, remove the old PWB EEPROM (YS1) (a), and then make sure to replace it
with a new PWB.

IMPORTANT

The EEPROM from the different machine will not work, so make sure to insert the extract EEPROM onto the now
PWB.
To maintain the user information when replacing the Main / Engine PWB, before replacing the Main / Engine PWB,
insert a USB memory, execute U917, and then export the data.
If the Service call error C0180 "Set Toner Install" (machine number mismatch) is displayed when the power is
turned on, enter the machine number in Maintenance mode U004.
MAC address will change, therefore, check the network settings.
EX: If the printer name is registered with a IP address, set the IP address again.
For the Wi-Fi model, make sure to replace the old PWB Wi-Fi with a new PWB.

Firmware Update

Update the Firmware of the main unit and engine to the latest version, and import the Option languages and Color
table (1, 2).

FAX System Initialize

Initialization the FAX System settings of the main/engine PWB.

1 Enter “10871087” using the numeric keys, and then set Maintenance mode.

2 Input “600” using the numeric keys, and then press the [Start] key.

171
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

3 Select [Country Code][] and input the country code using the numeric keys.

4 Select [Execute], and press the [Start] key.

5 Start Initialization of the data. If canceling the Initialization of the data, press the
[Stop] key.

Scanner image adjustment

Execute Maintenance mode (U411) using the auto adjustment original of the Scanner.

Auto adjustment when scanning front side with DP

1 Set the specified original face down on the document processor (part No.
302NM94330).

2 Enter maintenance mode U411.

3 Select [DP FU(ChartB)].

4 Press the [Start ] key.

Auto adjustment starts.
When the adjustment has finished successfully, [OK] is displayed.

NOTE

If the DP back side timing is not right after the scanner adjustment, execute [DP FD(ChartB)]. If there is a
problem with the complexion of the DP front side, execute [DP FU(ChartA)].

Import saved data

If there is a data Export with Maintenance mode U917 before replacing the main/engine PWB, Import the data.

Re-Activate the License

If the License of the optional item is installed, perform re-Activate of the License.
• ID Card authentication kit (B)

NOTE

If the SSFC card is used, execute Maintenance mode U222, and set to “SSFC”.

• UG-33 (ThinPrint)

NOTE

You need to enter the four-digit encryption code again at the setup.

172
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Resetting the Default setting value

Reset the user Default setting value and the FAX Default setting value, such as for registering a local FAX number,
on the System Menu and Command Center respectively.

Resetting the Maintenance mode

Resetting the following Maintenance mode if necessary.

Maintenance mode
U250 "Set Maintenance Counter Pre-set"
U251 "Clear Maintenance Counter"
U253 "Set Double/Single Count"
U260 "Set Copy Count Mode"
U345 "Set Maintenance Time Soon Display"
U402 "Adjust Print Margin"
U403 "Adjust Scanning Margin(Table)"
U404 "Adjust Scanning Margin(DP)"
U425 "Set Target Adjustment Value"
U603 "User Data 1"
U604 "User Data 2"
U610 "System Setting 1"
U611 "System Setting 2"
U612 "System Setting 3"
U625 "Set Communication"
U695 "Customize FAX Function"

Canceling the Maintenance mode

Input “001” using the numeric keys, and then press the [Start] key.

173
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detaching/Attaching the High voltage PWB

IMPORTANT

Make sure to perform the following procedure before replacing the PWB.
Working without following the procedure might damage the PWB.
• Unplug the Power cord.
• Press the Power switch for at least one second. (Remove the electric charge inside of the main unit)

1 Open the Front cover (a).

2 Push down the Developer release lever (b).

174
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

3 Remove the Developer unit (a).

4 Remove the Drum unit (a).

175
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

5 Remove the Cassette (a) by pulling it out from the main unit (b) in the direction of
the arrow.

6 Remove the Right cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the Right cover (page 144)

7 Remove the left cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the left cover (page 142)

8 Stand up the main unit so you can see the bottom surface.

176
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

9 Remove the 4 screws (a), and then remove the front stay (b).

10 Push down the Duplex unit (a), and then press in the 2 stoppers (b) to remove.

11 Lower the Duplex unit (a) to the bottom and then remove it by pulling it toward you.

12 Remove the 3 screws (a).

177
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

13 Lift up the lower base cover (b) slightly to remove it.

a b

14 Remove the screw (b) and 3 screws (c).

15 Remove the Power supply PWB cover (a)

16 Remove the connector (d) from the Main / Engine PWB, and then release the wire
from the hook (e).

17 Remove the screw (a) and release the board support (c).

178
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

18 Remove the High voltage PWB (b).

a b

19 Check or replace the High voltage PWB, and then reattach all the parts in their
original positions.

179
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detaching/Attaching the Power supply PWB

IMPORTANT

Make sure to perform the following procedure before replacing the PWB.
Working without following the procedure might damage the PWB.
• Unplug the Power cord.
• Press the Power switch for at least one second. (Remove the electric charge inside of the main unit)

1 Remove the Cassette (a) by pulling it out from the main unit (b) in the direction of
the arrow.

2 Remove the Right cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the Right cover (page 144)

3 Remove the screw (b) and 3 screws (c).

180
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

4 Remove the Power supply PWB cover (a)

5 Remove the 3 screws (a), and then remove the inlet mounting plate (b).

6 Disconnect the 2 connectors (a).

181
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

7 Remove the screw (b) and disconnect the ground wire (c).

8 Remove the 3 screws (a), and then remove the Power supply PWB(b).

9 Check or replace the Power supply PWB (b), and then reattach all the parts in their
original positions.

182
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detaching/Attaching the FAX PWB

IMPORTANT

Make sure to perform the following procedure before replacing the PWB.
Working without following the procedure might damage the PWB.
• Unplug the Power cord.
• Press the Power switch for at least one second. (Remove the electric charge inside of the main unit)

1 Remove the Cassette (a) by pulling it out from the main unit (b) in the direction of
the arrow.

2 Remove the Right cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the Right cover (page 144)

183
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

3 Remove the screw (a) and the ground terminal (b).

4 Remove the five connectors (b), connector (c), connector (d), and the FFC (e) from
the Main / Engine PWB (a).

a c d
14 1
7 YC31 1 YC528 YC506
10 1
11 YC504 20
13 YC508 1 1 YC510 5

13

YC509
6 YC33 1
1
15 YC34 1

b
5 4 1 4 1

e
5 1
YC522 YC36 YC1
1 YC3
5
YC521 YC5 YC2 1 4
1 2 1 7 1 20 1
1
YC507 YC501
YC505 YS1
1 2 3
11 YC23
2 R1 L1
1

YC6 YC502
10 1
YC10 1
R10 L4
1
YC14 6
3
1
12 YC35
3 YC503
YC16 6

1
YC9
1 2 12
1

2
YC7 YC8
10 1
1
1 10 5 1
YC19
1 13
YC17 YC20 YC526

5 Remove the 2 screws (b).

184
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

6 Move the Image scanner unit (c) and Document processor (d) in the direction of the
arrow to release the hooks and remove them.

7 Remove the 3 screws (a), and then remove the cover (b).

185
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

NOTE

Disconnect all connectors from the FAX PWB (c) when removing the cover (b).

8 Check or replace the FAX PWB (c), and then reattach all the parts in their original
positions.

Detaching/Attaching the Wi-Fi PWB

IMPORTANT

Make sure to perform the following procedure before replacing the PWB.
Working without following the procedure might damage the PWB.
• Unplug the Power cord.
• Press the Power switch for at least one second. (Remove the electric charge inside of the main unit)

1 Remove the Right cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the Right cover (page 144)

2 Take out all wires from the fan holder wire guide (a).

186
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

3 Disconnect the 2 connectors (b).

b
a

4 Release the hook (a) and remove the fan holder (b).

187
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

5 Release the hooks (a) at the 2 positions, and then remove the Wi-Fi PWB holder (c)
from the fan holder (b).

188
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

6 Disconnect the connector (b) from the Wi-Fi PWB (a).

7 Release the hooks (a) at the 2 positions, and then remove the Wi-Fi PWB (c) from the
Wi-Fi PWB holder (b).

8 Check or replace the Wi-Fi PWB (a), and then reattach all the parts in their original
positions.

189
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detaching/Attaching the Operation panel PWB

1 Open the Document processor.

2 Release the hooks (b) in the 2 positions with a flathead screwdriver (c).

3 Lift up the front of the Operation section cover (a) to open it.

4 Flip the Operation section cover (a).

5 Disconnect the connector (c) from the Operation panel PWB (b).

6 Remove the Operation section (b).

190
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

7 Remove the 10 screws (c), and then remove the Operation panel PWB (b) from the
Operation section cover (a).

c c

c
c
c c
c
c c
b
c

8 Check the condition of the Operation panel PWB and clean or replace it if necessary.

9 Reattach all the parts to the original position.

191
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Other units and Detaching/Attaching procedure

of the parts
Detaching/Attaching the Laser scanner unit

1 Remove the Cassette (a) by pulling it out from the main unit (b) in the direction of
the arrow.

2 Remove the Right cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the Right cover (page 144)

3 Remove the left cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the left cover (page 142)

192
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

4 Remove the screw (a) and the ground terminal (b).

5 Remove the five connectors (b), connector (c), connector (d), and the FFC (e) from
the Main / Engine PWB (a).

a c d
14 1
7 YC31 1 YC528 YC506
10 1
11 YC504 20
13 YC508 1 1 YC510 5

13

YC509
6 YC33 1
1
15 YC34 1

b
5 4 1 4 1

e
5 1
YC522 YC36 YC1
1 YC3
5
YC521 YC5 YC2 1 4
1 2 1 7 1 20 1
1
YC507 YC501
YC505 YS1
1 2 3
11 YC23
2 R1 L1
1

YC6 YC502
10 1
YC10 1
R10 L4
1
YC14 6
3
1
12 YC35
3 YC503
YC16 6

1
YC9
1 2 12
1

2
YC7 YC8
10 1
1
1 10 5 1
YC19
1 13
YC17 YC20 YC526

6 Remove the 2 screws (b).

193
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

7 Move the Image scanner unit (c) and Document processor (d) in the direction of the
arrow to release the hooks and remove them.

8 Remove the 2 screws (a), and then remove the left ISU holder (b).

194
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

9 Disconnect the FAX speaker relay connector (a).

10 Remove the 3 screws (a), and then remove the cover (b).

NOTE

Disconnect all connectors from the FAX PWB (c) when removing the cover (b).

195
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

11 Remove the 2 screws (a) and remove the FAX PWB unit (b).

12 Remove the screw (a), and then remove the speaker holder (b).

196
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

13 Remove the 3 screws (a), and then remove the right ISU holder (b).

14 Open the Top cover (a).

15 Remove the stop ring (b), and then remove the Top cover rack (c) from (a).

197
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

16 Remove the 2 screws (a), and then remove the Inner tray (b).

17 Remove the wire from the wire guide (b).

18 Slide the wire guide (b) and release the hook (c) to remove it.

19 Disconnect the connector (b) and the FFC (c) from the Main / Engine PWB (a).

198
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

20 Remove the wire from the clamp (d).

21 Remove the 4 screws (b).

22 Remove the Laser scanner unit (a).

199
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

IMPORTANT

When fixing the Laser scanner unit in place with screws, do so in the order shown in the figure.

Detaching/Attaching the Image scanner unit

1 Remove the Cassette (a) by pulling it out from the main unit (b) in the direction of
the arrow.

200
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

2 Remove the Right cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the Right cover (page 144)

3 Remove the screw (b).

4 Twist ISU left cover (a) while releasing the hooks (c) in the 2 positions in the direction
of the arrow.

5 Release and remove the protruding part of ISU left cover (a) in the direction of the
arrow.

201
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

6 Remove the screw (a) and the ground terminal (b).

7 Remove the five connectors (b), connector (c), connector (d), and the FFC (e) from
the Main / Engine PWB (a).

a c d
14 1
7 YC31 1 YC528 YC506
10 1
11 YC504 20
13 YC508 1 1 YC510 5

13

YC509
6 YC33 1
1
15 YC34 1

b
5 4 1 4 1

e
5 1
YC522 YC36 YC1
1 YC3
5
YC521 YC5 YC2 1 4
1 2 1 7 1 20 1
1
YC507 YC501
YC505 YS1
1 2 3
11 YC23
2 R1 L1
1

YC6 YC502
10 1
YC10 1
R10 L4
1
YC14 6
3
1
12 YC35
3 YC503
YC16 6

1
YC9
1 2 12
1

2
YC7 YC8
10 1
1
1 10 5 1
YC19
1 13
YC17 YC20 YC526

8 Open the Document processor (a).

202
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

9 Lift up the Document processor (a) in the direction of the arrow, and then remove
the hinge (b) from the main unit.

10 Remove the 2 screws (b).

11 Move the Image scanner unit (c) in the direction of the arrow to release the hook
and remove it.

12 Inspect the Image scanner unit (c), and then clean or replace it if necessary.

13 Reattach all the parts to the original position.

203
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detaching/Attaching the Operation section

1 Open the Document processor.

2 Release the hooks (b) in the 2 positions with a flathead screwdriver (c).

3 Lift up the front of the Operation section cover (a) to open it.

4 Flip the Operation section cover (a).

5 Disconnect the connector (c) from the Operation panel PWB (b).

6 Remove the Operation section (b).

204
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detaching/Attaching the Scanner carriage ASSY

1 Remove the main unit from the Image scanner unit.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the Image scanner unit (page 200)

2 Remove the Operation section from the Image scanner unit.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the Operation section (page 204)

3 Remove the 2 screws (c).

4 Release the 5 protrusions (d) on the ISU upper frame in the direction of the arrow.

5 While lifting the back side of the ISU upper frame, release the 3 hooks (f) on the ISU
upper frame from the fixed parts (e) on the ISU lower frame.

6 Remove the ISU upper frame (b) from the ISU lower frame (a).

d
b
d
d
c

a
f
e

IMPORTANT

Be careful not to touch the contact glass when removing the ISU upper frame. If it gets dirty, wipe it with a
dry cloth.

205
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

7 Remove the FFC (d) from the ISU carriage connector (c)

8 Remove the drive belt (f) from the ISU carriage fixing section (e)

9 Remove the ISU carriage (b) from the ISU lower frame (a).

Detaching/Attaching the Main motor

1 Remove the Cassette (a) by pulling it out from the main unit (b) in the direction of
the arrow.

206
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

2 Remove the Right cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the Right cover (page 144)

3 Remove the screw (b) and 3 screws (c).

4 Remove the Power supply PWB cover (a)

5 Disconnect connector (a).

207
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

6 Remove the 3 screws (b), and then remove the Main motor (c).

7 Check or replace the Main motor, and then reattach all the parts in their original
positions.

Detaching/Attaching the Fuser pressure release drive unit

1 Open the Front cover (a).

2 Push down the Developer release lever (b).

208
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

3 Remove the Developer unit (a).

4 Remove the Drum unit (a).

209
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

5 Remove the Cassette (a) by pulling it out from the main unit (b) in the direction of
the arrow.

6 Remove the Right cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the Right cover (page 144)

7 Remove the left cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the left cover (page 142)

210
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

8 Disconnect connector (a).

9 Stand up the main unit so you can see the bottom surface.

10 Remove the 4 screws (a), and then remove the front stay (b).

11 Push down the Duplex unit (a), and then press in the 2 stoppers (b) to remove.

211
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

12 Lower the Duplex unit (a) to the bottom and then remove it by pulling it toward you.

13 Remove 2 screws (a).

14 Remove the hook (b), and then remove the Fuser pressure release drive unit (c).

15 Inspect the Fuser pressure release drive unit (c), and then clean or replace it if
necessary before reattaching all the parts in their original positions.

212
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detaching/Attaching the MP solenoid

1 Remove the Cassette (a) by pulling it out from the main unit (b) in the direction of
the arrow.

2 Remove the Right cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the Right cover (page 144)

3 Disconnect the connector (a), and then remove the screw (b).

213
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

4 Remove the MP solenoid (c).

5 Inspect the MP solenoid and clean or replace it if necessary.

6 Reattach all the parts to the original position.

Detaching/Attaching the clutch

1 Remove the Cassette (a) by pulling it out from the main unit (b) in the direction of
the arrow.

214
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

2 Remove the Right cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the Right cover (page 144)

3 Disconnect the 3 clutch connectors (a).

4 Remove the 2 screws (a), and then remove the clutch cover (b)

5 Remove the Developer clutch (c) and Registration clutch (d).

215
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

6 Remove the screw (a), and then remove the Power switch(b).

7 Remove the 3 screws (a), and then remove the cover (b).

8 Remove the Feed clutch (c).

216
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

9 Check or replace the clutch, and then reattach all the parts in their original
positions.

IMPORTANT

When installing the Developer clutch (a) and the Registration clutch (b), install the cover so that the notch
(c) is on the lower side.

Detaching/Attaching the Exit solenoid

1 Remove the Cassette (a) by pulling it out from the main unit (b) in the direction of
the arrow.

217
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

2 Remove the Right cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the Right cover (page 144)

3 Remove the left cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the left cover (page 142)

4 Remove the Front cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the Front cover (page 146)

5 Remove the Rear cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the Rear cover (page 147)

6 Remove the screw (a) and the ground terminal (b).

218
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

7 Remove the five connectors (b), connector (c), connector (d), and the FFC (e) from
the Main / Engine PWB (a).

a c d
14 1
7 YC31 1 YC528 YC506
10 1
11 YC504 20
13 YC508 1 1 YC510 5

13

YC509
6 YC33 1
1
15 YC34 1

b
5 4 1 4 1

e
5 1
YC522 YC36 YC1
1 YC3
5
YC521 YC5 YC2 1 4
1 2 1 7 1 20 1
1
YC507 YC501
YC505 YS1
1 2 3
11 YC23
2 R1 L1
1

YC6 YC502
10 1
YC10 1
R10 L4
1
YC14 6
3
1
12 YC35
3 YC503
YC16 6

1
YC9
1 2 12
1

2
YC7 YC8
10 1
1
1 10 5 1
YC19
1 13
YC17 YC20 YC526

8 Remove the 2 screws (b).

9 Move the Image scanner unit (c) and Document processor (d) in the direction of the
arrow to release the hooks and remove them.

219
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

10 Remove the 2 screws (a), and then remove the left ISU holder (b).

11 Disconnect the FAX speaker relay connector (a).

220
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

12 Remove the 3 screws (a), and then remove the cover (b).

NOTE

Disconnect all connectors from the FAX PWB (c) when removing the cover (b).

221
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

13 Remove the 2 screws (a) and remove the FAX PWB unit (b).

14 Remove the screw (a), and then remove the speaker holder (b).

222
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

15 Remove the 3 screws (a), and then remove the right ISU holder (b).

16 Open the Top cover (a).

17 Remove the stop ring (b), and then remove the Top cover rack (c) from (a).

223
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

18 Remove the 4 screws (a), and then remove the metal plate (b) at the back.

19 Disconnect connector (a).

20 Remove the screw (a).

224
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

21 Remove the screw (b).

22 Remove the Exit unit (a) in the direction of the arrow.

23 Release the hooks (b) at the 2 positions, and then remove the Exit unit cover (a).

24 Remove the screw (c).

225
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

25 Remove the Exit solenoid (d).

26 Check or replace the Exit solenoid, and then reattach all the parts in their original
positions.

Detaching/Attaching the FAX speaker

1 Remove the Cassette (a) by pulling it out from the main unit (b) in the direction of
the arrow.

226
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

2 Remove the Right cover.

NOTE

➡ Detaching/Attaching the Right cover (page 144)

3 Remove the ISU left cover.

4 Remove the screw (a) and the ground terminal (b).

227
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

5 Remove the five connectors (b), connector (c), connector (d), and the FFC (e) from
the Main / Engine PWB (a).

a c d
14 1
7 YC31 1 YC528 YC506
10 1
11 YC504 20
13 YC508 1 1 YC510 5

13

YC509
6 YC33 1
1
15 YC34 1

b
5 4 1 4 1

e
5 1
YC522 YC36 YC1
1 YC3
5
YC521 YC5 YC2 1 4
1 2 1 7 1 20 1
1
YC507 YC501
YC505 YS1
1 2 3
11 YC23
2 R1 L1
1

YC6 YC502
10 1
YC10 1
R10 L4
1
YC14 6
3
1
12 YC35
3 YC503
YC16 6

1
YC9
1 2 12
1

2
YC7 YC8
10 1
1
1 10 5 1
YC19
1 13
YC17 YC20 YC526

6 Remove the 2 screws (b).

7 Move the Image scanner unit (c) and Document processor (d) in the direction of the
arrow to release the hooks and remove them.

228
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

8 Disconnect the FAX speaker relay connector (a).

9 Remove the screw (a), and then remove the speaker holder (b).

10 Check or replace the FAX speaker, and then reattach all the parts in their original
positions.

Detaching/Attaching the Operation panel sheet

1 Open the Document processor.

2 Lift up the edges and slide the Operation panel cover (b) in three places in the
direction of the arrow.

229
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

3 Remove the Operation panel cover (b) from the operation section (a).

4 Remove the clear panel (b) from the Operation panel (a).

5 Remove the Operation panel sheet (c).

6 Replace with the Operation panel sheet of the corresponding language.

7 Reattach all the parts to the original position.

230
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Attaching direction of the fan.

IMPORTANT

When detaching/Attaching the fan, be careful for the attaching direction (Intake / exhaust).

1 Right side fan: (Rating label: Inside) Intake

2 Left side fan: (Rating label: Inside) Intake

231
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detaching/Attaching the DP front cover

1 Open the DP top cover (a).

2 Twist to release the hooks (c) at the 2 positions while removing DP front cover (b).

Detaching/Attaching the DP rear cover

1 Open the DP top cover (a).

2 Twist to release the hooks (b) at the 2 positions while removing the DP rear cover (a).

232
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detaching/Attaching the DP Pickup roller, DP Feed roller,

and DP separation pad

1 Open the DP top cover (a).

2 Twist to release the hooks (c) at the 2 positions while removing DP front cover (b).

3 Twist to release the hooks (b) at the 2 positions while removing the DP rear cover (a).

4 Remove the DP Feed roller spindle guides (b) in two locations from the DP Feed roller
spindle (a).

233
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

5 Remove the Stop ring (c) and spindle bearing (d) from the Feed roller spindle (a).

6 Remove the two Stop ring (d), clutch (e), and spindle bearing (f) from the DP Feed
roller spindle (c).

7 Move the DP Feed roller spindle (c) in the direction of the arrow, and then remove
the DP Feed roller assembly (a) from the document processor (b).

234
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

8 Push the hooks (b) on both sides of the DP separation pad assembly (a) to the inside
to remove them from the Document processor (c).

9 Inspect the DP Pickup roller, DP Feed roller, and DP separation pad assembly, and
clean or replace them if necessary.

10 Reattach all the parts to the original position.

IMPORTANT
When replacing with a new DP Feed roller assembly or DP separation pad assembly, be careful not to touch
the surface of the roller.

235
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detaching/Attaching the DP feed motor

1 Open the DP top cover (a).

2 Twist to release the hooks (b) at the 2 positions while removing the DP rear cover (a).

3 Disconnect the connector (c).

4 Remove the 2 screws (b), and then remove the DP feed motor (a).

5 Inspect the DP feed motor and clean or replace it if necessary.

6 Reattach all the parts to the original position.

236
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detaching/Attaching the PF PWB

1 Remove the 2 screws (a).

2 Release the hooks (b) at the 2 positions, and then remove the PF upper cover (c).
a

b
a

3 Disconnect all the connectors (a) from the PF PWB (c).

4 Remove the 3 screws (b).

5 Remove the PF PWB (c).

237
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

6 Check the condition of the PF PWB and clean or replace it if necessary.

7 Reattach all the parts to the original position.

Detaching/Attaching the PF conveying motor

1 Remove the 2 screws (a).

2 Release the hooks (b) at the 2 positions, and then remove the PF upper cover (c).
a

b
a

3 Remove the screw (a), and then take out the frame assembly (b).

4 Disconnect the three connectors (b) from the PF PWB (a).

238
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

5 Remove the sheet (c), and then open the wire saddle (d).

6 Remove the fixing screws (e) of the ground spring (f).

7 Disconnect the 2 connectors (a) and connector (b).

8 Remove the 6 screws (c) and the 2 ground terminals (d).

9 Remove the drawer retainer (e).

10 Remove 2 screws (a).

11 Remove the 3 screws (b).

239
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

12 Remove the PF conveying motor assembly (c).

13 Remove the gear (a).

14 Remove the 3 screws (b).

15 Remove the PF conveying motor (c) from the motor mounting plate (d).

16 Check the condition of the PF conveying motor and clean or replace it if necessary.

17 Reattach all the parts to the original position.

240
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detaching/Attaching the PF clutch

1 Remove the 2 screws (a).

2 Release the hooks (b) at the 2 positions, and then remove the PF upper cover (c).
a

b
a

3 Remove the screw (a), and then take out the frame assembly (b).

4 Disconnect the three connectors (b) from the PF PWB (a).

5 Remove the sheet (c), and then open the wire saddle (d).

241
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

6 Remove the fixing screws (e) of the ground spring (f).

7 Disconnect the 2 connectors (a) and connector (b).

8 Remove the 6 screws (c) and the 2 ground terminals (d).

9 Remove the drawer retainer (e).

10 Remove the PF Feed clutch (a).

11 Remove the PF Developer clutch (b).

242
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

12 Remove the PF conveying motor (c) from the motor mounting plate (d).

13 Check the condition of the clutch and clean or replace it if necessary.

14 Reattach all the parts to the original position.

243
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

????????Libra2SM??

6 Firmware

244
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Notes for updating firmware

Firmware updates are regularly available. Please check the firmware version and update it to the latest firmware.

245
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Firmware name
Group 1
Controller

Target Master file name Panel display

Controller Package 4in1 "CPKG"

DL_PKG_CTRL.C1D
3in1
DL_PKG_CTRL.C14

Product Line Platform DL_CTRL_PLP.C1D "PLP"

Common Basic App DL_CTRL_STDAPP_CMN.C1D "CMN"

System Setting App DL_CTRL_STDAPP_SST.C1D "SST"

Maintenance App DL_CTRL_STDAPP_MNT.C1D "MNT"

Copy App DL_CTRL_STDAPP_CPY.C1D "CPY"

Print App DL_CTRL_STDAPP_PRT.C1D "PRT"

Send App DL_CTRL_STDAPP_SND.C1D "SND"

Box App DL_CTRL_STDAPP_BOX.C1D "BOX"

Fax App 4in1 "FAX"

DL_CTRL_STDAPP_FAX.C1D
3in1
Not supported

Web Page App DL_CTRL_STDAPP_WPG.C1D "WPG"

Auth App DL_CTRL_STDAPP_AUTH.C1D "AUTH"

Panel Control System App DL_CTRL_STDAPP_PCS.C1D "PCS"

Service Cooperation App DL_CTRL_STDAPP_SCO.C1D "SCO"

Extension Service Platform DL_CTRL_EXSP.C1D "EXSP"

Package Version Info 4in1 "VINF"

DL_CTRL_VINF.C1D
3in1
DL_CTRL_VINF.C14

Option Language

Target Master file name Panel display

Option Language Data (1-5) DL_OPT_xx.C1C*1 "OPT_xx"*1

Option Language Data (Erase) DL_OPT_ER.C1C "OPT_ER"

*1: "xx" indicates the abbreviation of each option language

246
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Group 2

NOTE
There is no target firmware.

Group 3
Engine PWB

Target Master file name Panel display

Engine Firmware DL_ENGN.C14 "ENGN"

Group 4

NOTE
There is no target firmware.

Group 5
Operation panel PWB

Target Master file name Panel display

Sub Panel Board DL_SPNL.C1C "SPNL"

About the firmware signature file and certificate file

The firmware package contains the following files to prevent the firmware update from being executed by an
update file that has been tampered with illegally: a firmware signature file and a certificate file.

NOTE
• Firmware signature file xxx_yyy_sign.bin
• Firmware certificate file xxx_yyy_cert.pem

xxx
Model code

yyy
Panel display

247
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Update the firmware with the USB drive

In case of using USB device that takes a long time to boot, the machine will start up before performing the
firmware upgrade so that it is not possible to enter the firmware upgrade mode. In this case, execute maintenance
mode ➡ U025"Firmware (Security)" (page 578).

IMPORTANT
• The security level of the System Menu is set at highest, it is necessary to update with U025.
• If permission of the firmware update execution is set to on, it is necessary to enter the login user ID and
password.

1 Download the firmware pack, unzip it and save it in the root directory of its USB
drive.
In case of saving multiple firmware pack in same USB drive, create the following name folder and save them
in its folder.
• FWUP_0C14 (3in1model)
• FWUP_0C1C (4in1model)

2 Turn on the power switch and confirm that the home screen is displayed, and turn
off the power switch.

3 Insert the USB drive that the firmware is saved in the USB drive slot and turn the
power switch on.

IMPORTANT
Do not turn the power switch off nor remove the USB drive during updating the firmware. If the power shut
down occurs during updating and rewriting cuts off in the middle, the firmware update will start when the
power turn on at the next time. Turn the power on again with the USB drive inserted. In this case, the target
firmware that has completed the upgrade before cutting off the power will be skipped the process.

Once "Completed" is displayed, the update is completed. Confirm if the new version is displayed.

NOTE
• If there is not corresponding master file, "No Change" will be displayed.
• If it is not necessary to update, and skip the process, "*" will be displayed after the version number.
• IF the optional device is not installed, "-----" will be displayed.

If an error occurs during the firmware update, the process will be interrupted immediately and an error
code will be displayed.

Codes Error contents

0000 The other error.

0100 The master file is missing.

0200 The version of the master file does not match.

03xx No. xx download file is missing.

248
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Codes Error contents

04xx Checksum of No. xx does not match.

05xx Failed to prepare the file of No. xx.

06xx File size of No. xx is exceeded.

08xx Failed to write the file of No. xx.

S000 Failed to verify the certificate/signature file.

S001 The certificate or signature file is missing.

N001 Cannot connect to the network without the target

file being updated.
Reboot automatically.

N002 Cannot connect to the network with the target file

being updated.
Move to update mode without rebooting.

xx in the error code is the number of the target file.

File number Target file name

01 Product Line Platform

02 Common Basic App

03 System Setting App

04 Maintenance App

05 Copy App

06 Print App

07 Send App

08 Box App

09 SFAX App
*1

10 Web Page App

11 Auth App

13 Panel Control System App

14 Home App

15 Service Cooperation App

16 Extension Service Platform

17 Package Version Info

*1: 3in1 model only

4 Unplug the power cord and remove the USB drive.

249
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

5 Plug the power cord and turn the power switch on.

6 Confirm to display the home screen and turn the power switch off.

250
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Troubleshooting (Libra2/MFP/Basic)

7 Troubleshooting

251
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Image formation problems

Isolate where the image failure is occurring from

When the image failure occurs, check them the order of the following.

1 Print the test page.

Refer to “➡ Output the test chart (page 530)”.

2 Check the image failure.

If the image failure continues, enlarge or reduce copy and if the failure image enlarges or reduces, proceed
to the step of the Scanner-related problem, if not, proceed to the next step.
If no image failure occurs, proceed to the step of the Scanner-related problem.

3 Main unit engine factor: If the image failure occurs, determine the location of the
occurrence with the following repetitive scratch gauge, etc., and refer to each
incident.

Determine the location of the occurrence from the failure image.

1 In the case of the transfer and Fuser section
➡ Engine-related problem (paper conveying problem) (page 291)
2 In case of the drum section, developer section
➡ Engine Factors (Cause of the Image forming) (page 306)

4 Scanner-related problem: In case of an image failure when copying or sending, refer

to the incident of the Scanner-related problem for each scanning position. (The

252
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

failure occurred due to a scanning-related problem in the original (contact glass

surface) scanning [CIS - Main / Engine PWB])
Isolate with the original scanning position.
1 The surface of the DP scanning (Scan with the main unit CIS)
Refer to the ➡ Scanner-related problem (using document processor: first side (front side)) (page 253).
2 Rear surface of DP scan (scan with the DP CIS).
Refer to the ➡ Scanner-related problem (using document processor: second side (back side)) (page
265).
3 The surface of the contact glass (Scan with the main unit CIS)
Refer to the ➡ Scanner-related problem (using original glass) (page 277).

Scanner-related problem (using document processor: first

side (front side))

Image sample Contents

➡ Abnormal image (page 255)

➡ Background overlapping (page 255)

➡ Black dots (page 256)

➡ Blurred characters (page 257)

➡ Mismatch of the center line between the original and output

image (page 257)

253
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Image sample Contents

➡ Horizontal black streaks (page 258)

➡ Vertical streaks or bands (Black, Color) (page 258)

➡ Regular difference between the leading edge of the original

image and the output image (page 259)

➡ Vertical streaks or bands (white) (page 260)

➡ Moiré (page 261)

➡ Entire blank image (white or black) (page 261)

➡ A part of the image is dark or light (page 262)

➡ Image is blurred (page 263)

254
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Image sample Contents

➡ Part of the image is missing (page 263)

➡ Skewed image (page 264)

➡ The entire image is light (page 264)

Abnormal image

Detection condition
(When Reading the first side (front side) with DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC terminal of
or it is faulty. the FFC and reconnect them. If the
FFC terminal is deformed, or the
FFC is broken, replace the FFC
• CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Background overlapping

255
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detection condition
(When Reading the first side (front side) with DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings The Background Density Set [Auto] for the background
Adjustment is not set. density adjustment in System
Menu [Function Setting] >
[Function Default].

Changing the settings The background density is dark. Go to System Menu > [Function
Settings] > [Function Default], and
then change the background
density of the function to be used
to manual and adjust the density
of the background color.

Reloading the original The original is raised at Reading. Set the original while holding it.

Cleaning the shading plate The shading plate is dirty. Clean the shading plate at the
backside of the Original glass.

Executing U411 The image is not adjusted. When the same phenomenon
occurs at the table Reading too,
execute U411 [Table(chartA)].

Checking the Slit glass The Slit glass is dirty or not Clean the Slit glass, or reattach it.
properly attached.

Checking the Home position The Home position sensor is not Reinstall the Home position
sensor installed properly. sensor.

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC terminal of
or it is faulty. the FFC and reconnect them. If the
FFC terminal is deformed, or the
FFC is broken, replace the FFC
• CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the Scanner carriage The CIS is faulty. Replace the Scanner carriage and
execute U411.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Replace the Document processor The DP frame is deformed. Replace the Document processor.

Black dots

Detection condition
(When Reading the first side (front side) with DP)

256
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replacing the original The original is dirty. Replace the original.

Cleaning the Slit glass The Slit glass is dirty. Clean the Slit glass.

Blurred characters

Detection condition
(When Reading the first side (front side) with DP)
Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the original Using the original that is out of Explain to the user for using the
specification. (Thick, thin, slippery) original matching to the
specification.

Correcting the original Leading edge of the original is Stretch the bending or the paper
bent creases of the original.

Cleaning the DP Conveying roller The DP Conveying roller and the Clean the DP Conveying roller and
and the bushing bushing is dirty. the bushing.

Checking the DP Conveying pulley The DP Conveying pulley does not Reattach the DP Conveying pulley
and the pressure spring rotate properly. and the pressure spring.

Checking the DP Conveying The DP Conveying roller does not Reinstall the DP Conveying
rollerDrive section. rotate properly. rollerDrive section.

Replacing the DP scanning guide The DP scanning guide is Replace the DP scanning guide.
deformed.

Mismatch of the center line between the original and output

image

257
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detection condition
(When Reading the first side (front side) with DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reloading the original The original is not properly set on Reset the original
the Document processor.

Executing U072 DP front side center line is not Adjust the DP front side center line
adjusted. at U072 [Front].

Executing U411 The Scanner automatic adjustment Execute U411 [DP FU(ChartB)].
of the DP Reading is not executed.

Horizontal black streaks

Detection condition
(When Reading the first side (front side) with DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replacing the original The original is dirty. Replace the original.

Cleaning the Slit glass The Slit glass is dirty. Clean the Slit glass.

Executing U072 Scanning the image of the back Adjust the DP front side center line
side of the Original size indicator at U072 [Front].
plate. (Adjustment value of U072
[Front] is not proper.)

Vertical streaks or bands (Black, Color)

Detection condition
(When Reading the first side (front side) with DP)

258
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replacing the original The original is dirty. Replace the original.

Changing the settings The actual original size and Set the original paper size.
detected original size are
mismatched.

Cleaning the original mat. Original mat is dirty. Replace the original mat.

Executing U072 The center line is not set properly. Adjust the DP front side center line
(The streaks or band images at U072 [Front].
appear on the outside of the
original)

Executing U411 The leading edge timing is not set Execute U411 [DP FU(ChartB)].
properly. (The streaks or bands
appear at the position of outside
of the original)

Executing U068 The original Reading start position Adjust the original scanning start
is not proper. position at U068 [DP Read]

Cleaning the Original glass and the The Original glass or the shading Clean the Original glass and the
shading plate plate is dirty. shading plate at the backside.

Cleaning the Slit glass and the DP The Slit glass is dirty. Clean the Slit glass and the DP
scanning guide scanning guide.

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC terminal of
or it is faulty. the FFC and reconnect them. If the
FFC terminal is deformed, or the
FFC is broken, replace the FFC
• CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the Scanner carriage The CIS is faulty. Replace the Scanner carriage and
execute U411.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Regular difference between the leading edge of the original image

and the output image

Detection condition
(When Reading the first side (front side) with DP)

259
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Executing U068 The original Reading start position Adjust the value at U068 [DP
is not proper. Read].

Executing U071 The leading edge timing of the Adjust the leading edge timing
original Document processor at (face) with DP by U071 [Front
the Reading is not properly set. Head].

Cleaning the DP conveying roller The DP conveying roller or bushing Clean the DP conveying roller and
and the bushing is dirty. the bushing.

Replace the DP conveying roller The DP conveying roller is worn Replace the DP conveying roller.
out.

Applying the grease The DP feed motor rotates Apply the grease to the DP drive
irregularly, and so the excessive gears.
load is applied to the DP drive
gear.

Checking the DP feed motor The DP feed motor rotates Reattach the DP feed motor and
irregularly because of error. re-insert the connector. If not
resolved, replace it.

Vertical streaks or bands (white)

Detection condition
(When Reading the first side (front side) with DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replacing the original The original is dirty. Replace the original.

Removing dust Dust is adhered on the Scanner Remove the dust in the Scanner
carriage. carriage.

Cleaning the Slit glass and the DP The Slit glass is dirty. Clean the Slit glass and the DP
scanning guide scanning guide.

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC terminal of
or it is faulty. the FFC and reconnect them. If the
FFC terminal is deformed, or the
FFC is broken, replace the FFC
• CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the Scanner carriage The CIS is faulty. Replace the Scanner carriage and
execute U411.

260
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Moiré

Detection condition
(When Reading the first side (front side) with DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings Image quality of the original is not Set the original image quality for
set properly. (Depending on the the function to be used in System
image quality mode, Moiré Menu [Function Settings] >
changes.) [Function Defaults] .

Reloading the original The document is not properly set. Rotate the originals in 90 degrees
(Moiré might occur depending on and reset them.
the Reading direction of the
original)

Entire blank image (white or black)

Detection condition
(When Reading the first side (front side) with DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reloading the original The original is set upside down. Reset the front and back of the
original properly.

Checking the Slit glass The Slit glass is not installed Reinstall the Slit glass.
properly.

261
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Executing U068 The original Reading start position Adjust the original scanning start
is not proper. position at U068 [DP Read]

Checking the Home position The Home position sensor is not Reinstall the Home position
sensor installed properly. sensor.

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC terminal of
or it is faulty. the FFC and reconnect them. If the
FFC terminal is deformed, or the
FFC is broken, replace the FFC
• CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Checking the carriage belt The carriage belt belt has come Reattach the carriage belt.
off.

Checking the Scanner drive gear The Scanner drive gear is not Reattach the Scanner drive gear.
properly attached.

Replace the Scanner carriage The CIS is faulty. Replace the Scanner carriage and
execute U411.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

A part of the image is dark or light

Detection condition
(When Reading the first side (front side) with DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the occurrence condition The process of Reading the When the same phenomenon
original on the table has failed. occurs at the table Reading,
perform the measure [When part
of the image is dark or light (When
Reading from the table)].

Cleaning the Slit glass The Slit glass is dirty. Clean the Slit glass.

Checking the Slit glass The Slit glass is warped. Reinstall the Slit glass.

Checking the DP scanning guide. The DP scanning guide is not Reattach the DP scanning guide.
properly attached.

262
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Image is blurred

Detection condition
(When Reading the first side (front side) with DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the original The document is not flat. Stretch the document to make it
flat. Or replace it.

Removing the condensation The Slit glass has condensation. Remove the condensation on the
Slit glass.

Part of the image is missing

Detection condition
(When Reading the first side (front side) with DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reloading the original The original is not set properly. Reset the original.

Cleaning the Slit glass The Slit glass is dirty. Clean the Slit glass.

Checking the Slit glass The Slit glass is not installed Reinstall the Slit glass.
properly.

263
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Skewed image

Detection condition
(When Reading the first side (front side) with DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Correcting the original The original is bent or creased. Stretch the bending or the paper
creases of the original.

Resetting the DP Original width The original skews. Reset the DP Original width guide.
guide

Cleaning the DP Feed roller The DP Feed roller is dirty. Clean the DP Feed roller.
(removable by cleaning)

Replacing the DP Feed roller The DP Feed roller is dirty. (It Replace the DP Feed roller.
cannot be removed by cleaning)

Cleaning the DP Registration roller The DP Registration roller is dirty. Clean the DP Registration roller.

Checking the DP registration DP registration pulley is no rotated Reattach the DP registration

pulley properly. pulley.

The entire image is light

Detection condition
(When Reading the first side (front side) with DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Executing U068 The original Reading start position Adjust the original scanning start
is not proper. position at U068 [DP Read]

Cleaning the Slit glass and the DP The Slit glass is dirty. Clean the Slit glass and the DP
scanning guide scanning guide.

Checking the Slit glass The Slit glass is not installed Reinstall the Slit glass.
properly.

264
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings The density is not adjusted Set the image quality according to
properly. (The original type and the originals.
image quality differs)

Changing the settings The density is not adjusted Go to System Menu > [Function
properly. (EcoPrint is set to 'On') settings] > [Function Defaults] >
[Copy/Print], and then change
[EcoPrint] to off.

Changing the settings The density is not adjusted Set the [Density Setting] to dark
properly. (Density setting is light) with the System Menu.

Changing the settings The density is not adjusted Set [Background Adjustment] to
properly. ([Background density] is [Manual] to adjust the background
set to [Off].) density with the System Menu.

Changing the settings [Prevent Bleed-thru] setting is Set [Prevent Bleed-thru], which is a
[On]. function used in System Menu >
[Function settings] > [Function
Defaults].

Cleaning the shading plate The shading plate is dirty. Clean the shading plate at the
backside of the Original glass.

Executing U411 The image is not adjusted. Execute [DP FD(ChartB)] and [DP
FU(ChartB)] in U411.

Checking the Home position The Home position sensor is not Reinstall the Home position
sensor installed properly. sensor.

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC terminal of
or it is faulty. the FFC and reconnect them. If the
FFC terminal is deformed, or the
FFC is broken, replace the FFC
• CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the Scanner carriage The CIS is faulty. Replace the Scanner carriage and
execute U411.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Scanner-related problem (using document processor:

second side (back side))

Image sample Items

➡ Abnormal image (page 267)

265
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Image sample Items

➡ Background overlapping (page 268)

➡ Black dots (page 269)

➡ Blurred characters (page 269)

➡ Mismatch of the center line between the original and output

image (page 270)

➡ Horizontal black streaks (page 270)

➡ Vertical streaks or bands (Black, Color) (page 271)

➡ Regular difference between the leading edge of the original

image and the output image (page 272)

➡ Vertical streaks or bands (white) (page 272)

➡ Moiré (page 273)

266
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Image sample Items

➡ Entire blank image (white or black) (page 273)

➡ A part of the image is dark or light (page 274)

➡ Image is blurred (page 275)

➡ Part of the image is missing (page 275)

➡ Skewed image (page 276)

➡ The entire image is light (page 277)

Abnormal image

Detection condition
(When Reading the second side (back side) with the DP)

267
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC and
or it is faulty. reconnect it. If the FFC terminal
section is deformed, or the FFC is
broken, replace the FFC.
• DP CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the DP CIS The DP CIS is faulty. Replace the DP CIS and execute
U411.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Background overlapping

Detection condition
(When Reading the second side (back side) with the DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings The original background density is Go to System Menu > [Function
dark. .The background density Settings] > [Function Default], and
adjustment is dark. then change the background
density of the function to be used
to manual and adjust the density
of the background color.

Executing U411 DP CIS image adjustment (U411 Execute U411 [DP FD(ChartA)].
[DP FD(ChartA)]) is not executed.

Cleaning the DP CIS roller The DP CIS roller is dirty. Clean the DP CIS roller.

Checking the DP CIS roller Drive The DP CIS roller does not rotate Reattach the DP CIS rollerDrive
section. properly section.

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC and
or it is faulty. reconnect it. If the FFC terminal
section is deformed, or the FFC is
broken, replace the FFC.
• DP CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the DP CIS The DP CIS is faulty. Replace the DP CIS and execute
U411.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

268
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Black dots

Detection condition
(When Reading the second side (back side) with the DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replacing the original The original is dirty. Replace the original.

Cleaning the DP CIS glass The DP CIS glass is dirty. Clean the DP CIS glass and the
conveying path.

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC and
or it is faulty. reconnect it. If the FFC terminal
section is deformed, or the FFC is
broken, replace the FFC.
• DP CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the DP CIS The DP CIS is faulty. Replace the DP CIS and execute
U411.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Blurred characters

Detection condition
(When Reading the second side (back side) with the DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the occurrence condition The original Reading process with If the same phenomenon occurs
the DP is faulty. when Reading the first page (front
page) with the the DP, perform the
process of [Blurred letters (when
Reading the first side (front side)
with the DP].

269
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the DP CIS roller. The original is floated conveying Reattach the DP CIS roller.
from the DP CIS roller.

Checking the DP CIS The original is raised up from the Reinstall the DP CIS.
DP CIS glass.

Mismatch of the center line between the original and output

image

Detection condition
(When Reading the second side (back side) with the DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reloading the original The original is not properly set on Reset the original properly.
the Document processor.

Executing U072 The position adjustment of the DP Adjust the CIS center line at U072
Reading has not been performed. [CIS].

Executing U411 The position adjustment of the DP Execute U411 [DP FD(ChartB)].
Reading has not been performed.

Horizontal black streaks

Detection condition
(When Reading the second side (back side) with the DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replacing the original The original is dirty. Replace the original.

270
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Cleaning the DP CIS glass The DP CIS glass is dirty. Clean the DP CIS glass and the
conveying path.

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC and
or it is faulty. reconnect it. If the FFC terminal
section is deformed, or the FFC is
broken, replace the FFC.
• DP CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the DP CIS The DP CIS is faulty. Replace the DP CIS and execute
U411.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Vertical streaks or bands (Black, Color)

Detection condition
(When Reading the second side (back side) with the DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Executing U071 The leading edge timing is not Adjust the leading edge timing
properly adjusted. (Streaks and (back) U071 [CIS Head].
bands appear out of the original.)

Executing U411 The leading edge timing is not Execute U411 [DP FD(ChartB)].
properly adjusted. (Streaks and
bands appear out of the original.)

Cleaning the DP CIS glass The DP CIS glass is dirty. Clean the DP CIS glass and the
conveying path.

Cleaning the DP CIS roller The DP CIS roller is dirty. Clean the DP CIS roller.

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC and
or it is faulty. reconnect it. If the FFC terminal
section is deformed, or the FFC is
broken, replace the FFC.
• DP CIS - DP CIS relay PWB
• DP CIS relay PWB - Main /
Engine PWB

Replace the DP CIS The DP CIS is faulty. Replace the DP CIS and execute
U411.

Replacing DP CIS relay PWB The DP CIS relay PWB is faulty. Replace the DP CIS relay PWB.

271
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Regular difference between the leading edge of the original image

and the output image

Detection condition
(When Reading the second side (back side) with the DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Executing U071 The position adjustment of the DP Adjust the back side leading edge
Reading has not been performed. timing by U071 [CIS Head].

Executing U411 The position adjustment of the DP Execute U411 [DP FD(ChartB)].
Reading has not been performed.

Vertical streaks or bands (white)

Detection condition
(When Reading the second side (back side) with the DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Cleaning the DP CIS roller The DP CIS roller is dirty. Clean the DP CIS roller.

Cleaning the DP CIS glass The DP CIS glass is dirty. Clean the DP CIS glass and the
conveying path.

272
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC and
or it is faulty. reconnect it. If the FFC terminal
section is deformed, or the FFC is
broken, replace the FFC.
• DP CIS -Main / Engine PWB

Replace the DP CIS The DP CIS is faulty. Replace the DP CIS and execute
U411.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Moiré

Detection condition
(When Reading the second side (back side) with the DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings Image quality of the original is not In the System Menu, set the
set properly. (Depending on the [Original Image Quality] that
image quality mode, Moiré matches the type of original.
changes.)

Reloading the original The original is not properly set. Rotate the originals in 90 degrees
(Moiré might occur depending on and reset them.
the Reading direction of the
original)

Executing U411 Scanner automatic adjustment is Execute U411 [DP FD(ChartA)].

not executed.

Entire blank image (white or black)

273
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detection condition
(When Reading the second side (back side) with the DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC and
or it is faulty. reconnect it. If the FFC terminal
section is deformed, or the FFC is
broken, replace the FFC.
• DP CIS -Main / Engine PWB

Replace the DP CIS The DP CIS is faulty. Replace the DP CIS and execute
U411.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

A part of the image is dark or light

Detection condition
(When Reading the second side (back side) with the DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings The image quality is not adjusted In the System Menu, set the
properly. (The original type and [Original Image Quality] that
image quality do not match.) matches the type of original.

Correcting the original The original is bent or creased. Stretch the bending or the paper
creases of the original.

Replacing the original The original is dirty. Replace the original.

Re-installing the DP Conveying The DP Conveying roller does not Reinstall the DP Conveying
rollerDrive section rotate properly. rollerDrive section.

Cleaning the DP CIS glass The DP CIS glass is dirty. Clean the DP CIS glass and the
conveying path.

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC and
or it is faulty. reconnect it. If the FFC terminal
section is deformed, or the FFC is
broken, replace the FFC.
• DP CIS -Main / Engine PWB

Replace the DP CIS The DP CIS is faulty. Replace the DP CIS and execute
U411.

274
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Image is blurred

Detection condition
(When Reading the second side (back side) with the DP)
Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Removing the condensation The DP CIS glass has Remove the condensation of the
condensation. DP CIS glass.

Cleaning the DP CIS glass The DP CIS glass is dirty. Clean the DP CIS glass and the
conveying path.

Checking the DP CIS glass The DP CIS glass is warped. Reattach the DP CIS glass.

Replacing the DP CIS glass The DP CIS glass is scratched. Replace the DP CIS glass.

Re-installing the DP Conveying The DP Conveying roller does not Reinstall the DP Conveying
rollerDrive section rotate properly. rollerDrive section.

Executing U411 Scanner automatic adjustment is Execute U411 [DP FD(ChartA)].

not executed.

Checking the DP CIS The DP CIS is not installed Reinstall the DP CIS.
properly.

Replace the DP CIS The DP CIS is faulty. Replace the DP CIS and execute
U411.

Part of the image is missing

Detection condition
(When Reading the second side (back side) with the DP)

275
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reloading the original The original is not properly set on Reset the original properly.
the Document processor.

Changing the settings The actual original size and Set [Original Size] in the System
detected original size are Menu.
mismatched.

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC and
or it is faulty. reconnect it. If the FFC terminal
section is deformed, or the FFC is
broken, replace the FFC.
• DP CIS -Main / Engine PWB

Replace the DP CIS The DP CIS is faulty. Replace the DP CIS and execute
U411.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Skewed image

Detection condition
(When Reading the second side (back side) with the DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the occurrence condition The original Reading process with If the same phenomenon occurs
the DP is faulty. when Reading the first page (front
page) with the DP, perform the
process of [Blurred letters (When
Reading the first side (front side)
with the DP].

Cleaning the DP CIS roller The DP CIS roller is dirty. Clean the DP CIS roller.

Checking the DP CIS The DP CIS is not installed Reinstall the DP CIS.
properly.

276
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

The entire image is light

Detection condition
(When Reading the second side (back side) with the DP)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the occurrence condition The original Reading process with When the same phenomenon
the DP is faulty. occurs at the first side (face)
Reading with DP, perform the
measure [When entire image is
light (When Reading from first side
(face) with DP)].

Executing U411 Image adjustment (U411 [DP Execute U411 [DP FD(ChartA)].
FD(ChartA)]) is not executed.

Cleaning the DP CIS roller The DP CIS roller is dirty. Clean the DP CIS roller.

Checking the DP CIS roller Drive The DP CIS roller does not rotate Reattach the DP CIS rollerDrive
section. properly section.

Checking the DP CIS The DP CIS is not installed Reinstall the DP CIS.
properly.

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC and
or it is faulty. reconnect it. If the FFC terminal
section is deformed, or the FFC is
broken, replace the FFC.
• DP CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the DP CIS The DP CIS is faulty. Replace the DP CIS and execute
U411.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Scanner-related problem (using original glass)

Image sample Items

➡ Abnormal image (page 279)

277
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Image sample Items

➡ Background overlapping (page 280)

➡ Black dots (page 281)

➡ Blurred characters / Color misalignment (page 281)

➡ Mismatch of the center line between the original and output

image (page 282)

➡ Horizontal black streaks (page 283)

➡ Vertical streaks or bands (Black) (page 283)

➡ Regular difference between the leading edge of the original

image and the output image (page 284)

➡ Vertical streaks or bands (White) (page 285)

➡ Moiré (page 286)

278
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Image sample Items

➡ Entire blank image (white or black) (page 286)

➡ A part of the image is dark or light (page 287)

➡ Image is blurred (page 288)

➡ Part of image is missing (page 289)

➡ Skewed image (page 289)

➡ The entire image is light (page 290)

Abnormal image

Detection condition
(When Reading with table)

279
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC terminal of
or it is faulty. the FFC and reconnect them. If the
FFC terminal is deformed, or the
FFC is broken, replace the FFC
• CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the Scanner carriage The CIS is faulty. Replace the Scanner carriage and
execute U411.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Background overlapping

Detection condition
(When Reading with table)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Cleaning the Original glass The Original glass is dirty. Clean the Original glass.

Changing the settings The background density Go to System Menu > [Function
adjustment is not set. settings] > [Function Default] >
[Background Density Adj.], and
then set it to [Auto].

Changing the settings The background density is dark. Go to System Menu > [Function
Settings] > [Function Default], and
then change the background
density of the function to be used
to manual and adjust the density
of the background color.

Reset the original The original is raised at Reading. Set the original while holding it.

Cleaning the shading plate The shading plate is dirty. Clean the shading plate at the
backside of the Original glass.

Executing U411 The image is not adjusted. Execute U411 [Table(ChartA)].

Checking the Home position The Home position sensor is not Reinstall the Home position
sensor installed properly. sensor.

280
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC terminal of
or it is faulty. the FFC and reconnect them. If the
FFC terminal is deformed, or the
FFC is broken, replace the FFC
• CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the Scanner carriage The CIS is faulty. Replace the Scanner carriage and
execute U411.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Black dots

Detection condition
(When Reading with table)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replacing the original The original is dirty. Replace the document.

Cleaning the Original glass The Original glass is dirty. Clean the Original glass.

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC terminal of
or it is faulty. the FFC and reconnect them. If the
FFC terminal is deformed, or the
FFC is broken, replace the FFC
• CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the Scanner carriage The CIS is faulty. Replace the Scanner carriage and
execute U411.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Blurred characters / Color misalignment

281
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detection condition
(When Reading with table)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Scanner carriage There is a load on the Scanner Reinstall the Scanner carriage.
movement since the Scanner
carriage is not properly attached.

Checking the Scanner movement There is a load on the Scanner If the Scanner is moved manually
movement. and the load is extremely heavy,
check if there is any foreign
material adhered on the carriage
belt and clean it.

Mismatch of the center line between the original and output

image

Detection condition
(When Reading with table)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reloading the original The original is not properly set on Reset the original
the Original glass.

Checking the Original glass The Original glass is not installed Reinstall the Original glass.
properly.

Executing U067 The Scanner center line is not Adjust the Scanner center line by
adjusted. U067 [Front].

Executing U411 The automatic adjustment of the Execute U411 [Table(ChartA)].

table Reading is not executed.

282
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Horizontal black streaks

Detection condition
(When Reading with table)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replacing the original The original is dirty. Replace the original.

Cleaning the Original glass The Original glass is dirty. Clean the Original glass.

Executing U066 Scanning the image of the back Adjust the Scanner leading edge
side of the Original size indicator timing by U066 [Front].
plate. (Adjustment value of U066
[Front] is not proper.)

Executing U411 Scanning the image of the back Execute U411 [Table(ChartA)].
side of the Original size indicator
plate. (Adjustment value of U411
[Table(ChartA)] is not proper.)

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC terminal of
or it is faulty. the FFC and reconnect them. If the
FFC terminal is deformed, or the
FFC is broken, replace the FFC
• CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Vertical streaks or bands (Black)

Detection condition
(When Reading with table)
Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replacing the original The original is dirty. Replace the document.

283
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings The actual original size and Set the original paper size.
detected original size are
mismatched.

Clean the original mat Original mat is dirty. Replace the original mat.

Executing U067 The center line is not set properly. Adjust the Scanner center line by
(The streaks or band images U067 [Front].
appear on the outside of the
original)

Executing U411 The leading edge timing is not set Execute U411 [Table(ChartA)].
properly. (Streaks or band images
appear on the outside of the
original)

Cleaning the Original glass and the The Original glass or the shading Clean the Original glass and the
shading plate plate is dirty. shading plate at the backside.

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC terminal of
or it is faulty. the FFC and reconnect them. If the
FFC terminal is deformed, or the
FFC is broken, replace the FFC
• CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the Scanner carriage The CIS is faulty. Replace the Scanner carriage and
execute U411.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Regular difference between the leading edge of the original image

and the output image

Detection condition
(When Reading with table)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reloading the original The original is not set properly. Reset the original.
(The leading edge of the original is
not set on the Original glass
properly.)

Executing U066 The Scanner leading edge timing is Adjust the Scanner leading edge
not proper. timing by U066 [Front].

284
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Executing U411 The Scanner leading edge timing is Execute U411 [Table(ChartA)].
not proper.

Checking the Home position The Home position sensor is not Reinstall the Home position
sensor installed properly. sensor.

Re-fix the Scanner drive gear The Scanner drive gear is loose. Retighten the screw of the Scanner
drive gear.

Vertical streaks or bands (White)

Detection condition
(When Reading with table)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the original The original is dirty. Replace the original.

Removing the dust Dust is adhered on the Scanner Remove the dust in the Scanner
carriage. carriage optical path.

Cleaning the Slit glass The Slit glass is dirty. Clean the Slit glass.

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC terminal of
or it is faulty. the FFC and reconnect them. If the
FFC terminal is deformed, or the
FFC is broken, replace the FFC
• CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the Scanner carriage The CIS is faulty. Replace the Scanner carriage and
execute U411.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

285
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Moiré

Detection condition
(When Reading with table)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings Image quality of the original is not Set the original image quality for
set properly. (Depending on the the function to be used in System
image quality mode, Moiré Menu [Function Settings] >
changes.) [Function Defaults] .

Reset the original The original is not set properly. Rotate the originals in 90 degrees
(Moiré might occur depending on and reset them.
the Reading direction of the
original)

Executing U065 Magnification of the main scan Change the Scanner of the main
direction is large. (It occurs with scan direction to the direction of
100% of the print magnification) reduction by U065 [Main Scan].

Executing U411 Each adjustment of the Scanner Execute U411 [Table(ChartA)].

section is not proper.

Entire blank image (white or black)

Detection condition
(When Reading with table)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reloading the original The original is set upside down. Reset the front and back of the
original properly.

286
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC terminal of
or it is faulty. the FFC and reconnect them. If the
FFC terminal is deformed, or the
FFC is broken, replace the FFC
• CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Checking the Home position The Home position sensor is not Reinstall the Home position
sensor installed properly. sensor.

Checking the carriage belt The carriage belt belt has come Reattach the carriage belt.
off.

Checking the Scanner drive gear The Scanner drive gear is not Reattach the Scanner drive gear.
properly attached.

Replace the Scanner carriage The CIS is faulty. Replace the Scanner carriage and
execute U411.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

A part of the image is dark or light

Detection condition
(When Reading with table)
Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reloading the original (when The original is being scanned while Set the book original so that the
Reading a book original) the Original glass is bent. Original glass does not bend.

Changing the settings The image quality is not adjusted Set the original image quality for
properly. (Original type and image the function to be used in System
quality are mismatched.) Menu [Function Settings] >
[Function Defaults] .

Replacing the original The original is dirty. Replace the original.

Correcting the original The original is bent or creased. Stretch the bending or the paper
creases of the original.

Checking the original mat The original mat position is Reattach the original mat.
misaligned.

Cleaning the Original glass The Original glass is dirty. Clean the Original glass.

Checking the Original glass The Original glass is not installed Reinstall the Original glass.
properly.

287
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC terminal of
or it is faulty. the FFC and reconnect them. If the
FFC terminal is deformed, or the
FFC is broken, replace the FFC
• CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the Scanner carriage The CIS is faulty. The contact Replace the Scanner carriage and
section with the Scanner carriage execute U411.
ISU shaft is deformed.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Image is blurred

Detection condition
(When Reading with table)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the original The original is not flat. Stretch the original to make it flat.
Or replace it.

Removing the condensation The Original glass has Remove the condensation on the
(Original glass) condensation. Original glass.

Removing the condensation The Scanner carriage has Remove the condensation on the
(Scanner carriage) condensation. Scanner carriage.

Executing U411 Each auto adjustment of the Execute U411 [Table(ChartA)].

Scanner is incorrect

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC terminal of
or it is faulty. the FFC and reconnect them. If the
FFC terminal is deformed, or the
FFC is broken, replace the FFC
• CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the Scanner carriage The CIS is faulty. Replace the Scanner carriage and
execute U411.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

288
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Part of image is missing

Detection condition
(When Reading with table)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reading original A part of the original is not printed Remove the part reflecting the
out where the light is reflected. light from the original, and scan it.

Resetting the original The original is not set properly. Reset the original.

Cleaning the Original glass The original Reading surface of the Clean the original Reading surface
Original glass is dirty. of the Original glass.

Cleaning the shading plate The shading plate is dirty. Clean the shading plate at the
backside of the Original glass.

Checking the Original glass The Original glass is not installed Reinstall the Original glass.
properly.

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC terminal of
or it is faulty. the FFC and reconnect them. If the
FFC terminal is deformed, or the
FFC is broken, replace the FFC
• CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Checking the Scanner carriage The Scanner carriage is not Reattach the Scanner carriage and
installed properly. execute U411.

Replace the Scanner carriage The CIS is faulty. Replace the Scanner carriage and
execute U411.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Skewed image

Detection condition
(When Reading with table)

289
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reloading the original The original is not set properly. Reset the original.
(The original is skewed.)

Checking the Scanner carriage The Scanner carriage is not Reattach the Scanner carriage and
installed properly. execute U411.

The entire image is light

Detection condition
(When Reading with table)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings The density is not adjusted Set the image quality according to
properly. (The original type and the originals.
image quality differs)

Changing the settings The density is not adjusted Change [EcoPrint] to off in >
properly. (EcoPrint is set to 'On') System Menu [Function settings] >
[Function Defaults] > [Copy/Print].

Changing the settings The density is not adjusted Make the density dark in the
properly. (Density setting is light) System Menu density adjustment.

Changing the settings The density is not adjusted Set [Background Adjustment] to
properly. ([Background density] is [Manual] to adjust the background
set to [Off].) density with the System Menu.

Changing the settings [Prevent Bleed-thru] setting is Set [Prevent Bleed-thru], which is a
[On]. function used in System Menu >
[Function settings] > [Function
Defaults].

Cleaning the shading plate The shading plate is dirty. Clean the shading plate at the
backside of the Original glass.

Executing U411 The image is not adjusted. Execute [Table(ChartA)] and [DP
FU(ChartA)] in U411.

Checking the Home position The Home position sensor is not Reinstall the Home position
sensor installed properly. sensor.

290
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC terminal of
or it is faulty. the FFC and reconnect them. If the
FFC terminal is deformed, or the
FFC is broken, replace the FFC
• CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the Scanner carriage The CIS is faulty. Replace the Scanner carriage and
execute U411.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Engine-related problem (paper conveying problem)

Image sample Items

➡ Background overlapping (page 293)

➡ Black spots (toner smudges) (page 294)

➡ Image is missing partly (blank image, white spots) (page 294)

➡ Part of the image is missing (When feeding from MP Tray)

(page 295)

➡ Entire blank image (White) (page 295)

➡ Mismatch between the center of the original and the center of

the output image (page 296)

291
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Image sample Items

➡ Paper paper crease (page 296)

➡ Dirt on the back side of Paper (page 297)

➡ The entire image is light (page 298)

➡ Horizontal streaks or band (White, black) (page 299)

➡ Irregular mismatch between the original and output image

(Paper leading edge timing variation) (page 300)

➡ Blurred characters (page 300)

➡ Offset (page 301)

➡ Fusing failure (page 302)

292
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Image sample Items

➡ Slanted printing on the trailing edge of the image (page 302)

➡ Uneven transfer (page 303)

➡ Image is blurred (page 304)

➡ Vertical streaks or bands (White) (page 304)

➡ Vertical streaks or bands (Black) (page 305)

➡ Grainy dry image (when printing a solid image in monochrome

mode) (page 306)

Background overlapping

Detection condition
(Paper conveying problem)

293
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Transfer roller The surface of the Transfer roller is If an image failure occurs at the
dirty. circumferential pitch of the
Transfer roller, clean the Transfer
roller. If there is no improvement
after cleaning, replace the Transfer
roller.

Checking the transfer bias contact The transfer bias contact is dirty or Clean the transfer bias contact. Or
deformed. make amendments so that both
contacts establish a secure
contact.

Black spots (toner smudges)

Detection condition
(Paper conveying problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Transfer roller There is dirt or scratches at the If an image failure occurs at the
outer peripheral pitch of the circumferential pitch of the
Transfer roller. Transfer roller, clean the Transfer
roller. If there is no improvement,
replace the Transfer roller.

Checking the Fuser unit The Fuser heater belt is dirty or If an image failure occurs at the
scratched. circumferential pitch of the Fuser
heater belt, replace the Fuser unit.

Image is missing partly (blank image, white spots)

294
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detection condition
(Paper conveying problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings The Paper type (Paper weight) is Set the proper Paper type with the
not properly set. menu.

Replace the Paper The Paper is moist. Replace with a Paper that is dry.
Ask the users to store the Paper in
a dry place with low humidity.

Checking the Transfer roller The surface of the Transfer roller is If an image failure occurs at the
dirty or scratched. circumferential pitch of the
Transfer roller, clean the Transfer
roller. If there is no improvement
after cleaning, replace the Transfer
roller.

Part of the image is missing (When feeding from MP Tray)

Detection condition
(Paper conveying problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings The Paper size on the MP Tray is Set the MP Tray Paper size
detected as indeterminate "---". properly on the menu.

Entire blank image (White)

Detection condition
(Paper conveying problem)

295
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The power cable is not properly Reconnect the connector of the
connected, or it is faulty. following wire. If the power cable
is broken, replace the power cable.
• High voltage PWB - Main /
Engine PWB

Replace the High voltage PWB The transfer bias output from the Replace the High voltage PWB.
High voltage PWB is faulty.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The transfer bias ON signal Replace the Main / Engine PWB.
(DC0/3.0V) is not output from the
Main / Engine PWB.

Mismatch between the center of the original and the center of the
output image

Detection condition
(Paper conveying problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Paper width guide or The setting locations of the Paper Reset the Paper width guide or the
MP Paper width guide width guide or the MP Paper width MP Paper width guide to match
guide do not match the Paper size. the Paper size.

Executing U034 The center line when image Adjust the center line with U034
Writing is not proper. [Center Line].

Paper paper crease

296
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detection condition
(Paper conveying problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resetting the Paper width guide or The setting locations of the Paper Reset the Paper width guide or the
the MP Paper width guide. width guide or the MP Paper width MP Paper width guide to match
guide do not match the Paper size. the Paper size.

Replace the Paper The Paper is curled or wavy. Replace the Paper.

Checking the Paper storage The Paper is stored in the high Request the users to store the
location humidity environment. Paper in a dry place. Put the dry
Paper into the plastic bag and seal
the bag to prevent moisture from
getting in.

Checking the pressure spring The pressure springs at both the Reattach the left and right
left and right of the Registration pressure springs of the
roller are not attached properly so Registration roller.
that the pressure balance is
uneven.

Replace the Fuser unit The left and right pressure springs Check the pressure balance of
of the Fuser unit are not attached both ends of the fuser unit by
properly. checking the nipped pressure on
the solid image. If the balance is
uneven, replace the Fuser unit.

Dirt on the back side of Paper

Detection condition
(Paper conveying problem)
Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Transfer roller The Transfer roller is dirty or If an image failure occurs at the
scratched. circumferential pitch of the
Transfer roller, clean it. If there is
no improvement, replace the
Transfer roller.

Cleaning the Fuser pressure roller The Fuser pressure roller is dirty Clean the Fuser pressure roller
caused by the Paper type setting. and set the proper paper thickness
with the menu.

297
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Cleaning the Paper conveying path The Paper conveying path is dirty. Clean the Paper conveying path.

The entire image is light

Detection condition
(Paper conveying problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replace the Paper The Paper is moist. Replace the Paper.

Checking the Paper storage The Paper is stored in a high Ask the users to store the Paper in
location humidity environment. a dry place with little humidity.

Checking the transfer bias contact The transfer bias cannot be Clean the transfer bias contact. Or
impressed since the transfer bias make amendments so that both
contact is dirty or deformed. contacts establish a secure
contact.

Changing the settings The current of primary transfer Reset the current of primary
does not set properly. transfer to factory default by U101

Checking the connection The power cable is not properly Reconnect the connector of the
connected, or it is faulty. following wire. If the power cable
is broken, replace the power cable.
• High voltage PWB - Main /
Engine PWB

Replace the High voltage PWB The transfer bias output from the Replace the High voltage PWB.
High voltage PWB is faulty.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The transfer bias ON signal Replace the Main / Engine PWB.
(DC0/3.0V) is not output from the
Main / Engine PWB.

298
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Horizontal streaks or band (White, black)

Detection condition
(Paper conveying problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Transfer roller The surface of the Transfer roller is If an image failure occurs at the
dirty or scratched. circumferential pitch of the
Transfer roller, clean the Transfer
roller. If there is no improvement,
replace the Transfer roller.

Checking the Fuser unit The Fuser heater belt is dirty or If an image failure occurs at the
scratched. circumferential pitch of the Fuser
heater belt, replace the Fuser unit.

Checking the transfer bias contact The transfer bias contact is dirty or Clean the transfer bias contact. Or
deformed so the application is not make amendments to establish a
stable. secure contact.

Reinstall the Transfer roller The pressure spring is not properly Remove the Transfer roller, and
attached or deformed. then reattach the pressure spring.
If the pressure spring is deformed,
repair it and put the parts
removed to the original position

Checking the connection The power cable is not properly Reconnect the connector of the
connected, or it is faulty. following wire. If the power cable
is broken, replace the power cable.
• High voltage PWB - Main /
Engine PWB

Replace the High voltage PWB The transfer bias output from the Replace the High voltage PWB.
High voltage PWB is faulty.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The transfer bias ON signal Replace the Main / Engine PWB.
(DC0/3.0V) is not output from the
Main / Engine PWB.

299
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Irregular mismatch between the original and output image (Paper

leading edge timing variation)

Detection condition
(Paper conveying problem)
Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Execute the Paper timing The leading edge timing is not Adjust the leading edge timing
adjustment. properly adjusted. with U034 [Start Pos] or go to the
menu >
[Adjustment/Maintenance] >
[Service settings] > [Paper timing
adjustment].

Executing U051 The Paper loop amount is Adjust the Paper loop amount with
improper. U051.

Checking the clutch The connector of conveying Reattach the conveying related
related clutch is not connected clutch and reinsert the connector
properly. The conveying related again. If not resolved, replace it.
clutch is not attached properly or
is faulty

Blurred characters

Detection condition
(Paper conveying problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replace the Paper Using a Paper that is out of Replace with a Paper within the
specification. specification.

Changing the settings The Paper type (Paper weight) is Set the proper Paper type with the
not properly set. menu.

300
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Applying the grease The drives from the conveying Apply the grease to the gear.
motors are not smoothly
transmitted.

Replace the Fuser unit The Fuser forwarding guide is Replace the Fuser unit.
deformed. Or the pressure is not
even.

Offset

Detection condition
(Paper conveying problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replace the Paper Using a Paper that is out of Replace with a Paper within the
specification. specification. Or change to the
closest Paper type setting.

Changing the settings The Paper type (Paper weight) is Change the settings according to
not properly set. the Paper type and Paper weight
by Menu.

Checking the Transfer roller The surface of the Transfer roller is If an image failure occurs at the
dirty or scratched. circumferential pitch of the
Transfer roller, clean the Transfer
roller. If there is no improvement,
replace the Transfer roller.

Checking the transfer bias contact The transfer bias contact is dirty or Clean the transfer bias contact. Or
deformed so the application is not make amendments to establish a
stable. secure contact.

Checking the Fuser unit The Fuser heater belt is dirty or If an image failure occurs at the
scratched circumferential pitch of the Fuser
heater belt, replace the Fuser unit.

Checking the connection The power cable is not properly Reconnect the connector of the
connected, or it is faulty. following wire. If the power cable
is broken, replace the power cable.
• High voltage PWB - Main /
Engine PWB

Replace the High voltage PWB The High voltage PWB is faulty. Replace the High voltage PWB.

301
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The transfer bias ON signal Replace the Main / Engine PWB.
(DC0/3.0V) is not output from the
Main / Engine PWB.

Fusing failure

Detection condition
(Paper conveying problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replace the Paper Using a Paper that is out of Replace with a proper Paper.
specification.

Changing the settings The Paper type (Paper weight) is Set the proper Paper type with the
not properly set. menu.

Replace the Fuser unit The nipped pressure (width) to the Check the pressure balance of
solid image is low and fuser both ends of the fuser unit by
pressure setting is weak. checking the nipped pressure on
the solid image. If the balance is
uneven, replace the Fuser unit.

Slanted printing on the trailing edge of the image

Detection condition
(Paper conveying problem)

302
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Cleaning the Transfer roller The surrounding area of the Clean the Transfer roller,
Transfer roller is dirty with the Discharge needle, and Paper
paper dust, etc. conveying path.

Removing foreign objects The Paper is caught on a piece of Check if there are any piece of
paper, etc. paper, foreign objects, or burr of
the parts on the conveying path,
and if they are, remove them.

Resetting the Paper width guide or The setting locations of the Paper Reset the Paper width guide or the
the MP Paper width guide. width guide or the MP Paper width MP Paper width guide to match
guide do not match the Paper size the Paper size.
and the Paper is conveyed at an
angle.

Checking the Conveying section The Registration roller is not Check if the Registration roller is
installed properly. The or is dirty. attached properly and reattach it if
necessary. If it is dirty with toner,
paper dust, etc., clean it.

Reinstall the Fuser unit The Fuser unit is not installed Insert the Fuser unit straight in the
properly. main unit and make sure to lock
both the left and right of the Unit.

Uneven transfer

Detection condition
(Paper conveying problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reinstall the Transfer roller The pressure spring is not properly Remove the Transfer roller, and
attached or deformed. then reattach the pressure spring.
If the pressure spring is deformed,
repair it and put the parts
removed to the original position

303
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Transfer roller The surface of the Transfer roller is If an image failure occurs at the
dirty or scratched. outer peripheral pitch of the
Transfer roller, clean the Transfer
roller with a dry cloth. If there is no
improvement, replace the Transfer
roller.

Replace the Fuser unit The roller, Drive section, or fuser Replace the Fuser unit.
press-release section are
deformed or worn out

Checking the connection The power cable is not properly Reconnect the connector of the
connected, or it is faulty. following wire. If the power cable
is broken, replace the power cable.
• High voltage PWB - Main /
Engine PWB

Replace the High voltage PWB The High voltage PWB is faulty. Replace the High voltage PWB.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Image is blurred

Detection condition
(Paper conveying problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replace the Paper The Paper is moist. Replace with a Paper that is dry.

Checking the Paper storage The Paper is stored in a high Ask the users to store the Paper in
location humidity environment. a dry place with little humidity.

Vertical streaks or bands (White)

304
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detection condition
(Paper conveying problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Transfer roller The surface of the Transfer roller is If an image failure occurs at the
dirty or scratched. circumferential pitch of the
Transfer roller, clean the Transfer
roller. If there is no improvement,
replace the Transfer roller.

Vertical streaks or bands (Black)

Detection condition
(Paper conveying problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings The Paper type (Paper weight) is Set the proper Paper type with the
not properly set. menu.

Checking the Fuser unit The fuser Conveying guide is dirty Clean the fuser Conveying guide.
with paper dust or toner. The Turn the fixing drive gear by hand,
Fuser heater belt is worn out. Or, and if there is any abnormality in
the parts in the fuser unit is the rotation of the Fuser heater
damaged. belt, replace the Fuser unit.

Cleaning the Discharge needle The Discharge needle is dirty with Clean the Discharge needle with a
paper dust or toner. cleaning brush, etc.

Checking the Transfer roller The surface of the Transfer roller is If an image failure occurs at the
dirty or scratched. circumferential pitch of the
Transfer roller, clean the Transfer
roller. If there is no improvement,
replace the Transfer roller.

Replace the High voltage PWB The cleaning bias is not generated Replace the High voltage PWB.
from the High voltage PWB.

305
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Grainy dry image (when printing a solid image in monochrome

mode)

Detection condition
(Paper conveying problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Paper The surface of the Paper is not Perform printing on the Paper for
smooth. the color printing and check if the
same phenomenon occurs. If there
is a difference for the Paper,
change the setting on the Paper
that is in use. If not improved after
the changes, recommend to
change Paper to the user.

Setting the Paper type The fuser temperature does not Change the weight of the Paper
match to the paper thickness. with [Setting the Paper type]
under the menu.

Engine Factors (Cause of the Image forming)

Image sample Items

➡ Background overlapping (page 309)

➡ Background overlapping (page 310)

➡ Background overlapping (page 310)

306
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Image sample Items

➡ The entire image is light (page 311)

➡ The entire image is light (page 312)

➡ The entire image is light (page 313)

➡ Entire blank image (White) (page 313)

➡ Toner dirt (page 314)

➡ Periodic toner dirt (page 315)

➡ The image became the single color solid image (page 315)

➡ Horizontal streaks or band (White, black) (page 316)

307
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Image sample Items

➡ Irregular horizontal white streaks and white dots (page 317)

➡ Horizontal uneven density (page 318)

➡ Part of the image is missing (page 318)

➡ Offset (page 319)

➡ Image is blurred (page 319)

➡ Vertical streaks or bands (page 320)

➡ Vertical uneven density (page 321)

➡ Vertical streaks or bands (White) (page 321)

308
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Image sample Items

➡ Unevenness of the half tone image (page 322)

➡ Drum ghost image (page 323)

Background overlapping

Detection condition
Developer unit factor
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Executing the developer refresh The developer powder get Execute [DEV-CLN] (Developer
damaged because of printing in Refresh) by the menu.
high humidity environment.

Checking the developer bias The developer bias contact is dirty Clean the developer bias contact.
contact or deformed. Or make amendments so that
both contacts establish a secure
contact.

Checking the high voltage contact The high voltage contact is dirty. Clean the contact section of the
Or the contact spring is deformed. High voltage PWB and reattach the
High voltage PWB. If the contact
section and the contact spring are
not grounded, correct the contact
spring so that there is a secure
contact.

Checking the connection The power cable is not properly Reconnect the connector of the
connected, or it is faulty. following wire. If the power cable
is broken, replace the power cable.
• High voltage PWB - Main /
Engine PWB

Replace the High voltage PWB Developer bias from the High Replace the High voltage PWB.
voltage PWB is high.

309
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Background overlapping

Detection condition
(Drum/Charger problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the charger high voltage The charger high voltage contact is Clean the charger high voltage
contact dirty. Or, the contact spring is contact section of the High voltage
deformed. PWB and reattach the High voltage
PWB. If the contact section and the
contact spring are not in contact,
correct the contact spring so that
there is a secure contact.

Replace the Drum unit The Drum unit is faulty. Replace the Drum unit.

Checking the connection The power cable is not properly Reconnect the connector of the
connected, or it is faulty. following wire. If the power cable
is broken, replace the power cable.
• High voltage PWB - Main /
Engine PWB

Replace the High voltage PWB The charger bias output from the Replace the High voltage PWB.
High voltage PWB is low.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Background overlapping

Detection condition
(Problem other than developer/Drum/charger problem)

310
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replacing the LSU The LSU is faulty. Replace the LSU.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

The entire image is light

Detection condition
(Developer/Transfer factor)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replace the Toner container The toner supply opening is not Replace the Toner container.
open.

Executing U101 The setting value for the control If the setting values for the control
voltage of primary transfer has voltage of the primary transfer at
changed. U101 is different from the default
value, reset it to the default value.

Checking the Developer unit The DS pulley is dirty. Clean the DS pulley at both edge of
the Developer unit.

Checking the developer bias The developer bias contact is dirty Clean the developer bias contact.
contact or deformed. Or make amendments so that
both contacts establish a secure
contact.

Checking the transfer bias contact The transfer bias contact is dirty or Clean the transfer bias contact. Or
deformed. make amendments so that both
contacts establish a secure
contact.

Replace the Transfer roller The Transfer roller is deteriorated. Replace the Transfer roller.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Reconnect the connector of the
properly. Or the wire is faulty. following wire. If there is no
conductivity, replace the wire.
• High voltage PWB - Main /
Engine PWB

Replace the High voltage PWB The High voltage PWB is faulty. Replace the High voltage PWB.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

311
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

The entire image is light

Detection condition
(Drum/Charger problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Executing the Drum refresh The Drum surface has Execute the [Drumrefresh] by the
condensation. Menu.

Checking the charger high voltage The voltage applied to the charger Modify the contact spring so that
contact high voltage contact is too high. the charger high voltage contact of
the High voltage PWB and the
contact spring are securely
grounded.

Cleaning the Eraser The Eraser is dirty. Clean the Eraser.

Checking the Drum unit The Eraser is faulty. Insert the Unit as far as it will go,
and replace Drum unit if not
repaired.

Replace the Drum unit Since the photosensitive layer is Check the Drum counter by the
thin, the Drum surface potential of service status. If the specified
the after exposure is high. The value is exceeded, replace the
Drum surface is worn out. Or the Drum unit. And check the
Drum is not grounded. conductivity of the Drum and the
Main unit frame, and if there is no
conductivity, replace the Drum
unit.

Checking the connection The power cable is not properly Reconnect the connector of the
connected, or it is faulty. following wire. If the power cable
is broken, replace the power cable.
• High voltage PWB - Main /
Engine PWB

Replace the High voltage PWB The High voltage PWB is faulty. Replace the High voltage PWB.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

312
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

The entire image is light

Detection condition
(Problem other than developer/Drum/charger problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The power cable is not properly Reconnect the connector of the
connected, or it is faulty. following wire. If the power cable
is broken, replace the power cable.
• High voltage PWB - Main /
Engine PWB

Replacing the LSU The LSU sensor is dirty. Or, is Replace the LSU.
faulty.

Replace the High voltage PWB The High voltage PWB is faulty. Replace the High voltage PWB.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Entire blank image (White)

Detection condition
(Image forming problem)
Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the developer bias The developer bias contact is dirty. Clean the developer bias contact.
contact Or, it is deformed. Or make amendments so that
both contacts establish a secure
contact.

Replace the Developer unit The developing drive gear is faulty. Replace the Developer unit.

313
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The Connector or the FFC terminal Reinsert the following connector
is not connected properly Or the of the wire and clean the FFC, and
wire or the FFC is faulty. then reconnect them. If there is no
conductivity, replace the wire. If
the FFC terminal section is
deformed, or the FFC is broken,
replace the FFC.
• High voltage PWB - Main /
Engine PWB
• Main motor - Main / Engine PWB
• LSU - Main / Engine PWB

Checking the Main motor The Main motor is not installed Reinstall the Main motor. If not
properly. Or, it is faulty. resolved, replace it.

Checking the high voltage contact The high voltage contact of the is Clean the transfer high-voltage
dirty. Or, the pressure spring is contact section of the High voltage
deformed. PWB and reattach the High voltage
PWB. If the contact section and the
contact spring are not grounded,
correct the contact spring so that
there is a secure contact.

Replacing the LSU The LSU is faulty. Replace the LSU.

Replace the High voltage PWB The High voltage PWB is faulty. Replace the High voltage PWB.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Toner dirt

Detection condition
(Image forming problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Executing the developer refresh Toner drops from the Developer Execute [DEV-CLN] (Developer
unit. Refresh) using the menu.

Checking the Developer unit Toner drops from the Developer Clean the surface of the Developer
unit. unit with the dry cloth.

314
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Periodic toner dirt

Detection condition
(Image forming problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Executing the Drum refresh The surface of the Drum is dirty. Execute the Drum refresh.

Checking the Charger rollerUnit There is dirt or foreign material on If an image failure occurs at the
the Charger roller surface. Or, the circumferential pitch of the
shaft is corroded. Charger roller, clean the Charger
roller surface with a dry cloth. If
there is no improvement, replace
the Charger rollerUnit.

Replace the Drum unit There are some scratches on the If an image failure occurs at the
Drum surface. circumferential pitch of the Drum,
replace the Drum unit.

Checking the Developer unit The Developer roller, etc. is dirty, If an image failure occurs at the
foreign material is attached, or circumferential pitch of the
there is an abnormality (scratch). Developer roller, clean the
Developer roller with a dry cloth. If
there is no improvement, replace
the Developer unit.

The image became the single color solid image

Detection condition
(Image forming problem)

315
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the high voltage contact The high voltage contact of the Clean the contact section of the
High voltage PWB is dirty. Or, the High voltage PWB and reattach the
contact spring is deformed. High voltage PWB. If the contact
section and the contact spring are
not in contact, correct the contact
spring so that there is a secure
contact.

Checking the connection The connector or the FFC is not Reinsert the following connector
connected properly. Or the wire or of the wire and clean the FFC, and
the FFC is faulty. then reconnect them. If there is no
conductivity, replace the wire. If
the FFC terminal section is
deformed, or the FFC is broken,
replace the FFC.
• High voltage PWB - Main /
Engine PWB
• LSU - Main / Engine PWB

Replacing the LSU The APC PWB is faulty. Replace the LSU.

Replace the High voltage PWB The High voltage PWB is faulty. Replace the High voltage PWB.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Horizontal streaks or band (White, black)

Detection condition
(Image forming problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Executing the Drum refresh The surface of the Drum is dirty. Execute the Drum refresh.

Checking the developer bias The developer bias is leaking Clean the developer bias contact.
contact because of dirt or deform of
contact for the developer bias.

Replace the Drum unit There is leaking because of scratch Replace the Drum unit.
on the Drum surface or the Pin
hole.

316
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the transfer bias contact The transfer bias contact is dirty or Clean the transfer bias contact. Or
deformed. make amendments so that both
contacts establish a secure
contact. If not resolved, replace
the transfer unit.

Checking the connection The power cable is not properly Reconnect the connector of the
connected, or it is faulty. following wire. If the power cable
is broken, replace the power cable.
• High voltage PWB - Main /
Engine PWB

Replace the High voltage PWB The High voltage PWB is faulty and Replace the High voltage PWB.
the bias voltage is not output
uniformly.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

Irregular horizontal white streaks and white dots

Detection condition
(Image forming problem)
Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings The developing bias setting does Go to [Adjustment/Maintenance]

not match the installation on the menu, and then set [Service
environment. settings] [High Altitude] to optimal
mode.

Checking the charger high voltage The charger high voltage contact Modify the contact spring so that
contact does not make contact. the charger high voltage contact of
the High voltage PWB and the
contact spring are securely
grounded.

Checking the Drum unit The Drum unit is not properly Reinstall the Drum unit.
installed, so it does not ground the
Drum drive shaft.

Replace the Paper A Paper with a high surface Replace the Paper with the
resistance is used. recommended paper.

Replace the Developer unit Developer might be leaking. Replace the Developer unit.

317
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Horizontal uneven density

Detection condition
(Image forming problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Executing the Drum refresh The surface of the Drum has Execute the Drum refresh.
condensation.

Executing the developer refresh The toner in the Developer unit is Execute the DEV-CLN (Developer
overcharged. refresh).

Checking the Drum unit Toner smudges in the shape of a After cleaning the toner dirt,
streak are on both ends of the reattach the Drum unit.
Drum.

Replace the Drum unit The Drum surface is worn out. Replace the Drum unit.

Checking the developer bias The developer bias contact is dirty. Clean the developer bias contact.
contact Or the continuity is unstable.

Checking the Developer unit The DS pulley is dirty or is faulty. Clean the DS pulley at both edge of
The carrier of the Developer unit is the Developer unit. If there is no
deteriorated. improvement, replace the
Developer unit.

Replacing the LSU The laser output is uneven. Replace the LSU.

Part of the image is missing

Detection condition
(Image forming problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Executing the Drum refresh The surface of the Drum is dirty. Execute the Drum refresh.

318
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replace the Transfer roller The surface of the Transfer roller is Replace the Transfer roller.
dirty or worn out.

Replace the Developer unit Foreign material is in the Replace the Developer unit.
Developer blade.

Replace the Drum unit The part of the optical path of the Replace the Drum unit.
Eraser is blocked.

Offset

Detection condition
(Image forming problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Executing the Drum refresh The surface of the Drum is dirty. Execute the Drum refresh.

Replace the Drum unit The surface of the Drum is worn Replace the Drum unit.
out or has some scratches.

Checking the Developer unit The Developer roller is dirty. The Clean the Developer roller with a
surface of the Developer roller is dry cloth. If there is no
worn out or has some scratches. improvement, replace the
Developer unit.

Image is blurred

Detection condition
(Image forming problem)

319
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Executing the Drum refresh The surface of the Drum has Execute the Drum refresh.
condensation.

Executing the Laser Scanner The LSU dustproof glass is dirty. Execute the [LSU] (Laser Scanner
Cleaning Cleaning) with the Menu.

Replacing the LSU The LSU dustproof glass is Replace the LSU.
deformed.

Vertical streaks or bands

Detection condition
(Image forming problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Executing the Drum refresh The surface of the Drum is dirty. Execute the Drum refresh.

Replace the Drum unit The Cleaning blade or the surface Check the service status or the
of the Drum is worn out. Drum counter by U110. If the
specified value is exceeded,
replace the Drum unit since the
Cleaning blade is worn out.

Checking the Developer unit Foreign material or aggregated Clean the Developer roller with a
toner is adhered on the surface of dry cloth. If there is no
the Developer roller. improvement, replace the
Developer unit.

Checking the Transfer roller There are some scratches on the Clean the Transfer roller with a dry
Transfer roller. Or the foreign cloth. If there is no improvement,
objects are adhered. replace the Transfer roller.

320
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Vertical uneven density

Detection condition
(Image forming problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Executing the Drum refresh The surface of the Drum has Execute the Drum refresh.
condensation.

Executing the developer refresh The toner layer on the Developer Execute [DEV-CLN] (Developer
roller is uneven. Refresh) using the menu.

Checking the Transfer roller The surface of the Transfer roller is Clean the Transfer roller with a dry
dirty or scratched. cloth. If there is no improvement
after cleaning and the position of
the generated image matches,
replace the Transfer roller.

Checking the Charger rollerUnit Streaky dirt adheres to the surface Clean the surface of the Charger
of the Charger roller. roller with the dry cloth. If there is
no improvement, replace the
Charger rollerUnit.

Replace the Drum unit The Drum surface is worn out. Replace the Drum unit.

Replace the Developer unit The toner layer on the Developer Replace the Developer unit.
roller is uneven.

Replacing the LSU LSU emits the laser unevenly. (The Replace the LSU.
mirror inside folling off)

Vertical streaks or bands (White)

Detection condition
(Image forming problem)

321
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Executing the Laser Scanner The LSU dustproof glass is dirty. Execute the [LSU] (Laser Scanner
Cleaning Cleaning) with the Menu.

Executing the Drum refresh The surface of the Drum is dirty. Execute the Drum refresh.

Checking the Transfer roller The surface of the Transfer roller is If an image failure occurs at the
dirty in the circumferential circumferential pitch of the
direction. Or, there are scratches Transfer roller, clean it. If there is
and dents. no improvement, replace the
Transfer roller.

Replace the Developer unit Foreign material or aggregated Replace the Developer unit. Next,
toner is mixed in the Developer check the replenishment entrance
unit. (shutter part) of the Toner
container, and if there is any
aggregated toner, remove it.

Cleaning the Eraser The Eraser is dirty. Clean the Eraser. If there is no
improvement, replace the Drum
unit.

Removing foreign objects There are foreign objects on the Remove foreign material on the
laser path of the LSU. frame or sealing material between
the developer unit and the Drum
unit.

Replacing the LSU There is a foreign objects are Replace the LSU.
adhered on the mirror inside of
the LSU.

Unevenness of the half tone image

Detection condition
(Image forming problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the transfer unit There is foreign matter on the Clean the surface of the Transfer
Transfer roller. roller with a dry cloth. If there is no
improvement, replace the Transfer
roller.

322
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Drum ghost image

Detection condition
(Image forming problem)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replace the Drum unit The Drum is faulty. Replace the Drum unit.

Checking the connection The power cable is not properly Reconnect the connector of the
connected, or it is faulty. following wire. If the power cable
is broken, replace the power cable.
• High voltage PWB - Main /
Engine PWB

Replace the High voltage PWB The charger bias output from the Replace the High voltage PWB.
High voltage PWB is low.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

323
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Conveying failure

Basic pre-check points for paper jam

Items

➡ Basic pre-check points for paper jam (1) (page 324)

➡ Basic pre-check points for paper jam (2) (page 324)

➡ Basic pre-check points for paper jam (3) (page 325)

➡ Basic pre-check points for paper jam (4) (page 325)

➡ Basic pre-check points for paper jam (5) (page 326)

➡ Basic pre-check points for paper jam (6) (page 326)

➡ Basic pre-check points for paper jam (7) (page 326)

➡ Basic pre-check points for paper jam (8) (page 327)

➡ Basic pre-check points for paper jam (9) (page 327)

➡ Basic pre-check points for paper jam (10) (page 328)

➡ Basic pre-check points for paper jam (11) (page 329)

➡ Basic pre-check points for paper jam (12) (page 329)

Basic pre-check points for paper jam (1)

Detection condition
Paper jam due to the cover open detection
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Top cover The Top cover does not fit. Open the Top cover and close it
firmly.

Checking the Front cover The Front cover does not fit. Open the Front cover and close it
firmly.

Basic pre-check points for paper jam (2)

Detection condition
Paper jam due to the wave or curl in the fuser section (Paper moisture)

324
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resetting the Paper The Paper is curled. Turn over the Paper to reset it.

Resetting the Paper The separation of the Paper is not Fan the Paper well and reload
enough. them it by swapping the leading
edge and the trailing edge.

Replace the Paper The Paper is moist. Replace with a Paper that is dry.

Basic pre-check points for paper jam (3)

Detection condition
Paper jam due to folded edges, skewing, creasing, fusing failure, curling, etc. of the Paper.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the Paper width guide or the The setting locations of the Paper When the skew feed, crease or
Paper guide. width guide or the Paper guide do paper jam occurs, reset the Paper
not match the Paper size. width guide or the Paper guide to
match the Paper size.

Checking the conveying path and Paper is caught up by a piece of If the Paper has folded edges,
the Paper. paper. Or the leading edge of the check if there are any paper,
Paper is bent. foreign material, or burr of the
parts on the conveying path, and if
they is, remove it. And, if the
leading edge of Paper is bent,
remove Paper that is bent.

Basic pre-check points for paper jam (4)

Detection condition
Paper jam due to the guide
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the conveying path Paper is caught up by a piece of If there are paper scraps or foreign
paper. material in the conveying path, or
if parts such as guides, Actuator,
etc. have burrs, remove them.

Checking the guide and separation The guide and separation needle If the guide or separation needle is
needle are dirty. dirty with toner or paper dust,
clean it with a cleaning cloth or
brush.

325
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the guide The guide is not properly attached. Check the guide and remove the
Or, it is faulty. burr if there are any. And if the
guide does not move smoothly by
manually, reattach the guide. Not
resolved after that. Or it is
deformed or worn out, replace it.

Basic pre-check points for paper jam (5)

Detection condition
Paper jam caused by improperly loading the Paper in the Cassette.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the Paper width guide or the The setting locations of the Paper When the skew feed, crease or
Paper guide. width guide or the Paper guide do paper jam occurs, reset the Paper
not match the Paper size. width guide or the Paper guide to
match the Paper size.

Checking the Paper The separation of the Paper is not Fan the Paper well before
enough. reloading. If the Paper is bent,
remove the Paper that is bent.

Basic pre-check points for paper jam (6)

Detection condition
Paper jam due to the poor quality paper
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Paper Using a Paper that is out of Explain to the users that they must
specification. use a Paper within the
specifications.

Basic pre-check points for paper jam (7)

Detection condition
Paper jam caused by the conveying rollers or the paper feed pulleys

326
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the conveying rollers and The conveying rollers and pulleys Check the paper dust, toner or the
pulleys are dirty. foreign objects are adhered on the
conveying related roller or the
pulley, or outer diameter is
changed or worn out, and clean
the surface of them. If outer
diameter is changed or worn out,
replace them.

Cleaning the bushing The bushing is dirty. If the load is given to the rotation
of the conveying roller as the roller
shaft and the bearing are dirty,
clean the bearing and the roller
shaft.

Checking the spring The spring comes off. Check if the spring came off, or if it
adequately presses the roller or
the pulley, and reattach it if
necessary

Basic pre-check points for paper jam (8)

Detection condition
Paper jam due to the sensor
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Actuator and the The sensor does not work If the Actuator of the sensor is
spring. properly. caught up or comes off, reattach
the Actuator or the spring.

Cleaning the sensor The sensor is dirty. When the sensor surface or
photoreceptor black felt is dirty by
paper dust, etc., clean them.

Basic pre-check points for paper jam (9)

Detection condition
Paper jam due to the setting / detection failure

327
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the paper leading edge The leading edge margin is not There is no image margin up to 4.0
margin enough. + 1.5/-1.0 mm from the leading
edge of Paper, and 20 mm +/-
1mm from the leading edge of the
test pattern output with U034 or
[Adjust/Maintenance] > [Service
settings] > [Paper Adjust Timing]
on the menu. If there is no
confirmation line (fixer paper jam),
adjust the leading edge timing
with [Adjust/Maintenance] >
[Service settings] > [Paper Timing
Adjustment] > [[Start Position]] or
[Center Line] on the menu or
U402.

Check the Cassette size dial (when The Cassette size dial is not set Set the Cassette size dial properly
a Cassette double feed jam occurs) properly. when a double feed jam occurs.

Check settings (when a MP Tray The Paper size on the MP Tray is Set the the Paper size of MP Tray
double feed jam occurs) not properly set. with the menu when a double feed
jam occurs.

Basic pre-check points for paper jam (10)

Detection condition
Paper jam due to the static electricity
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the grounding Static electricity is accumulated. In low-humidity environments

where static electricity tends to
accumulate on during Conveying
guide continuous printing, check
that the metal guides of the
Conveying section are securely
grounded, and reattach them if
necessary.

Checking the static elimination The static elimination brush is not Check if the static elimination
brush attached to the proper position. brush of the Exit section is stuck in
the correct position, and replace
the static elimination brush if
necessary.

328
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Basic pre-check points for paper jam (11)

Detection condition
Paper jam that occurs because the main unit is installed in the environment where the Paper inside the Cassette
is always damp.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the Paper storage location The Paper is not stored in Request the users to store the
appropriate location. Paper in a dry place.

Basic pre-check points for paper jam (12)

Detection condition
The paper jam occurs in the Feed section, Conveying section, or Exit section at the same time as turning on the
power switch.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the conveying path There is a piece of paper If there are paper scraps or foreign
remaining on paper conveying material in the conveying path, or
route to turn on the sensor. if parts such as guides, Actuator,
etc. have burrs, remove them.

Checking the sensor There is a fault in each sensor on Reattach the sensor where the
the paper path. paper jam occurred and reconnect
the connector. If not repaired,
replace it. If not resolved, replace
it.

Detect paper jam

When a paper jam occurs, the machine immediately stops printing and displays the paper jam message on the
Operation panel. When a paper jam occurs in the main unit, remove the paper by pulling out the Cassette or
opening the rear cover. When a paper jam occurs, display the location of the paper jam and the method how to
clear the jam.

Paper jam position

The detail of paper jam location can be checked with ➡ The sensor layout drawing on the paper conveying path
(page 65).

JAM code
Error code

➡ J0000: Power ON detection jam (page 331)

329
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Error code

➡ J0101/J0104/J0105/J0106: Paper jam caused by the Firmware (page 331)

➡ J0107: Fuser temperature stable time-out (page 332)

➡ J0110: cover open detected (page 332)

➡ J0501/J0502/J0503: No paper fed from the Cassette (page 333)

➡ J0501: No paper fed from the Cassette (page 333)

➡ J0501: No paper fed from the Cassette (page 334)

➡ J0502/J0503: No paper fed from the Cassette (page 334)

➡ J0502/J0503: No paper fed from the Cassette (page 335)

➡ J0508: No paper feed from the duplex section (page 336)

➡ J0509: No paper fed from the MP Tray (page 337)

➡ J0511: Cassette double feed jam (page 337)

➡ J0512/J0513: Cassette double feed jam (page 338)

➡ J0518: Multi-feeding jam at the duplex section (page 339)

➡ J0519: MP Tray double feed jam (page 340)

➡ J1403: PF feed sensor unreached jam (Cassette 2) (page 340)

➡ J1413: PF feed sensor stay jam (Cassette 2) (page 341)

➡ J4002/J4003: Registration sensor unreached jam (page 342)

➡ J4008: Registration sensor unreached jam (page 343)

➡ J4012/J4013: Registration sensor stay jam (page 344)

➡ J4018: Registration sensor stay jam (page 345)

➡ J4201/J4202/J4203/J4208/J4209: Exit sensor unreached jam (page 346)

➡ J4211/J4212/J4213/J4218/J4219: Exit sensor stay jam (page 347)

➡ J9000: No original feed from the DP (page 348)

➡ J9002: Jam detected when starting the original conveying (page 349)

➡ J9009: Jam detected when starting the original conveying (page 349)

➡ J9010: Document processor open detection (page 350)

➡ J9011: Open document processor Top cover detected (page 350)

➡ J9009: Jam detected when starting the original conveying (page 349)

➡ J9110: DP timing sensor double feed jam (page 352)

➡ J9300: DP back side timing sensor unreached jam (page 353)

➡ J9310: DP back side timing sensor stay jam (page 354)

330
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Error code

➡ J9400: DP timing sensor unreached jam (page 355)

➡ J9410: DP timing sensor stay jam (page 357)

J0000: Power ON detection jam

Detect Condition
The power was turned on while the unspecified conveying sensor turns on.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the conveying path There is a piece of paper If there are paper scraps or foreign
remaining on the conveying path material in the conveying path, or
and this turns on the sensor. if parts such as guides, Actuator,
etc. have burrs, remove them.

Cleaning the sensor The sensor is dirty. Clean the conveying related
sensor.

Checking the connection The connector of the sensor is not Reinsert the connector of the
connected properly. conveying related sensor.

Replacing the sensor The sensor is faulty. Replace the conveying related
sensor.

J0101/J0104/J0105/J0106: Paper jam caused by the Firmware

Detection condition
The Firmware is not operating properly.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The controller does not work Turn off the power switch and
properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not operating Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
properly. version.

331
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

J0107: Fuser temperature stable time-out

Detect Condition
The fuser temperature does not achieve to the paper feed-able temperature within the specified time.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The controller does not work Turn off the power switch and
properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Checking the Installation The supply power fluctuates. Or, Plug the Power cord into another
environment the voltage drops. wall outlet.

Changing the settings The actual Paper and settings Set the proper Paper type with the
(Paper weight, size, type, etc.) do menu.
not match.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not operating Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
properly. version.

Replace the Fuser unit The Fuser heater is faulty. Replace the Fuser unit.

J0110: cover open detected

Detection condition
The cover open is detected while printing.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Open/close of the cover The cover does not fit. Confirm if the cover closes firmly,
and if the cover is deformed, etc.,
repair or replace it.

Checking the sensor/switch The connector of the Reinsert the connector of the
sensor/switch is not connected sensor/switch. If a sensor/switch
properly. Or, the sensor/switch is comes off, reattach it.
coming off.
• J0110: Interlock switch

Replacing the sensor/switch The sensor/switch is faulty. Replace the sensor/switch.

• J0110: Interlock switch

332
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

J0501/J0502/J0503: No paper fed from the Cassette

Detection condition
When feeding from Cassette 1 to 4, the next sensor does not turn on after the Feed clutch turns on.
• Remarks: pre-check items when no paper is fed from the Cassette

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resetting the Paper The cutting surface of the Paper is Fan the Paper well and reload
damaged. them it by swapping the leading
edge and the trailing edge.

Checking the Paper The Paper leading edge is bent. Remove the folded Paper.

Checking the Paper The Paper is curled downward. Or Correct or replace the Paper. If
it is wavy. replacement is difficult, swap the
front and back edges of the Paper,
or turn over the Paperand reload
it.

Checking the Paper Using a Paper that is out of Explain to the users that they must
specification. use a Paper within the
specifications.

Checking the Paper Foreign material is adhered on the Remove the Paper to which
Paper. foreign material is adhered.

J0501: No paper fed from the Cassette

Detection condition
When feeding paper from Cassette 1, the Registration sensor does not turn on after the Feed clutch turns on.
• Condition: The Paper stops at Feed roller.

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is faulty. Upgrade the engine Firmware to
the latest version.

Checking the conveying path The Paper is caught up by a piece If there are paper scraps or foreign
of paper. material in the conveying path, or
if parts such as guides, Actuator,
etc. have burrs, remove them.

Checking the Feed roller The conveying capability of the Clean the surface of the Feed
Feed roller is not enough. roller. If worn out, replace it.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Reconnect the connector of the
properly. Or the wire is faulty. following wire. If there is no
conductivity, replace the wire.
• Feed clutch - Main / Engine PWB

333
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Feed clutch The Feed roller does not rotate as Reattach the Feed clutch and
the Feed clutch is not engaged. re-insert the connector. If not
resolved, replace it.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

J0501: No paper fed from the Cassette

Detection condition
When feeding paper from Cassette 1, the Registration sensor does not turn on after the Feed clutch turns on.
• Condition: the Paper lead edge comes out from Cassette.

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is faulty. Upgrade the engine Firmware to
the latest version.

Checking the Feed roller The conveying capability of the Clean the surface of the Feed
Feed roller is not enough. roller. If worn out, replace it.

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The set position of the Paper width Reset the Paper width guide to
angle) reset the Paper width guide does not match with size of match the Paper size.
guide. the Paper.

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The Actuator is not operating If the Actuator or the spring is
angle) Checking the Actuator and properly. deformed or does not work
spring properly, replace it.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Reconnect the connector of the
properly. Or the wire is faulty. following wire. If there is no
conductivity, replace the wire.
• Registration clutch - Main /
Engine PWB

Checking the Registration clutch The Registration roller does not Reinstall the Registration clutch. If
rotate as the Registration clutch is not resolved, replace it.
not engaged.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

J0502/J0503: No paper fed from the Cassette

Detection condition
When feeding from Cassette 2 to 3, the next sensor does not turn on after the PF Feed clutch turns on.
• Target: Paper feeder (first to second drawer)
• Condition: The Paper stops at Feed roller.

334
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the conveying path The Paper is caught up by a piece If there are paper scraps or foreign
of paper. material in the conveying path, or
if parts such as guides, Actuator,
etc. have burrs, remove them.

Checking the Feed roller The conveying capability of the Clean the surface of the Feed
Feed roller is not enough. roller. If worn out, replace it.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• PF Feed clutch - PF main PWB

Check the PF Feed clutch The Feed roller does not rotate as Reinstall the PF Feed clutch. If not
the PF Feed clutch is not engaged. resolved, replace it.

Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB.

J0502/J0503: No paper fed from the Cassette

Detection condition
When feeding paper from Cassette 2 to 3, the PF feed sensor does not turn on after the PF Feed clutch turns on.
• Target: Paper feeder (first to second drawer)
• Condition: the leading edge of the Paper comes out from Cassette.

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Feed roller The conveying capability of the Clean the surface of the Feed
Feed roller is not enough. roller. If worn out, replace it.

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The set position of the Paper width Reset the Paper width guide to
angle) reset the Paper width guide does not match with size of match the Paper size.
guide. the Paper.

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The Actuator is not operating If the Actuator or the spring is
angle) Checking the Actuator and properly. deformed or does not work
spring properly, replace it.

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The Paper is caught up by a piece If there are paper scraps or foreign
angle) Check the conveying path of paper. material in the conveying path, or
if parts such as guides, Actuator,
etc. have burrs, remove them.

(If the Paper has a deflection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
mark) Checking the connection properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• PF feed sensor - PF main PWB

335
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

(If the Paper has a deflection The PF feed sensor are not Reinstall the PF feed sensor. If not
mark) Checking the PF feed sensor attached properly or is faulty. resolved, replace it.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• PF conveying clutch - PF main
PWB

Checking the PF conveying clutch The PF Conveying roller does not Reinstall the PF conveying clutch. If
rotate as the PF conveying clutch is not resolved, replace it.
not engaged.

Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB.

J0508: No paper feed from the duplex section

Detect Condition
• After turning on the Exit solenoid (after turning the Paper), the Registration sensor does not turn on.

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Performing the prior standard There is a mechanical cause such Perform the prior standard check
check items as the dirty guide, etc. items.

Replace the Paper The Paper is curled. Or it is wavy. Replace with a Paper that is dry.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is faulty. Upgrade the engine Firmware to
the latest version.

Check the DU Conveying roller The conveying capability of the DU Clean the surface of the DU
Conveying roller is not enough. Conveying roller. If worn out,
replace it.

Replacing the Actuator and the The Actuator is not operating If the Registration sensor Actuator
spring properly. or the spring is deformed or does
not work properly, replace them.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Reconnect the connector of the
properly. Or the wire is faulty. following wire. If there is no
conductivity, replace the wire.
• Exit solenoid - Main / Engine
PWB
• Main motor - Main / Engine PWB

Checking the Registration sensor The Registration sensor is faulty. Replace the High voltage PWB.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

336
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

J0509: No paper fed from the MP Tray

Detection condition
When feeding paper from MP Tray, the MP conveying sensor does not turn on after the MP solenoid turns on.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Performing the prior standard Paper jam occurs due to the guide Perform the prior standard check
check items or Paper. items.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is faulty. Upgrade the engine Firmware to
the latest version.

Check the MP Feed roller The conveying capability of the MP Clean the surface of the MP Feed
Feed roller is not enough. roller. If worn out, replace it.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Reconnect the connector of the
properly. Or the wire is faulty. following wire. If there is no
conductivity, replace the wire.
• MP solenoid - Main / Engine
PWB

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

J0511: Cassette double feed jam

Detection condition
• The Registration sensor does not turn OFF even after the specified time has passed since Registration clutch
ON.

Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Performing the prior standard Paper jam occurs due to a Perform the prior standard check
check items Paper-related problem. items.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is faulty. Upgrade the engine Firmware to
the latest version.

Checking the Retard roller Separation capability of the Retard Clean the surface of the Retard
roller is not enough. roller. If worn out, replace it.

Checking the Retard holder The Retard holder comes off. Reinstall the Retard holder.

Checking the Retard spring The Retard spring comes off. Reinstall the Retard spring.

Replacing the Actuator and the The Actuator is not operating If the Registration sensor Actuator
spring properly. or the spring is deformed or does
not work properly, replace them.

337
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Registration clutch - Main /
Engine PWB
• Registration sensor - Main /
Engine PWB

Checking the Registration sensor The Registration sensor is faulty. Replace the High voltage PWB.

(When there is no deflection mark The rotation of the Registration Reinstall the Registration clutch. If
on the Paper) Check the roller does not stop with the not resolved, replace it.
Registration clutch Registration clutch connected.

Checking the Feed clutch The rotation of the Feed roller Reinstall the Feed clutch. If not
does not stop with the Feed clutch resolved, replace it.
connected.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

J0512/J0513: Cassette double feed jam

Detection condition
When feeding from Cassette 2 to 3, the PF feed sensor does not turn off.
• Target: Paper feeder (first to second drawer)

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Performing the prior standard Paper jam occurs due to a Perform the prior standard check
check items Paper-related problem. items.

Checking the Retard roller Separation capability of the Retard Clean the surface of the Retard
roller is not enough. roller. If worn out, replace it.

Checking the retard cover The retard cover comes off. Reattach the retard cover.

Checking the retard pressure The retard pressure spring comes Reattach the retard pressure
spring off. spring.

Replacing the Actuator and the The Actuator is not operating If the PF feed sensor Actuator or
spring properly. the spring is deformed or does not
work properly, replace them.

338
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• PF feed sensor - PF main PWB
• PF conveying clutch - PF main
PWB
• PF Feed clutch - PF main PWB

Checking the PF feed sensor The PF feed sensor are not Reinstall the PF feed sensor. If not
attached properly or is faulty. resolved, replace it.

(When there is no deflection mark The rotation of the PF Conveying Reinstall the PF conveying clutch. If
on the Paper) Check the PF roller does not stop with the PF not resolved, replace it.
conveying clutch conveying clutch connected.

Check the PF Feed clutch The rotation of the PF Feed roller Reinstall the PF Feed clutch. If not
does not stop with the PF Feed resolved, replace it.
clutch connected.

Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB.

J0518: Multi-feeding jam at the duplex section

Detect condition
When feeding from the duplex section, the Registration sensor does not turn off.
Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Performing the prior standard Paper jam occurs due to a Perform the prior standard check
check items Paper-related problem. items.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is faulty. Upgrade the engine Firmware to
the latest version.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Reconnect the connector of the
properly. Or the wire is faulty. following wire. If there is no
conductivity, replace the wire.
• Registration clutch - Main /
Engine PWB
• Registration sensor - Main /
Engine PWB

Checking the Registration clutch The rotation of the Registration Replace the High voltage PWB.
(when the Paper advances to the roller does not stop with the
registration section and there is no Registration clutch connected.
deflection mark on the Paper)

Checking the Registration sensor The Registration sensor is faulty. Replace the High voltage PWB.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

339
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

J0519: MP Tray double feed jam

Detection condition
When feeding from the MP Tray, the Registration sensor does not turn off.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Performing the prior standard Paper jam occurs due to a Perform the prior standard check
check items Paper-related problem. items.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is faulty. Upgrade the engine Firmware to
the latest version.

Checking the MP Feed roller and The separation force of the MP Clean the MP Feed roller and MP
the MP Separation pad Separation pad is not enough. Separation pad. Or replace it.

Checking the Actuator and the The Actuator is not operating If the Registration sensor Actuator
spring. properly. or the spring is deformed or does
not work properly, replace them.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Reconnect the connector of the
properly. Or the wire is faulty. following wire. If there is no
conductivity, replace the wire.
• MP solenoid - Main / Engine
PWB

Checking the MP solenoid The MP solenoid are not attached Reinstall the MP solenoid. If not
properly or is faulty. resolved, replace it.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

J1403: PF feed sensor unreached jam (Cassette 2)

Detection condition
When feeding from Cassette 3, the PF feed sensor in Cassette 2 does not turn on.
• Target: Paper feeder (Second drawer)

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Performing the prior standard Paper jam occurs due to a Perform the prior standard check
check items Paper-related problem. items.

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The Paper is caught up by a piece If there are paper scraps or foreign
angle) Check the conveying path of paper. material in the conveying path, or
if parts such as guides, Actuator,
etc. have burrs, remove them.

(If Paper is conveyed at an angle) The conveying capability of the Clean the surface of the Feed
Checking the Feed roller Feed roller is not enough. roller. If worn out, replace it.

340
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The set position of the Paper width Reset the Paper width guide to
angle) reset the Paper width guide does not match with size of match the Paper size.
guide. the Paper.

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The Actuator is not operating If the Actuator or the spring is
angle) Checking the Actuator and properly. deformed or does not work
spring properly, replace it.

(If Paper is conveyed at an angle) The Paper is caught on the Reinstall the Conveying guide. If
Checking the Conveying guide Conveying guide. there are any burrs, etc. on the
paper conveying surface of the
Conveying guide, remove them. Or
replace the Conveying guide.

(If the Paper is conveyed late) The conveying capability of the Clean the surface of the Feed
Checking the Feed roller Feed roller is not enough. roller. If worn out, replace it.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• PF feed sensor - PF main PWB
(Paper feeder first drawer)

Checking the PF feed sensor The PF feed sensor are not Re-install the PF feed sensor of the
attached properly or is faulty. Paper feeder first drawer. If not
resolved, replace it.

Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB of the
Paper feeder first drawer.

J1413: PF feed sensor stay jam (Cassette 2)

Detection condition
When feeding from Cassette 3, the PF feed sensor in Cassette 2 does not turn off.
• Target: Paper feeder (Second drawer)

Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Performing the prior standard Paper jam occurs due to a Perform the prior standard check
check items Paper-related problem. items.

Checking the conveying path The Paper is caught up by a piece If there are paper scraps or foreign
of paper. material in the conveying path, or
if parts such as guides, Actuator,
etc. have burrs, remove them.

Checking the Feed roller The conveying capability of the Clean the surface of the Feed
Feed roller is not enough. roller. If worn out, replace it.

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The set position of the Paper width Reset the Paper width guide to
angle) reset the Paper width guide does not match with size of match the Paper size.
guide. the Paper.

341
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The Actuator is not operating If the Actuator or the spring is
angle) Checking the Actuator and properly. deformed or does not work
spring properly, replace it.

(If Paper is conveyed at an angle) The Paper is caught on the Reinstall the Conveying guide. If
Checking the Conveying guide Conveying guide. there are any burrs, etc. on the
paper conveying surface of the
Conveying guide, remove them. Or
replace the Conveying guide.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• PF feed sensor - PFPWB (Paper
feeder first drawer)
• PF conveying clutch - PFPWB

Checking the PF feed sensor The PF feed sensor are not Re-install the PF feed sensor of the
attached properly or is faulty. Paper feeder first drawer. If not
resolved, replace it.

Checking the PF conveying clutch The PF conveying clutch are not Reinstall the PF conveying clutch. If
attached properly or is faulty. not resolved, replace it.

Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB of the
Paper feeder first drawer.

Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB.

J4002/J4003: Registration sensor unreached jam

Detection condition
When feeding from Cassette 2, the Registration sensor does not turn on.
• Target: Paper feeder (first to third drawer)

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Performing the prior standard Paper jam occurs due to a Perform the prior standard check
check items Paper-related problem. items.

Checking the conveying path The Paper is caught up by a piece If there are paper scraps or foreign
of paper. material in the conveying path, or
if parts such as guides, Actuator,
etc. have burrs, remove them.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is faulty. Upgrade the engine Firmware to
the latest version.

(If Paper is conveyed at an angle) The conveying capability of the Clean the surface of the Feed
Checking the Feed roller Feed roller is not enough. roller. If worn out, replace it.

342
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The set position of the Paper width Reset the Paper width guide to
angle) reset the Paper width guide does not match with size of match the Paper size.
guide. the Paper.

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The Actuator is not operating If the Actuator or the spring is
angle) Checking the Actuator and properly. deformed or does not work
spring properly, replace it.

(If the Paper is conveyed late) The conveying capability of the Clean the surface of the Feed
Checking the Feed roller Feed roller is not enough. roller. If worn out, replace it.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Registration sensor - Main /
Engine PWB
• Registration clutch - Main /
Engine PWB

Checking the Registration sensor The Registration sensor is faulty. Replace the High voltage PWB.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

J4008: Registration sensor unreached jam

Detection condition
When feeding from the duplex section, the Registration sensor does not turn on.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Performing the prior standard Paper jam occurs due to a Perform the prior standard check
check items Paper-related problem. items.

Checking the conveying path The Paper is caught up by a piece If there are paper scraps or foreign
of paper. material in the conveying path, or
if parts such as guides, Actuator,
etc. have burrs, remove them.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is faulty. Upgrade the engine Firmware to
the latest version.

Resetting the Paper The cutting surface of the Paper is Fan the Paper well and reload
damaged. them by swapping the leading
edge and the trailing edge.

Checking the Paper The Paper leading edge is bent. Remove the folded Paper.

Checking the Paper The Paper is curled downward. Or Correct or replace the Paper. If
it is waved difficult to replace, re-load by
switching the top and bottom ends
of the Paper. Or turn it over and
reload it.

343
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Paper Using a Paper that is out of Explain to the users that they must
specification. use a Paper within the
specifications.

Checking the actuator and spring The actuator does not work The actuator or the spring is
(If the Paper is skewed) properly. deformed. If it does not operate
properly, replace it.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Registration sensor - Main /
Engine PWB
• Registration clutch - Main /
Engine PWB

Checking the Registration sensor The Registration sensor is faulty. Replace the High voltage PWB.

Checking the Registration clutch The Registration clutch are not Reinstall the Registration clutch. If
attached properly or is faulty. not resolved, replace it.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

J4012/J4013: Registration sensor stay jam

Detection condition
When feeding from Cassette 2 to 3, the Registration sensor does not turn off.
• Target: Paper feeder (first to second drawer)

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Performing the prior standard Paper jam occurs due to a Perform the prior standard check
check items Paper-related problem. items.

Checking the conveying path The Paper is caught up by a piece If there are paper scraps or foreign
of paper. material in the conveying path, or
if parts such as guides, Actuator,
etc. have burrs, remove them.

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The set position of the Paper width Reset the Paper width guide to
angle) reset the Paper width guide does not match with size of match the Paper size.
guide. the Paper.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is faulty. Upgrade the engine Firmware to
the latest version.

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The Actuator is not operating If the Actuator or the spring is
angle) Checking the Actuator and properly. deformed or does not work
spring properly, replace it.

344
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

(If Paper is double feeding) The separation of the Paper is not Clean the Feed roller and
Checking the Feed roller and the enough. Separation pad. Or replace it.
Separation pad

Checking the conveying related The conveying capability of the Clean or replace the conveying
rollers conveying related rollers are not related rollers.
enough.

(When the Paper is double The cutting surface of the Paper is Fan the Paper well and reload
feeding) Resetting the Paper damaged. them it by swapping the leading
edge and the trailing edge.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Registration sensor - Main /
Engine PWB
• Registration clutch - Main /
Engine PWB

Checking the Registration sensor The Registration sensor is faulty. Replace the High voltage PWB.

Checking the Registration clutch The Registration clutch are not Reinstall the Registration clutch. If
attached properly or is faulty. not resolved, replace it.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

J4018: Registration sensor stay jam

Detection condition
When feeding from the duplex section, the Registration sensor does not turn off.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Performing the prior standard Paper jam occurs due to a Perform the prior standard check
check items Paper-related problem. items.

Checking the conveying path The Paper is caught up by a piece If there are paper scraps or foreign
of paper. material in the conveying path, or
if parts such as guides, Actuator,
etc. have burrs, remove them.

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The set position of the MP Paper Reset the MP Paper width guide to
angle) reset the MP Paper width width guide does not match with match the Paper size.
guide. the size of the Paper.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is faulty. Upgrade the engine Firmware to
the latest version.

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The Actuator is not operating If the Actuator or the spring is
angle) Checking the Actuator and properly. deformed or does not work
spring properly, replace it.

345
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

(If Paper is double feeding) The separation of the Paper is not Clean the MP Feed roller and MP
Checking the MP Feed roller and enough. Separation pad. Or replace it.
the MP Separation pad

(If Paper is double feeding) The conveying capability of the MP Clean or replace the MP Conveying
Checking the MP Conveying roller Conveying roller is not enough. roller.

(When the Paper is double The cutting surface of the Paper is Fan the Paper well and reload
feeding) Resetting the Paper damaged. them it by swapping the leading
edge and the trailing edge.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Registration sensor - Main /
Engine PWB
• Registration clutch - Main /
Engine PWB

Checking the Registration sensor The Registration sensor is faulty. Replace the High voltage PWB.

Checking the Registration clutch The Registration clutch are not Reinstall the Registration clutch. If
attached properly or is faulty. not resolved, replace it.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

J4201/J4202/J4203/J4208/J4209: Exit sensor unreached jam

Detection condition
When feeding from the Cassette 1 to 3, duplex section, and MP Tray, the Exit sensor does not turn on.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Performing the prior standard A paper jam occurs due to a Perform the prior standard check
check items setting failure or a reason relating items.
to the Paper.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is faulty. Upgrade the engine Firmware to
the latest version.

Cleaning inside of the main unit The inside of the main unit is dirty Clean the inside of the main unit.
with toner.

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The Paper is caught up by a piece If there are paper scraps or foreign
angle) Check the conveying path of paper. material in the conveying path, or
if parts such as guides, Actuator,
etc. have burrs, remove them.

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The set position of the Paper width Reset the Paper width guide to
angle) reset the Paper width guide does not match with size of match the Paper size.
guide. the Paper.

346
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

(If Paper is conveyed at an angle) The conveying capability of the Clean the surface of the Feed
Checking the Feed roller Feed roller is not enough. roller. If worn out, replace it.

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The Actuator is not operating If the Actuator or the spring is
angle) Checking the Actuator and properly. deformed or does not work
spring properly, replace it.

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The conveying capability of the Clean the Registration roller. If the
angle) Checking the conveying conveying related rollers are not surface is worn out, replace it.
rollers enough.

Checking the Fuser unit Foreign material is adhered on the Clean the Fuser pressure roller. Or
Fuser pressure roller or the Fuser replace the Fuser unit.
heater belt.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Reconnect the connector of the
properly. Or the wire is faulty. following wire. If there is no
conductivity, replace the wire.
• Exit sensor - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

J4211/J4212/J4213/J4218/J4219: Exit sensor stay jam

Detection condition
When feeding from the Cassette 1 to 4, duplex section, and MP Tray, the Exit sensor does not turn off.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Performing the prior standard A paper jam occurs due to a Perform the prior standard check
check items setting failure or a reason relating items.
to the Paper.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is faulty. Upgrade the engine Firmware to
the latest version.

Cleaning inside of the main unit The inside of the main unit is dirty Clean the inside of the main unit.
with toner.

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The Paper is caught up by a piece If there are paper scraps or foreign
angle) Check the conveying path of paper. material in the conveying path, or
if parts such as guides, Actuator,
etc. have burrs, remove them.

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The set position of the Paper width Reset the Paper width guide to
angle) reset the Paper width guide does not match with size of match the Paper size.
guide. the Paper.

(If Paper is conveyed at an angle) The conveying capability of the Clean the surface of the Feed
Checking the Feed roller Feed roller is not enough. roller. If worn out, replace it.

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The Actuator is not operating If the Actuator or the spring is
angle) Checking the Actuator and properly. deformed or does not work
spring properly, replace it.

347
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

(If the Paper is conveyed at an The conveying capability of the Clean the Registration roller. If the
angle) Checking the conveying conveying related rollers are not surface is worn out, replace it.
rollers enough.

Checking the Fuser unit Foreign material is adhered on the Clean the Fuser pressure roller. Or
Fuser pressure roller or the Fuser replace the Fuser unit.
heater belt.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Reconnect the connector of the
properly. Or the wire is faulty. following wire. If there is no
conductivity, replace the wire.
• Exit sensor - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

J9000: No original feed from the DP

Detect Condition
The DP feed sensor does not turn on despite trying to feed the original five times.
Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the original The leading edge of the original is Remove the bent paper.
bent.

Check the original The original is curled downward. Correct or replace the original. If it
Or it is wavy. is difficult to replace, switch the
leading edge and trailing edge of
the original, and reload it.

Check the original Using the original that is out of Explain to the user for using the
specification. original matching to the
specification.

Checking the original Foreign material is adhered on the Remove any paper that has
original. foreign material adhered on it.

Checking the conveying path The original is caught with a piece If there are paper scraps or foreign
of paper, etc. material in the conveying path, or
if parts such as guides, Actuator,
etc. have burrs, remove them.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is faulty. Upgrade the engine Firmware to
the latest version.

Check the DP Feed roller The conveying capability of the DP Clean the surface of the DP Feed
Feed roller is not enough. roller. If worn out, replace it.

Replacing the DP front Separation The film of the DP front Separation Replace the DP front Separation
padAssembly. padAssembly has peeled off. padAssembly (includes the film).

348
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Actuator and the The Actuator is not operating Reinstall the Actuator of the DP
spring. properly. Feed sensor and the spring . If it
does not operate properly due to
the deformation, repair or replace
it.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• DP feed sensor - Main / Engine
PWB
• DP feed motor - Main / Engine
PWB

Checking the DP feed sensor The DP feed sensor is not Reinstall the DP feed sensor. If not
operating properly. resolved, replace it.

Checking the DP feed motor The DP feed motor is not Reinstall the DP feed motor. If not
operating properly. resolved, replace it.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

J9002: Jam detected when starting the original conveying

Detect condition
When conveying starts, unspecified DP conveying related sensor turns on
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the conveying path There is a piece of paper If there are paper scraps or foreign
remaining on the conveying path material in the conveying path, or
and this turns on the sensor. if parts such as guides, Actuator,
etc. have burrs, remove them.

Cleaning the sensor The sensor is dirty. Clean the DP conveying related
sensor.

Checking the connection The connector of the sensor is not Reinsert the connector of the DP
connected properly. conveying related sensor.

Replacing the sensor The sensor is faulty. Replace the DP conveying related
sensor.

J9009: Jam detected when starting the original conveying

Detect condition
While scanning the original, the next page is in standby mode at the registration section.

349
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the conveying path There is a piece of paper If there are paper scraps or foreign
remaining on the conveying path material in the conveying path, or
and this turns on the sensor. if parts such as guides, Actuator,
etc. have burrs, remove them.

Cleaning the sensor The sensor is dirty. Clean the DP conveying related
sensor.

Checking the connection The connector of the sensor is not Reinsert the connector of the DP
connected properly. conveying related sensor.

Replacing the sensor The sensor is faulty. Replace the DP conveying related
sensor.

J9010: Document processor open detection

Detection condition
An open Document processor is detected while the original is conveying.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Document processor The Document processor is not Check if the Document processor
properly connected, or it is faulty. closes firmly and reattach them if
necessary.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• DP open/close sensor - Main /
Engine PWB

Checking the DP open/close The DP open/close sensor is not Reinstall the DP open/close
sensor operating properly. sensor. If not resolved, replace it.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

J9011: Open document processor Top cover detected

Detection condition
An open DP Top cover is detected while the original is conveying.

350
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the DP Top cover The DP Top cover is not attached Reinstall the DP Top cover. If the
properly or is faulty. cover is deformed, etc., repair or
replace it

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• DP cover switch - Main / Engine
PWB

Checking the DP cover switch The DP cover switch is not Reinstall the DP cover switch. If not
operating properly. resolved, replace it.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

J9061: DP original sensor double feed jam

Detection condition
The DP original sensor does not turn OFF even after the specified time has passed since DP timing sensor ON.
Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the original The leading edge of the original is Remove the bent paper.
bent.

Check the original The original is curled downward. Correct or replace the original. If it
Or it is wavy. is difficult to replace, switch the
leading edge and trailing edge of
the original, and reload it.

Check the original Using the original that is out of Explain to the user for using the
specification. original matching to the
specification.

Checking the original Foreign material is adhered on the Remove any paper that has
original. foreign material adhered on it.

(If the original is conveyed at an The conveying capability of the DP Clean the surface of the DP Feed
angle) Checking the DP Feed roller Feed roller is not enough. roller. If worn out, replace it.

(If the original is conveyed at an The set position of the Original Reset the Original width guide to
angle) Resetting the Original width width guide does not match with match the original size.
guide the original size.

(If paper is conveyed slant way) The original is caught at the DP Reattach the DP feed guide. If
check the DP feed guide feed guide. there is the burr, etc. on the
conveying surface of the DP feed
guide, remove them Or, replace
the DP feed guide.

351
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• DP original sensor - Main /
Engine PWB
• DPFeed clutch - Main / Engine
PWB

Checking the DP original sensor The DP original sensor is not Clean the DP original sensor and
installed properly or it is dirty. Or, reattach it. If not resolved, replace
it is faulty. it.

Check the DP Feed clutch The rotation of the DP Feed roller Reinstall the DP Feed clutch. If not
does not stop with the DP Feed resolved, replace it.
clutch connected.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

J9110: DP timing sensor double feed jam

Detection condition
The DP timing sensor does not turn off even passing the specific pulse after the DP back side timing sensor turns
on.
Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the original The leading edge of the original is Remove the bent paper.
bent.

Check the original The original is curled downward. Correct or replace the original. If it
Or it is wavy. is difficult to replace, switch the
leading edge and trailing edge of
the original, and reload it.

Check the original Using the original that is out of Explain to the user for using the
specification. original matching to the
specification.

Checking the original Foreign material is adhered on the Remove any paper that has
original. foreign material adhered on it.

(If the original is conveyed at an The conveying capability of the DP Clean the surface of the DP timing
angle) Checking the DP Feed roller Feed roller is not enough. sensor. If worn out, replace it.

(If the original is conveyed at an The set position of the Original Reset the Original width guide to
angle) Resetting the Original width width guide does not match with match the original size.
guide the original size.

352
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

(If paper is conveyed slant way) The original is caught at the DP Reattach the DP feed guide. If
check the DP feed guide feed guide. there is the burr, etc. on the
conveying surface of the DP feed
guide, remove them Or, replace
the DP feed guide.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• DP timing sensor - Main /
Engine PWB
• DPFeed clutch - Main / Engine
PWB

Checking the DP timing sensor The DP timing sensor is not Clean the DP timing sensor and
installed properly or it is dirty. Or, reattach it. If not resolved, replace
is faulty. it.

Check the DP Feed clutch The rotation of the DP Feed roller Reinstall the DP Feed clutch. If not
does not stop with the DP Feed resolved, replace it.
clutch connected.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

J9300: DP back side timing sensor unreached jam

Detection condition
The DP back side timing sensor does not turn on even passing the specific pulse after the DP feed sensor turns on.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the conveying path The original is caught with a piece If there are paper scraps or foreign
of paper, etc. material in the conveying path, or
if parts such as guides, Actuator,
etc. have burrs, remove them.

(If the original is conveyed at an The conveying capability of the DP Clean the surface of the DP Feed
angle) Checking the DP Feed roller Feed roller is not enough. roller. If worn out, replace it.

(If the original is conveyed at an The set position of the Original Reset the Original width guide to
angle) Resetting the Original width width guide does not match with match the original size.
guide the original size.

(If the original is conveyed at an The original is caught at the DP Reinstall the DP Conveying guide.
angle) Checking the DP Conveying Conveying guide. If there are any burrs, etc. on the
guide paper conveying surface of the DP
Conveying guide, remove them. Or
replace it.

(If the original is conveyed late) The conveying capability of the DP Clean the surface of the DP
Checking the DP Conveying roller Conveying roller is not enough. Conveying roller. If worn out,
replace it.

353
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

(If the original is conveyed late) The DP Top cover is deformed. Check if the DP Top cover closes
Checking the DP Top cover firmly. Replace it if it does not close
due to deformation, etc.

Check the original The leading edge of the original is Remove the bent paper.
bent.

Check the original The original is curled downward. Correct or replace the original. If it
Or it is wavy. is difficult to replace, switch the
leading edge and trailing edge of
the original, and reload it. Or,
when Reading duplex, flip paper
upside down and reset them.

Check the original Using the original that is out of Explain to the user for using the
specification. original matching to the
specification.

Checking the original Foreign material is adhered on the Remove any paper that has
original. foreign material adhered on it.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• DP back side timing sensor -
Main / Engine PWB
• DP feed motor - Main / Engine
PWB

Checking the DP back side timing The DP back side timing sensor is Reinstall the DP back side timing
sensor not operating properly. sensor. If not resolved, replace it.

Checking the DP feed motor The DP feed motor is not Reinstall the DP feed motor. If not
operating properly. resolved, replace it.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

J9310: DP back side timing sensor stay jam

Detection condition
The DP back side timing sensor does not turn off even passing the specific pulse after the DP timing sensor turns
off.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the conveying path The original is caught with a piece If there are paper scraps or foreign
of paper, etc. material in the conveying path, or
if parts such as guides, Actuator,
etc. have burrs, remove them.

(If the original is conveyed at an The conveying capability of the DP Clean the surface of the DP Feed
angle) Checking the DP Feed roller Feed roller is not enough. roller. If worn out, replace it.

354
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

(If the original is conveyed at an The set position of the Original Reset the Original width guide to
angle) Resetting the Original width width guide does not match with match the original size.
guide the original size.

(If the original is conveyed late) The conveying capability of the DP Clean the surface of the DP
Checking the DP Conveying roller Conveying roller is not enough. Conveying roller. If worn out,
replace it.

(If the original is conveyed late) The DP Top cover is deformed. Check if the DP Top cover closes
Checking the DP Top cover firmly. Replace it if it does not close
due to deformation, etc.

Check the original The leading edge of the original is Remove the bent paper.
bent.

Check the original The original is curled downward. Correct or replace the original. If it
Or it is wavy. is difficult to replace, switch the
leading edge and trailing edge of
the original, and reload it. Or,
when Reading duplex, flip paper
upside down and reset them.

Check the original Using the original that is out of Explain to the user for using the
specification. original matching to the
specification.

Checking the original Foreign material is adhered on the Remove any paper that has
original. foreign material adhered on it.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• DP back side timing sensor -
Main / Engine PWB
• DP feed motor - Main / Engine
PWB

Checking the DP back side timing The DP back side timing sensor is Reinstall the DP back side timing
sensor not operating properly. sensor. If not resolved, replace it.

Checking the DP feed motor The DP feed motor is not Reinstall the DP feed motor. If not
operating properly. resolved, replace it.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

J9400: DP timing sensor unreached jam

Detection condition
The DP timing sensor does not turn on even passing the specific pulse after the DP back side timing sensor turns
on.

355
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the conveying path The original is caught with a piece If there are paper scraps or foreign
of paper, etc. material in the conveying path, or
if parts such as guides, Actuator,
etc. have burrs, remove them.

(If the original is conveyed at an The conveying capability of the DP Clean the surface of the DP Feed
angle) Checking the DP Feed roller Feed roller is not enough. roller. If worn out, replace it.

(If the original is conveyed at an The set position of the Original Reset the Original width guide to
angle) Resetting the Original width width guide does not match with match the original size.
guide the original size.

(If the original is conveyed late) The conveying capability of the DP Clean the surface of the DP
Checking the DP Conveying roller Conveying roller is not enough. Conveying roller. If worn out,
replace it.

(If the original is conveyed late) The DP Top cover is deformed. Check if the DP Top cover closes
Checking the DP Top cover firmly. Replace it if it does not close
due to deformation, etc.

Check the original The leading edge of the original is Remove the bent paper.
bent.

Check the original The original is curled downward. Correct or replace the original. If it
Or it is wavy. is difficult to replace, switch the
leading edge and trailing edge of
the original, and reload it. Or when
Reading duplex, flip paper upside
down and reset it.

Check the original Using the original that is out of Explain to the user for using the
specification. original matching to the
specification.

Checking the original Foreign material is adhered on the Remove any paper that has
original. foreign material adhered on it.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• DP timing sensor - Main /
Engine PWB
• DP conveying motor - Main /
Engine PWB

Checking the DP timing sensor The DP timing sensor is not Reinstall the DP timing sensor. If
operating properly. not resolved, replace it.

Checking the DP feed sensor The DP feed sensor is not Reinstall the DP feed sensor. If not
operating properly. resolved, replace it.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

356
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

J9410: DP timing sensor stay jam

Detection condition
The DP timing sensor does not turn off even passing the specific pulse after the DP back side timing sensor turns
off.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the conveying path The original is caught with a piece If there are paper scraps or foreign
of paper, etc. material in the conveying path, or
if parts such as guides, Actuator,
etc. have burrs, remove them.

(If the original is conveyed at an The conveying capability of the DP Clean the surface of the DP Feed
angle) Checking the DP Feed roller Feed roller is not enough. roller. If worn out, replace it.

(If the original is conveyed at an The set position of the Original Reset the Original width guide to
angle) Resetting the Original width width guide does not match with match the original size.
guide the original size.

(If the original is conveyed late) The conveying capability of the DP Clean the surface of the DP
Checking the DP Conveying roller Conveying roller is not enough. Conveying roller. If worn out,
replace it.

(If the original is conveyed late) The DP Top cover is deformed. Check if the DP Top cover closes
Checking the DP Top cover firmly. Replace it if it does not close
due to deformation, etc.

Check the original The leading edge of the original is Remove the bent paper.
bent.

Check the original The original is curled downward. Correct or replace the original. If it
Or it is wavy. is difficult to replace, switch the
leading edge and trailing edge of
the original, and reload it. Or,
when Reading duplex, flip paper
upside down and reset them.

Check the original Using the original that is out of Explain to the user for using the
specification. original matching to the
specification.

Checking the original Foreign material is adhered on the Remove any paper that has
original. foreign material adhered on it.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• DP timing sensor - Main /
Engine PWB
• DP feed motor - Main / Engine
PWB

Checking the DP timing sensor The DP timing sensor is not Reinstall the DP timing sensor. If
operating properly. not resolved, replace it.

Checking the DP feed motor The DP feed motor is not Reinstall the DP feed motor. If not
operating properly. resolved, replace it.

357
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

358
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Self Diagnostic

If the parts that causes failure is not supplied, then replace unit that includes the parts.
• When checking the Fuser unit or the power supply PWB, be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the
Power cord.

NOTE
(Even if the Power cord is unplugged, an electric charge may remain in the capacitors on the PWB, so wait at least
5 seconds.)

System error (C code)

Error code

➡ C0030: FAX PWB system error (page 360)

➡ C0070: FAX PWB incompatibility detection error (page 361)

➡ C0100: Backup memory device error (page 361)

➡ C0120: MAC address data error (page 362)

➡ C0130: Backup memory Reading/Writing error (page 362)

➡ C0150: EEPROM Reading/Writingerror (page 363)

➡ C0170: Charger count error (page 363)

➡ C0180: Machine serial number mismatch (page 364)

➡ C0190: Backup memory device error (page 364)

➡ C0500: Engine Firmware startup error 1 (page 365)

➡ C0510: Engine Firmware startup error 2 (page 365)

➡ C0530: Engine Firmware startup error 4 (page 366)

➡ C0540: Detection of unexpected control of engine software (page 366)

➡ C0800: Image processing error (page 367)

➡ C0030: FAX PWB system error (page 360)

➡ C0840: RTC error ('Time for maintenance T' appears) (page 368)

➡ C0870: FAX PWB large data transfer error (page 369)

➡ C0920: FAX file system error (page 369)

➡ C1810: Paper feeder communication error (Paper feeder first drawer) (page 370)

➡ C1820: Paper feeder communication error (Paper feeder second drawer) (page 370)

➡ C2000: Main motor startup error (page 371)

➡ C2010: Main motor steady-state error (page 371)

359
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Error code

➡ C2600: PF conveying motor error (Paper feeder first drawer) (page 372)

➡ C2610: PF conveying motor error (Paper feeder second drawer) (page 373)

➡ C3100: Scanner carriage error (page 373)

➡ C3200: CIS error (page 374)

➡ C3210: DP CIS error (page 374)

➡ C3300: CIS AGC error (page 375)

➡ C3310: DPCIS AGC error (page 375)

➡ C4000: Polygon motor startup error (page 376)

➡ C4010: Polygon motor stable error (page 376)

➡ C4100: BD signal initialization error (page 377)

➡ C4200: BD signal steady error (page 377)

➡ C4700: VIDEO ASIC device error (page 378)

➡ C6000: Fuser heater short circuit (page 378)

➡ C6020: Fuser center Thermistor high temperature error (page 379)

➡ C6030: Fuser center Thermistor disconnection (page 380)

➡ C6050: Fuser center Thermistor low temperature error (page 380)

➡ C6200: Fuser heater error (page 381)

➡ C6220: Fuser edge Thermistor high temperature error (page 382)

➡ C6230: Fuser edge Thermistor broken detection (page 383)

➡ C6250: Fuser edge thermistor Thermistor low temperature error (page 383)

➡ C6400: Zero-cross signal error (page 384)

➡ C6610: Fuser pressure release sensor error (page 385)

➡ C7990: Waste toner full (page 385)

C0030: FAX PWB system error

Detection condition
The FAX PWB is not operating properly.

360
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Main / Engine PWB - FAX PWB

Reinstall the FAX PWB The FAX PWB is not operating Turn off the power switch and
properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, re-install the FAX PWB,
reconnect the power cord, and
turn on the power switch.

Replace the FAX PWB The FAX PWB is faulty. Replace the FAX PWB.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C0070: FAX PWB incompatibility detection error

Detection condition
When initially communicating with FAX, correct communication command is not transmitted
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the FAX PWB Installing an incompatible FAX Install a FAX PWB for the
PWB. applicable model.

Re-installing Firmware The Firmware is faulty. Re-install the Firmware.

C0100: Backup memory device error

Detect Condition
An abnormal status is output from the flash memory
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The flash memory does not work Turn off the power switch and
properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

361
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Main / Engine PWB The connector or the FFC is not Clean the connector terminal on
connected properly. Or the wire, the Main / Engine PWB and
FFC, or PWB is faulty. reinsert the wire connector, and
connect the FFC terminal. If the
wire or the FFC is faulty, repair or
replace it. If there is no
improvement, replace the Main /
Engine PWB.

C0120: MAC address data error

Detection condition
(This is an internal count. It is not displayed on the display panel.)
The MAC address was improper data.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The flash memory does not work Turn off the power switch and
properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Check the MAC address The MAC address is not proper. If the MAC address description is
blank in the network status report,
replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C0130: Backup memory Reading/Writing error

Detection condition
Cannot Reading or Writing to the flash memory.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The flash memory does not work Turn off the power switch and
properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

362
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Main / Engine PWB The connector or the FFC is not Clean the connector terminal on
connected properly. Or the wire, the Main / Engine PWB and
FFC, or PWB is faulty. reinsert the wire connector, and
connect the FFC terminal. If the
wire or the FFC is faulty, repair or
replace it. If there is no
improvement, replace the Main /
Engine PWB.

C0150: EEPROM Reading/Writingerror

Detection condition
1 The Writing data and the Reading data do not match for the specified number of times continuously.
2 The data that Reading twice does not match the specified number of times continuously.

Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The EEPROM does not operate Turn off the power switch and
properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Checking the EEPROM The EEPROM is not installed Re-install the EEPROM on the Main
properly. / Engine PWB.

Replacing the EEPROM The EEPROM is faulty Replace the EEPROM on the Main /
Engine PWB. C0180 is displayed, so
execute U004.

Checking the Main / Engine PWB The connector or the FFC is not Clean the connector terminal on
connected properly. Or the wire, the Main / Engine PWB and
FFC, or PWB is faulty. reinsert the wire connector, and
connect the FFC terminal. If the
wire or the FFC is faulty, repair or
replace it. If there is no
improvement, replace the Main /
Engine PWB.

C0170: Charger count error

Detect Condition
1 Both the charge counters on the main side and the engine side detected a checksum error.
2 The main side and engine side counters have become abnormal values (0xffffff).

363
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the EEPROM The EEPROM is not installed Replace the EEPROM on the Main /
properly. Engine PWB.

Replacing the EEPROM The EEPROM is faulty. Replace the EEPROM on the Main /
Engine PWB. C0180 is displayed so
execute U004.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C0180: Machine serial number mismatch

Detect condition
The machine serial number on the main PWB side and the engine PWB side do not match when turning the power
on.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the EEPROM The EEPROM for a different Main Check the machine serial number
unit is installed. of the Main and Engine PWB by
executing U004, and if a different
no. is displayed, install the correct
EEPROM on the Main / Engine
PWB.

Checking the EEPROM The EEPROM is not installed Re-install the EEPROM on the Main
properly. / Engine PWB.

Replacing the EEPROM The EEPROM is faulty. Replace the EEPROM on the Main /
Engine PWB. C0180 is displayed so
execute U004.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C0190: Backup memory device error

Detect Condition
Unable to read data from the Main / Engine PWB for a specified number of times continuously during startup.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

364
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Main / Engine PWB The connector or the FFC is not Clean the connector terminal on
connected properly. Or the wire, the Main / Engine PWB and
FFC, or PWB is faulty. reinsert the wire connector, and
connect the FFC terminal. If the
wire or the FFC is faulty, repair or
replace it. If there is no
improvement, replace the Main /
Engine PWB.

C0500: Engine Firmware startup error 1

Detection condition
Main motor continued to drive.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Checking the connection The connector or the FFC is not Clean the connector terminal,
connected properly. Or, the wire or reinsert the wire connector, and
FFC is faulty. then reconnect the FFC terminal. If
the wire or the FFC is faulty, repair
or replace it.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C0510: Engine Firmware startup error 2

Detection condition
The high voltage remote was turned on continuously for a time exceeding the specified time while the Main motor
was stopped.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

365
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The connector or the FFC is not Clean the connector terminal,
connected properly. Or, the wire or reinsert the wire connector, and
FFC is faulty. then reconnect the FFC terminal. If
the wire or the FFC is faulty, repair
or replace it.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C0530: Engine Firmware startup error 4

Detection condition
The backup task does not operate for 30 seconds or more.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Checking the connection The connector or the FFC is not Clean the connector terminal,
connected properly. Or, the wire or reinsert the wire connector, and
FFC is faulty. then reconnect the FFC terminal. If
the wire or the FFC is faulty, repair
or replace it.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C0540: Detection of unexpected control of engine software

Detection condition
The solenoid is on for longer than the specified amount of time.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

366
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The connector or the FFC is not Clean the connector terminal,
connected properly. Or, the wire or reinsert the wire connector, and
FFC is faulty. then reconnect the FFC terminal. If
the wire or the FFC is faulty, repair
or replace it.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C0800: Image processing error

Detect Condition
The print sequence jam (J010x) was detected for the specified time continuously.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the image data The image data is faulty. In case it occurs with the specified
data only, check if the image data
is faulty.
• If the there is no problem with
the image data, move to the
next procedure.
• If there is a problem with the
image data, request the user to
execute printing with the
another image data.

Checking the Main / Engine PWB The connector or the FFC is not Clean the connector terminal on
connected properly. Or the wire, the Main / Engine PWB and
FFC, or PWB is faulty. reinsert the wire connector, and
connect the FFC terminal. If the
wire or the FFC is faulty, repair or
replace it. If there is no
improvement, replace the Main /
Engine PWB.

Checking the occurrence condition The printing operation of the Acquire the job's log if the
certain file is faulty. phenomenon can be reproduced
by specifying the job when the
error was detected.
• Send the acquired job log to the
service head quarter and
request for the investigation.

367
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

C0830: FAX flash program area checksum error

Detection condition
The FAX program saved on the flash memory is corrupted.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reinstall the FAX PWB The FAX PWB is not operating Turn off the power switch and
properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, re-install the FAX PWB,
reconnect the power cord, and
turn on the power switch.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wires are faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Main / Engine PWB - FAX PWB

Initializing FAX The FAX PWB data is faulty. Execute U600 to initialize the FAX.

Replace the FAX PWB The FAX PWB is faulty. Replace the FAX PWB.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C0840: RTC error ('Time for maintenance T' appears)

Condition
• No proper communication with RT
• RTC has error due to run out battery.

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Setting the RTC (Date) RTC is not set properly Set the date with menu.

Reattaching the Main / Engine The Main / Engine PWB is not Retighten the fixing screws of the
PWB installed properly. Main / Engine PWB.

Checking the connection The connector or the FFC is not Clean the connector terminal on
connected properly. Or, the wire or the Main / Engine PWB and
FFC is faulty. reinsert the wire connector, and
connect the FFC terminal. If the
wire or the FFC is faulty, repair or
replace it.

Checking the life of backup battery Run out the backup battery. Check the backup battery if the
same C call comes up after reset
the main power. If the backup
battery runs out, replace the Main
/ Engine PWB.

368
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

C0870: FAX PWB large data transfer error

Detection condition
A DNA transfer failure occurred between the controller and FAX PWB.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reinstall the FAX PWB The FAX PWB is not operating Turn off the power switch and
properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, re-install the FAX PWB,
reconnect the power cord, and
turn on the power switch.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wires are faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Main / Engine PWB - FAX PWB

Replace the FAX PWB The FAX PWB is faulty. Replace the FAX PWB.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C0920: FAX file system error

Detection condition
The file system of the FAX PWB flash memory is corrupted.
Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reinstall the FAX PWB The FAX PWB is not operating Turn off the power switch and
properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, re-install the FAX PWB,
reconnect the power cord, and
turn on the power switch.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wires are faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Main / Engine PWB - FAX PWB

FAX PWB initialization The FAX control setting value is not Execute U600 to initialize the FAX.
proper.

Replace the FAX PWB The FAX PWB is faulty. Replace the FAX PWB.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

369
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

C1810: Paper feeder communication error (Paper feeder first

drawer)

Detection condition
Detect communication errors for the specified time continuously.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reinstall the Paper feeder The Paper feeder is not installed Replace the Paper feeder of the
properly. first drawer.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Check the following connection
properly. Or the wire or the drawer and fix/clean the terminal, and
connector is faulty. insert the connector to the end.
Also, if there is no continuity in the
wire or the drawer connector is
faulty, replace it.
• PF PWB - Drawer connector
• Drawer connector - PF PWB
(Paper feeder first drawer)

Replacing the PF PWB The PF PWB is faulty. Replace the PF PWB.

Replacing the PF PWB The PF PWB is faulty. Replace the PF PWB (Paper feeder
first drawer).

C1820: Paper feeder communication error (Paper feeder second

drawer)

Detection condition
Detect communication errors for the specified time continuously.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reinstall the Paper feeder The Paper feeder is not installed Re-install the Paper feeder of the
properly. second drawer.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

370
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Check the following connection
properly. Or the wire or the drawer and fix/clean the terminal, and
connector is faulty. insert the connector to the end.
Also, if there is no continuity in the
wire or the drawer connector is
faulty, replace it.
• PF PWB - Drawer connector
• Drawer connector - PF PWB
(Paper feeder second drawer)

Replacing the PF PWB The PF PWB is faulty. Replace the PF PWB.

Replacing the PF PWB The PF PWB is faulty. Replace the PF PWB (Paper feeder
second drawer).

C2000: Main motor startup error

Detection condition
After the motor stabilized, the ready signal turned OFF continuously for 1 second.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Drum unit A burden is placed on the Main Check whether the Drum rotates
motor drive due to the Drum unit manually, and if it is locked,
lock. replace the Drum unit.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Main motor - Main / Engine PWB

Checking the drive parts The Main motor drive parts are not If the Main motor drive coupling
operating properly. and gear do not rotate smoothly,
clean the gear and then apply
grease. If the coupling or gear is
damaged, replace it.

Replace the Main motor The Main motor is faulty. Replace the Main motor.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C2010: Main motor steady-state error

Detection condition
The ready signal does not turn on even after 2 seconds have passed since the Main motor started up.

371
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Drum unit A burden is placed on the Main Check whether the Drum rotates
motor drive due to the Drum unit manually, and if it is locked,
lock. replace the Drum unit.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Main motor - Main / Engine PWB

Checking the drive parts The Main motor drive parts are not If the Main motor drive coupling
operating properly. and gear do not rotate smoothly,
clean the gear and then apply
grease. If the coupling or gear is
damaged, replace it.

Replace the Main motor The Main motor is faulty. Replace the Main motor.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C2600: PF conveying motor error (Paper feeder first drawer)

Detection condition
When the motor is running, the stability signal does not turn ON continuously for a specified period of time.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Drive section parts The PF conveying motor drive is Check if the PF Feed roller or the
not transmitted correctly. drive gears rotate or have no
excessive load. And apply grease
to the frictional parts and repair
the parts so that they rotate
properly.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• PF conveying motor - PF PWB

Checking the PF conveying motor The PF conveying motor is not Reinstall the PF conveying motor.
properly connected, or it is faulty. If not resolved, replace it.

Replacing the PF PWB The PF PWB is faulty. Replace the PF PWB.

372
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

C2610: PF conveying motor error (Paper feeder second drawer)

Detection condition
When the motor is running, the stability signal does not turn ON continuously for a specified period of time.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Drive section parts The PF conveying motor drive is Check if the PF Feed roller or the
not transmitted correctly. drive gears rotate or have no
excessive load. And apply grease
to the frictional parts and repair
the parts so that they rotate
properly.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• PF conveying motor - PF PWB

Checking the PF conveying motor The PF conveying motor is not Reinstall the PF conveying motor.
properly connected, or it is faulty. If not resolved, replace it.

Replacing the PF PWB The PF PWB is faulty. Replace the PF PWB.

C3100: Scanner carriage error

Detection condition
The home position is not consistent when tuning on the power or when the original on the table or Document
processor finishes Reading.
Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Scanner carriage There is a load on the Scanner Move the Scanner carriage
movement. manually and if an excess heavy
load is given, check if there are any
foreign substances adhered on the
drive belt, and clean them. After
that, apply the grease to the ISU
shaft.

Checking the drive belt tension The drive belt tension is not Adjust the drive belt tension to the
suitable and there is strain on proper tension.
moving the scanner.

373
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The connector or the FFC is not Reinsert the following connector
connected properly. Or, the wire or of the wire and clean the FFC, and
the FFC is faulty. then reconnect them. If there is no
conductivity, replace the wire. If
the FFC terminal is deformed, or
the FFC is broken, replace the FFC.
• Scanner motor - Main / Engine
PWB
• Home position sensor - Main /
Engine PWB
• CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Checking the Home position The Home position sensor are not Reinstall the Home position
sensor attached properly or is faulty. sensor. If not resolved, replace it.

Checking the Scanner motor The Scanner motor are not Reinstall the Scanner motor. If not
attached properly or is faulty. resolved, replace it.

Replace the Scanner carriage The CIS is faulty. Replace the Scanner carriage.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C3200: CIS error

Condition
The white reference data obtained by turning the lamp on at initialization is less than the specified value.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, Clean the following FFC terminal of
or it is faulty. the FFC and reconnect them. The
FFC terminal is deformed. Or, If the
FFC is broken, replace the FFC.
• CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Replacing the CIS The CIS is faulty. Replace the CIS.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C3210: DP CIS error

Detection condition
The white reference data obtained by turning the lamp on at initialization is less than the specified value.

374
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The connector or the FFC is not Reinsert the following connector
connected properly. Or, the wire or of the wire and clean the FFC, and
the FFC is faulty. then reconnect them. If there is no
conductivity, replace the wire. If
the FFC terminal section is
deformed, or the FFC is broken,
replace the FFC.
• DP CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Replacing the DP CIS (When the The DP CIS is faulty. Replace the DP CIS.
CIS lamp does not light)

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C3300: CIS AGC error

Detection condition
Performed AGC but the CIS did not acquire a normal white standard value.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The FFC terminal is not properly Reconnect the following FFC. If the
connected. Or the FFC is faulty. FFC terminal is curled or deformed
or the FFC is broken, replace it.
• CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the Scanner carriage The CIS is faulty. Replace the Scanner carriage, and
then execute U411 [Table(ChartA)]
and [DP FU(ChartA)].

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C3310: DPCIS AGC error

Detection condition
Performed AGC but the DPCIS did not acquire a normal white standard value.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The FFC terminal is not properly Reconnect the following FFC. If the
connected. Or the FFC is faulty. FFC terminal is curled or deformed
or the FFC is broken, replace it.
• DPCIS - Main / Engine PWB

375
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replacing the DPCIS The DPCIS is faulty. Replace the DPCIS, and then
execute U411 [DP FD(ChartA)].

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C4000: Polygon motor startup error

Detection condition
The steady signal of the motor does not turn on even after passing the specified time after starting the Polygon
motor.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is faulty. Upgrade the engine Firmware to
the latest version.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• LSU - Main / Engine PWB

Replacing the LSU The LSU is faulty. Replace the LSU.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C4010: Polygon motor stable error

Detection condition
The steady signal of the motor does not turn on even after passing the specified time after starting the Polygon
motor.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is faulty. Upgrade the engine Firmware to
the latest version.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• LSU - Main / Engine PWB

Replacing the LSU The LSU is faulty. Replace the LSU.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

376
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

C4100: BD signal initialization error

Detection condition
Cannot detect the BD signal after forcibly emitting light.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Upgrading the firmware The engine firmware is faulty. Upgrade the engine firmware to
the latest version.

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected. Clean the connector terminal of
Or the FFC is faulty. the following wire and FFC
terminal, and reconnect the
connector and FFC. If the wire or
FFC is faulty, replace it.
• LSU (APC PWB) - Main / Engine
PWB

Checking the LSU The PD PWB BD sensor or laser Reinstall the LSU. Or replace it.
diode is faulty.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C4200: BD signal steady error

Detection condition
Cannot detect the BD signal while the laser is turned on.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Upgrading the firmware The engine firmware is faulty. Upgrade the engine firmware to
the latest version.

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected. Clean the connector terminal of
Or the FFC is faulty. the following wire and FFC
terminal, and reconnect the
connector and FFC. If the wire or
FFC is faulty, replace it.
• LSU (APC PWB) - Main / Engine
PWB

Checking the LSU The PD PWB BD sensor or laser Reinstall the LSU. Or replace it.
diode is faulty.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

377
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

C4700: VIDEO ASIC device error

Condition
• Communication with VIDEO ASIC failed for the specified number of times continuously.
• Reading was performed from the same address of VIDEO ASIC, and the values did not match the specified
number of times continuously.
• Writing/Reading was performed to the VIDEO ASIC, and the values did not match the specified number of times
continuously.

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power ASIC operation on PWB is faulty. Turn off the power switch and
unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the main Firmware and
version. the engine Firmware to the latest
version.

Checking the Main / Engine PWB The connector or the FFC is not Clean the connector terminal on
connected properly. Or the wire, the Main / Engine PWB and
FFC, or PWB is faulty. reinsert the wire connector, and
connect the FFC terminal. If the
wire or the FFC is faulty, repair or
replace it. If there is no
improvement, replace the Main /
Engine PWB.

C6000: Fuser heater short circuit

Detection condition
1 The temperature detected by the fixing center Thermistor does not reach the specified temperature for a
specified period of time after the start of heater control.

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the engine Firmware to
version. the latest version.

378
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Fuser unit (Fuser Thermistor) -
• Main / Engine PWB
• Fuser unit (Fuser heater) -
Power supply PWB
• Power supply PWB - Main /
Engine PWB

Replace the Fuser unit If the Fuser heater does not rise Replace the Fuser unit.
(Fuser Thermostat disconnection)
or there is a fuser Thermistor
disconnection, etc., correct
temperature cannot be detected.

Replace the Power supply PWB The Power supply PWB is faulty. Replace the Power supply PWB.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C6020: Fuser center Thermistor high temperature error

Detection condition
1 Detected higher temperature than specified one on the fuser center Thermistor for specified time
continuously.
2 Detected temperature of the fuser center Thermistor has increased by the specified amount in a short amount
of time when the heater is off.

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Removing a piece of paper Because of the piece of paper, the Remove the piece of paper
fuser Thermistor cannot detect remaining in the Fuser unit.
correct temperature.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the engine Firmware to
version. the latest version.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Fuser unit (Fuser Thermistor) -
• Main / Engine PWB
• Power supply PWB - Main /
Engine PWB

379
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replace the Fuser unit The fuser Thermistor cannot Replace the Fuser unit.
detect the correct temperature
due to the foreign material
adhering to the Fuser heater belt
or the Fuser pressure roller, or a
short circuit in the fuser
Thermistor.

Replace the Power supply PWB The Power supply PWB is faulty. Replace the Power supply PWB.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C6030: Fuser center Thermistor disconnection

Detection condition
Detected an abnormally low temperature on the fuser center Thermistor for a specified continuous amount of
time.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the engine Firmware to
version. the latest version.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Fuser unit (Fuser Thermistor) -
Main / Engine PWB

Replace the Fuser unit If the Fuser heater does not rise Replace the Fuser unit.
(Fuser Thermostat disconnection)
or there is a fuser Thermistor
disconnection, etc., correct
temperature cannot be detected.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C6050: Fuser center Thermistor low temperature error

Detection condition
During standby or printing, the temperature of fixing center Thermistor has been detected below the specified
temperature for a specified period of time continuously.

380
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the power supply voltage The power supply voltage reduces. Connect the power cord to a
different wall outlet if the power
supply voltage descends by 10% or
more of the rated voltage, or
multiple devices use the same
outlet.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the engine Firmware to
version. the latest version.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Fuser unit (Fuser Thermistor) -
Main / Engine PWB
• Power supply PWB - Main /
Engine PWB

Replace the Fuser unit If the Fuser heater does not rise Replace the Fuser unit.
(Fuser Thermostat disconnection)
or there is a fuser Thermistor
disconnection, etc., correct
temperature cannot be detected.

Replace the Power supply PWB The Power supply PWB is faulty. Replace the Power supply PWB.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C6200: Fuser heater error

Detection condition
1 Detected temperature of the fuser edge Thermistor does not get specified temperature even if it has passed
specified time continuously after starting heater control.

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the engine Firmware to
version. the latest version.

381
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Fuser unit (Fuser Thermistor) -
Main / Engine PWB
• Fuser unit (Fuser heater) -
Power supply PWB
• Power supply PWB - Main /
Engine PWB

Replace the Fuser unit If the Fuser heater does not light Replace the Fuser unit.
up (Fuser Thermostat
disconnection) or there is a fuser
Thermistor disconnection, etc., the
correct temperature cannot be
detected.

Replace the Power supply PWB The Power supply PWB is faulty. Replace the Power supply PWB.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C6220: Fuser edge Thermistor high temperature error

Detection condition
1 Detected higher temperature than specified one on the fuser edge Thermistor for specified time continuously.
2 During heater control, the detected temperature of the fuser edge Thermistor has increased by the specified
temperature in a short amount of time.

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the engine Firmware to
version. the latest version.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Fuser unit (Fuser Thermistor) -
Main / Engine PWB
• Power supply PWB - Main /
Engine PWB

Replace the Fuser unit If the Fuser heater does not light Replace the Fuser unit.
up (Fuser Thermostat
disconnection) or there is a fuser
Thermistor disconnection, etc., the
correct temperature cannot be
detected.

382
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replace the Power supply PWB The Power supply PWB is faulty. Replace the Power supply PWB.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C6230: Fuser edge Thermistor broken detection

Detection condition
Detected an abnormally low temperature on the fuser edge Thermistor for a specified continuous amount of time.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the engine Firmware to
version. the latest version.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Fuser unit (Fuser Thermistor) -
Main / Engine PWB

Replace the Fuser unit If the Fuser heater does not light Replace the Fuser unit.
up (Fuser Thermostat
disconnection) or there is a fuser
Thermistor disconnection, etc., the
correct temperature cannot be
detected.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C6250: Fuser edge thermistor Thermistor low temperature error

Detection condition
During standby or printing, the temperature of fixing edge Thermistor has been detected below the specified
temperature for a specified period of time.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the power supply voltage The power supply voltage reduces. Connect the power cord to a
different wall outlet if the power
supply voltage descends by 10% or
more of the rated voltage, or
multiple devices use the same
outlet.

383
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the engine Firmware to
version. the latest version.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Fuser unit (Fuser Thermistor) -
Main / Engine PWB
• Power supply PWB - Main /
Engine PWB

Replace the Fuser unit If the Fuser heater does not light Replace the Fuser unit.
up (Fuser Thermostat
disconnection) or there is a fuser
Thermistor disconnection, etc., the
correct temperature cannot be
detected.

Replace the Power supply PWB The Power supply PWB is faulty. Replace the Power supply PWB.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C6400: Zero-cross signal error

Detect Condition
The zero-cross signal is not input continuously for the specified time without detecting disconnection of 24V.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the engine Firmware to
version. the latest version.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Power supply PWB - Main /
Engine PWB

Replace the Power supply PWB The Power supply PWB is faulty. Replace the Power supply PWB.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

384
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

C6610: Fuser pressure release sensor error

Detection condition
1 The Fuser pressure release sensor does not turn ON even after the specified time has passed since
pressurization started.
2 The Fuser pressure release sensor does not turn off even after the specified time has passed since the pressure
was released.

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Removing a piece of paper A piece of paper remains inside Remove the piece of paper
the Fuser unit, and so the fuser remaining in the Fuser unit.
pressure release does not operate
properly.

Checking the Fuser PWB The Fuser PWB is not installed Check if the pressure can be
properly. reduced by reverse-rotating the
fuser gear manually. If the
pressure can not be reduced,
replace the fuser unit.

Checking the fuser pressure The fuser pressure release does Make sure the Fuser pressure
release operation not operate properly. release sensor is shielded by the
Actuator during depressurization.
If it is not shielded, reattach the
Fuser PWB.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the engine Firmware to
version. the latest version.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Reconnect the connector of the
properly. Or the wire is faulty. following wire. If there is no
conductivity, replace the wire.
• Fuser PWB (Fuser pressure
release sensor) - Main / Engine
PWB
• Fuser pressure release motor -
Main / Engine PWB

Checking the Fuser pressure The Fuser pressure release motor Reinstall the Fuser pressure
release motor are not attached properly or is release motor. If not resolved,
faulty. replace it.

Replace the Fuser unit The parts in the Fuser unit such as Replace the Fuser unit.
the Fuser pressure release sensor
are faulty.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

C7990: Waste toner full

Detection condition
The Waste toner box sensor detected that the waste toner storage compartment in the drum unit is full.

385
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replacing the drum unit The waste toner storage If this problem is not resolved
compartment in the drum unit is even after turning off/on the
full. power, replace the drum unit.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Waste toner box sensor - Main /
Engine PWB

Replace the Waste toner box The Waste toner box sensor is Replace the Waste toner box
sensor faulty. sensor.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

System error (F code)

Error code

➡ F000 (page 387)

➡ F021 (page 388)

➡ F040 (page 388)

➡ F050 (page 389)

➡ F055 (page 390)

➡ F056 (page 390)

➡ F12X (page 390)

➡ F14X (page 391)

➡ F15X (page 392)

➡ F17X (page 392)

➡ F18X (page 393)

➡ F1DX (page 393)

➡ F21X/F22X/F23X (page 393)

➡ F24X (page 394)

➡ F25X (page 394)

➡ F26X/F28X/F29X/F2AX (page 395)

➡ F2BX/F2CX/F2DX/F2EX/F2FX/F30X/F31X/F32X (page 395)

➡ F33X (page 396)

➡ F34X (page 397)

386
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Error code

➡ F35X (page 397)

➡ F37X (page 398)

➡ F38X (page 398)

➡ F3AX/F3BX/F3CX/F3DX/F3EX/F3FX/F40X/F41X/F42X/F43X/F44X/F45X (page 399)

➡ F46X (page 399)

➡ F48X/F49X (page 399)

➡ F4DX (page 400)

➡ F50X (page 400)

➡ F52X/F53X/F55X/F56X/F57X (page 401)

➡ F58X/F59X/F5AX (page 401)

➡ F61X (page 402)

➡ F63X (page 402)

➡ F68X (page 403)

➡ FC0X (page 403)

➡ FC5X (page 404)

➡ FCAX (page 404)

➡ FCFX (page 405)

➡ FD4X (page 405)

➡ FD9X (page 406)

➡ FDEX (page 406)

➡ FE9X (page 407)

➡ FEEX (page 407)

➡ FEFX (page 408)

➡ FF7X (page 408)

➡ FF9X (page 409)

F000

Detect Condition
Communication error between the Main / Engine PWB and Operation panel PWB

387
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power There is a communication error Turn off the power switch and
between Main / Engine PWB and unplug the power cord. After 5
Operation panelPWB. seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wires are faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Main / Engine PWB - Operation
panel PWB

Replacing the Operation The Operation panelPWB is faulty. Replace the Operation panelPWB.
panelPWB

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

F021

Detect Condition
System memory error
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB checksum Turn off the power switch and
is faulty. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Checking the Main / Engine PWB The connector or the FFC is not Clean the connector terminal on
connected properly. Or the wire, the Main / Engine PWB and
FFC, or PWB is faulty. reinsert the wire connector, and
connect the FFC terminal. If the
wire or the FFC is faulty, repair or
replace it. If there is no
improvement, replace the Main /
Engine PWB.

F040

Detect Condition
Communication error between controller - print engine

388
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power There is the communication error Turn off the power switch and
between controller - print engine. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Checking the Main / Engine PWB The connector or the FFC is not Clean the connector terminal on
connected properly. Or the wire, the Main / Engine PWB and
FFC, or PWB is faulty. reinsert the wire connector, and
connect the FFC terminal. If the
wire or the FFC is faulty, repair or
replace it. If there is no
improvement, replace the Main /
Engine PWB.

F050

Detect Condition
Print engine main program error
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the engine Firmware to
version. the latest version.

Reset the main power The print engine ROM checksum is Turn off the power switch and
faulty. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Checking the EEPROM The EEPROM is not installed Re-install the EEPROM on the Main
properly. / Engine PWB.

Checking the Main / Engine PWB The connector or the FFC is not Clean the connector terminal on
connected properly. Or the wire, the Main / Engine PWB and
FFC, or PWB is faulty. reinsert the wire connector, and
connect the FFC terminal. If the
wire or the FFC is faulty, repair or
replace it. If there is no
improvement, replace the Main /
Engine PWB.

389
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

F055

Detect Condition
TPM access is failed.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the main Firmware to the
version. latest version.

Checking UG-35 (TPM) The UG-35 (TPM) is not attached Re-install the UG-35 (TPM) on the
properly or is faulty. Main / Engine PWB. If not resolved,
replace it.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

F056

Detect Condition
Main program illegal program execution prevention verification failure
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power Failed to read from the ROM of the Turn off the power switch and
main Firmware. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Re-installing Firmware The Main / Engine PWB Firmware Upgrade the main Firmware to the
does not operate properly. latest version.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

F12X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in scan control part

390
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The print engine ROM checksum is Turn off the power switch and
faulty. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Checking the connection The connector or the FFC is not Clean the following FFC terminal of
connected properly. Or the wire or the FFC and reconnect them. If the
the FFC is faulty. FFC terminal is deformed, or the
FFC is broken, replace the FFC
• CIS - Main / Engine PWB
• DP CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the CIS (when Reading The CIS is faulty. Replace the CIS.
with the table)

Replace the DP CIS (whenReading The DP CIS is faulty. Replace the DP CIS.
with the DP)

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

F14X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in a FAX control part
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Re-installing Firmware The Firmware is faulty. Re-install the Firmware.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wires are faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• FAX PWB - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the FAX PWB The FAX PWB is faulty. Replace the FAX PWB.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

391
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

F15X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in an authentication device control section
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wires are faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Authentication device (ID card
reader, etc.) - Main / Engine
PWB

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

F17X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in a printer data control section
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

392
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

F18X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in a Video control section
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

F1DX

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in the image memory control section
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

F21X/F22X/F23X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in the image process section

393
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

F24X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in the system control section
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

F25X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in the network control section

394
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

F26X/F28X/F29X/F2AX

Detection condition
Abnormal detection in the system control section
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

F2BX/F2CX/F2DX/F2EX/F2FX/F30X/F31X/F32X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in the network control section

395
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

F33X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in scan control section
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Checking the connection The connector or the FFC is not Clean the following FFC terminal of
connected properly. Or the wire or the FFC and reconnect them. If the
the FFC is faulty. FFC terminal is deformed, or the
FFC is broken, replace the FFC
• CIS - Main / Engine PWB
• DP CIS - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the CIS (when Reading The CIS is faulty. Replace the CIS.
with the table)

Replace the DP CIS (whenReading The DP CIS is faulty. Replace the DP CIS.
with the DP)

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

396
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

F34X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in the FAX control section
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected. Reconnect the connector of the
Or the wire is faulty. following wire. If the wire is faulty,
replace it.
• Operation panel PWB - Main /
Engine PWB

Replacing the Operation panel The Operation panel PWB is faulty. Replace the Operation panel PWB.
PWB

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

F35X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in the print control section
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

397
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

F37X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in the FAX control section
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• FAX PWB - Main / Engine PWB

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

F38X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in the Authentication approval control section
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

398
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

F3AX/F3BX/F3CX/F3DX/F3EX/F3FX/F40X/F41X/F42X/F43X/F44X/F45
X

Detect condition
Abnormal detection in the Entity control section
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

F46X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in printer processing section
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

F48X/F49X

Detection condition
Abnormal detection in the image edit process section

399
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

F4DX

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in the Entity control section
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

F50X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in the FAX control section

400
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

F52X/F53X/F55X/F56X/F57X

Detect condition
Abnormal detection in the Job execution section
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

F58X/F59X/F5AX

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in the each service management section.

401
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

F61X

Detect Condition
Abnormality in the report creation section detected
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

F63X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in an device control section

402
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

F68X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in the storage device control section
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

FC0X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in System application

403
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

FC5X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in Copy application
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

FCAX

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in Print application

404
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

FCFX

Detection condition
Abnormal detection in Send application
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

FD4X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in Box application

405
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

FD9X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in FAX application
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

FDEX

Detect Condition
Abnormality in the Maintenance application detected

406
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

FE9X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in the application system
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

FEEX

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in WEB application control section

407
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

FEFX

Detection condition
Abnormality the panel control section detected
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

FF7X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in report application control section

408
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

FF9X

Detect Condition
Abnormal detection in service linkage application process section
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power The Main / Engine PWB is not Turn off the power switch and
operating properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Executing U021 Backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 and Initialization the
backup RAM data.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

409
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

FAX related

FAX send error

Items

➡ FAX cannot be sent (page 410)

FAX cannot be sent

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the modular cables The modular cable is Connect the modular cable.
disconnected.

Changing the connection If the adapter and the switching Directly connect the Main unit to
device or the like is connected to the telephone line.
the telephone line, it is affected.

(In case of the ISDN or the optical The power of the TA or the optical Turn on the power of the TA or the
phone line) Checking the adapter telephone adapter is not turned optical telephone adapter.
power supply for TA and the on.
optical telephone

(In case of the ISDN or the optical An error has occurred on the TA or Repair the error on the TA or the
phone line) Checking the adapter the optical telephone adapter. optical telephone adapter.
for TA and the optical telephone

Checking the setting Line setting is not proper. Set the line settings proper.
(Reduce communication speed,
etc.)

Checking the destination model The destination model is busy. Wait a while and then redial the
number if busy tones are heard.

Checking the partner model The modular cable is disconnected Request the partner model to
in the partner model if the partner reconnect the modular cable.
tion model does not receive the
calling.

Checking the setting in the partner The manual reception is set in the Request the partner model to
model partner model if the partner model change the reception settings.
does not receive the calling.

Changing the sending contents When transmitting the data to the Input a pause at the last of the
overseas, the communication line partner FAX number.
is automatically cut.

410
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

FAX Error code

Error codes are listed on the communication result report, communication management report, and it displays by
an error code indication U and a 5-digit number. (In case the error occurred with the V.34 communication, it
displays by an error code mark E and a 5-digit number)

Items

➡ U00000/E00000 (page 415)

➡ U00100/E00100 (page 415)

➡ U00200/E00200 (page 415)

➡ U00300/E00300 (page 415)

➡ U00430/E00430 (page 416)

➡ U00431/E00431 (page 416)

➡ U00432/E00432 (page 417)

➡ U00433/E00433 (page 417)

➡ U00440/E00440 (page 417)

➡ U00450/E00450 (page 418)

➡ U00460/E00460 (page 418)

➡ U00461/E00461 (page 418)

➡ U00462/E00462 (page 419)

➡ U00500/E00500 (page 419)

➡ U00600/E00600 (page 419)

➡ U00601/E00601 (page 419)

➡ U00602/E00602 (page 420)

➡ U00603/E00603 (page 420)

➡ U00613/E00613 (page 420)

➡ U00656/E00656 (page 421)

➡ U00690/E00690 (page 421)

➡ U00800/E00800 (page 421)

➡ U00810/E00810 (page 422)

➡ U00900/E00900 (page 422)

➡ U00910/E00910 (page 422)

➡ U01000/E01000 (page 423)

➡ U01001/E01001 (page 423)

➡ U01011/E01011 (page 424)

411
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Items

➡ U01012/E01012 (page 424)

➡ U01014/E01014 (page 425)

➡ U01015/E01015 (page 425)

➡ U01016/E01016 (page 426)

➡ U01017/E01017 (page 426)

➡ U01019/E01019 (page 427)

➡ U01020/E01020 (page 427)

➡ U01021/E01021 (page 427)

➡ U01022/E01022 (page 428)

➡ U01023/E01023 (page 428)

➡ U01024/E01024 (page 429)

➡ U01025/E01025 (page 429)

➡ U01026/E01026 (page 430)

➡ U01028/E01028 (page 430)

➡ U01040/E01040 (page 430)

➡ U01042/E01042 (page 431)

➡ U01043/E01043 (page 431)

➡ U01045/E01045 (page 431)

➡ U01046/E01046 (page 432)

➡ U01047/E01047 (page 432)

➡ U01049/E01049 (page 432)

➡ U01050/E01050 (page 433)

➡ U01051/E01051 (page 433)

➡ U01052/E01052 (page 433)

➡ U01053/E01053 (page 434)

➡ U01054/E01054 (page 434)

➡ U01055/E01055 (page 434)

➡ U01056/E01056 (page 435)

➡ U01080/E01080 (page 435)

➡ E01091 (page 435)

➡ E01092 (page 436)

412
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Items

➡ U01100/E01100 (page 436)

➡ U01101/E01101 (page 437)

➡ U01102/E01102 (page 437)

➡ U01110/E01110 (page 437)

➡ U01111/E01111 (page 438)

➡ U01112/E01112 (page 438)

➡ U01113/E01113 (page 438)

➡ U01114/E01114 (page 439)

➡ U01115/E01115 (page 439)

➡ U01116/E01116 (page 440)

➡ U01117/E01117 (page 440)

➡ U01118/E01118 (page 440)

➡ U01119/E01119 (page 441)

➡ U01120/E01120 (page 441)

➡ U01122/E01122 (page 442)

➡ U01125/E01125 (page 442)

➡ U01126/E01126 (page 442)

➡ U01127/E01127 (page 443)

➡ U01128/E01128 (page 443)

➡ U01140/E01140 (page 444)

➡ U01141/E01141 (page 444)

➡ U01142/E01142 (page 444)

➡ U01143/E01143 (page 445)

➡ U01160/E01160 (page 445)

➡ U01161/E01161 (page 445)

➡ U01162/E01162 (page 446)

➡ U01164/E01164 (page 446)

➡ E01191 (page 447)

➡ U01400 (page 447)

➡ E01500 (page 447)

➡ E01600 (page 448)

413
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Items

➡ E01700 (page 448)

➡ E01720 (page 448)

➡ E01721 (page 449)

➡ E01800 (page 449)

➡ E01810 (page 450)

➡ E01820 (page 450)

➡ E01821 (page 450)

➡ U03000/E03000 (page 451)

➡ U03200/E03200 (page 451)

➡ U03300/E03300 (page 451)

➡ U03400/E03400 (page 452)

➡ U03500/E03500 (page 452)

➡ U03600/E03600 (page 453)

➡ U03700/E03700 (page 453)

➡ U04000/E04000 (page 454)

➡ U04100/E04100 (page 454)

➡ U04200/E04200 (page 454)

➡ U04300/E04300 (page 455)

➡ U04400/E04400 (page 455)

➡ U04500/E04500 (page 455)

➡ U05100/E05100 (page 456)

➡ U05200/E05200 (page 456)

➡ U05300/E05300 (page 456)

➡ U14000/E14000 (page 457)

➡ U14100/E14100 (page 457)

➡ U19000/E19000 (page 458)

➡ U19100/E19100 (page 458)

➡ U19300/E19300 (page 458)

➡ U19400/E19400 (page 459)

414
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U00000/E00000

Detection condition
No response or busy after the set times of redials.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending The status is Busy. Check if the partner model can

receive the data and resend the
data if there is no particular
problem.

U00100/E00100

Detection condition
Interrupted by pressing the stop key during transmission.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending Interrupted by pressing the stop Resend

key during transmission.

U00200/E00200

Detection condition
Reception was interrupted by pressing the Stop key
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Request for resending Reception was interrupted by Wait for resending from the other
pressing the Stop key party, or request to resend them.

U00300/E00300

Detection condition
Recording paper on the destination model has run out during transmission.

415
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Request to the destination model Recording paper on the Request the destination model to
destination model has run out set the recording papers.
during transmission.

U00430/E00430

Detection condition
A polling request or F-code bulletin board transmission request was received, but communication was interrupted
due to a mismatch with the communication permission number list. (occurred at the sender side)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Registering the communication A polling request or F-code bulletin Register the FAX number of the
permission number list board transmission request was partner model in the
received, but communication was communication permission
interrupted due to a mismatch number list.
with the communication
permission number list. (occurred
at the sender side)

U00431/E00431

Detection condition
When sending an F-code bulletin board, communication was interrupted because the sub-address specified by the
receiver was not registered in the machine.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the partner model When sending an F-code bulletin Register F-code subaddress.
board, communication was
interrupted because the
sub-address specified by the
receiver was not registered in the
machine.

416
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U00432/E00432

Detection condition
Communication was interrupted because the F-code password did not match when sending to the F-code bulletin
board.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the F-code password Communication was interrupted Send by using correct F-code
because the F-code password did password.
not match when sending to the
F-code bulletin board.

U00433/E00433

Detection condition
F code bulletin board transmission request was received but no data was set in the box.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the box F code bulletin board transmission Set the data in the box.
request was received but no data
was set in the box.

U00440/E00440

Detection condition
When receiving the F-code confidential reception, it was interrupted because the specified F-code subaddress was
not registered.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the F-code subaddress. When receiving the F-code Register F-code subaddress.
confidential reception, it was
interrupted because the specified
F-code subaddress was not
registered.

417
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U00450/E00450

Detection condition
The reception was interrupted because the permitted FAX number or permitted ID number did not match in the
restricted transmission (password check transmission) at the partner model side.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the permitted number The reception was interrupted Re-register a valid permitted
because the permitted FAX number to match at the partner
number or permitted ID number model side.
did not match in the restricted
transmission (password check
transmission) in the destination
model.

U00460/E00460

Detection condition
The encryption box number specified during encrypted reception was not registered, so it was interrupted.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the encryption box The encryption box number Contact the partner model side
number specified during encrypted and request them to resend after
reception was not registered, so it specifying the correct encryption
was interrupted. box number.

U00461/E00461

Detection condition
It was interrupted since the specified F-code subaddress during encrypted reception was not for the encryption.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the encryption box It was interrupted since the Contact the partner model side
number specified F-code subaddress and request them to resend after
during encrypted reception was specifying the correct encryption
not for the encryption. box number.

418
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U00462/E00462

Detection condition
The encryption box number specified during encrypted reception was not registered, so it was interrupted.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the encryption key The encryption box number Register the encryption key.
specified during encrypted
reception was not registered, so it
was interrupted.

U00500/E00500

Detection condition
A call was not made because the call was interrupted during multi-communication.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending A call was not made because the Resend it if necessary.

call was interrupted during
multi-communication.

U00600/E00600

Detection condition
Open the cover for the scanning section.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the DP Top cover The DP Top cover is open. Close the DP Top cover.

U00601/E00601

Detection condition
The original feed jam occurred. Or, the original length exceeds the maximum allowed.

419
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the original The original is jamming. Clear the original feed jam and
re-send.

Checking the original It is exceeded the max. length of Check if the length of the original
the original. exceeds 1.6m and re-send.

U00602/E00602

Detection condition
The error occurred in the reading optical section.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the Service call error history The error occurred in the reading Check the Service call error history
optical section. and perform the measures.

U00603/E00603

Detection condition
No paper feed jam (No original) occurred.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the original. The original is jamming. Clear the original feed jam and
re-send.

U00613/E00613

Detection condition
An error occurred in the Writing optical related section.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the Service call error history An error occurred in the Writing Check the Service call error history
optical related section. and perform the measures.

420
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U00656/E00656

Detection condition
The data was not transmitted due to an error in the modem.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending Transmission was interrupted Resend

because there was an error in the
modem.

Reinstall the FAX PWB Transmission was interrupted Turn off the power switch and
because there was an error in the unplug the power cord. After 5
modem. seconds, re-install the FAX PWB,
reconnect the power cord, and
turn on the power switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the FAX Firmware to the
version. latest version.

FAX Initialization FAX default value has changed. Execute U600 to Initialization the
FAX.

Replace the FAX PWB The FAX PWB is faulty. Replace the FAX PWB.

U00690/E00690

Detection condition
System error occurred
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power System error occurred Turn off the power switch and
unplug the power cord. After 5s
passes, reconnect the power cord
and turn on the power switch.

Measures for System error System error occurred on the Main Perform the measures against the
unit side. system error on the Main unitside.

U00800/E00800

Detection condition
Some pages could not be sent correctly because the RTN signal or the PIN signal was received.

421
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the transmit start speed Some pages could not be sent There are some pages that could
correctly because the RTN signal not be sent correctly and if it does
or the PIN signal was received not solve it even resending, lower
during the communication. the sending start speed and send
them again.

U00810/E00810

Detection condition
A page reception error remained after retry of transmission in the ECM mode.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending A page reception error remained In case pages are not properly
after retry of transmission in the sent and resending does not solve
ECM mode. it, reduce transmit start speed and
resend the data.

U00900/E00900

Detection condition
RTN signal or PIN signal was transmitted because some pages were not received properly.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending RTN signal or PIN signal was If some pages were not sent
transmitted because some pages properly, re-send them.
were not received properly.

U00910/E00910

Detection condition
Some pages cannot be received after retry of transmission in the ECM mode.

422
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Re-reception Some pages cannot be received If some pages were not received,
after retry of transmission in the re-receive them.
ECM mode.

U01000/E01000

Detection condition
An FTT signal was received after TBF signal transmission at 2400 bps (Repeated a specified number of times).
Or, an RTN signal was received in response to a Q signal (excluding EOP) after transmission at 2400 bps.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending An FTT signal was received after Resend.

TBF signal transmission at 2400
bps (Repeated a specified number
of times). Or, an RTN signal was
received in response to a Q signal
(excluding EOP) after transmission
at 2400 bps.

Checking the transmit start speed Line condition is poor. (Partner Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
model side) resend by reducing the transmit
start speed.

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
side) change the transmit start speed.

U01001/E01001

Detection condition
The function indicated by the DIS signal does not match the function of own station.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending Function as indicated by DIS signal Resend

is not consistent with the one of
own machine

Check the transmit start speed Line condition is poor. (Partner Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
model side) resend by reducing the transmit
start speed.

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
side) change the transmit start speed.

423
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U01011/E01011

Detection condition
Command send retrial times exceeds since significant signal is not received after sending DCS, TCF signal.
Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending Command send retrial times Resend.

exceeds since significant signal is
not received after sending DCS
and TCF signal.

Changing the settings Since the echo of the DIS signal Execute U630 [TX Echo] and
overlaps with the DCS signal, the change DCS signal response
partner model cannot receive the timing. If not resolved, request the
DCS, TCF signal, so no response is partner model side to lower the
returned. signal transmission level.

Checking the telephone line Poor telephone line condition on Request to investigate and repair
condition the partner model side. the partner model.

U01012/E01012

Detection condition
Command send retrial times exceeds since significant signal is not received after sending NSS1, NSS2 (and TCF)
signal. (between own machines)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending Command send retrial times Resend.

exceeds since significant signal is
not received after sending NSS1,
NSS2 (and TCF) signal. (between
own machines)

Changing the settings Since the echo of the DIS signal Execute U630 [TX Echo] and
overlaps with the NSS signal, the change DCS signal response
other machine cannot receive the timing. If not resolved, request the
NSS1, NSS2, and TCF signals, so no partner model side to lower the
response is returned. signal transmission level.

Checking the telephone line Poor telephone line condition on Request to investigate and repair
condition the partner model side. the partner model.

424
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U01014/E01014

Detection condition
After sending the MPS signals, the significant signal could not be received, and the number of command
retransmissions was exceeded.
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending After sending the MPS signals, the Resend

significant signal could not be
received, and the number of
command retransmissions was
exceeded.

Changing the settings Since the ECM is off, the other Change U631 [ECM TX] to ON.
machine has disconnected due to
a communication error while
receiving image data, but the error
cannot be corrected.

Checking the telephone line Poor telephone line condition on Request to investigate and repair
condition the partner model side. the partner model.

U01015/E01015

Detection condition
After sending the EOM signals, the significant signal could not be received, and the number of command
retransmissions was exceeded.
Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending After sending the EOM signals, the Resend

significant signal could not be
received, and the number of
command retransmissions was
exceeded.

Changing the settings Since the ECM is off, the other Change U631 [ECM TX] to ON.
machine has disconnected due to
a communication error while
receiving image data, but the error
cannot be corrected.

Checking the telephone line Poor telephone line condition on Request to investigate and repair
condition the partner model side. the partner model.

425
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U01016/E01016

Detection condition
After sending the EOM signal, the MCF signal was received, but the DIS signal could not be received, resulting in
T1 timeout.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending After sending the EOM signal, the Resend

MCF signal was received, but the
DIS signal could not be received,
resulting in T1 timeout.

Check the transmit start speed Line condition is poor. (Partner Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
model side) resend by reducing the transmit
start speed.

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
side) change the transmit start speed.

U01017/E01017

Detection condition
After sending the EOP signal, the significant signal could not be received, and the number of command resends
exceeded.
Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending After sending the EOP signals, the Resend

significant signal could not be
received, and the number of
command retransmissions was
exceeded.

Changing the settings Since the ECM is off, the other Change U631 [ECM TX] to ON.
machine has disconnected due to
a communication error while
receiving image data, but the error
cannot be corrected.

Checking the telephone line Poor telephone line condition on Request to investigate and repair
condition the partner model side. the partner model.

426
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U01019/E01019

Detection condition
Command send retrial times exceeds since significant signal is not received after sending CNC signal. (between
own machines)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending Command send retrial times Resend

exceeds since significant signal is
not received after sending CNC
signal. (between own machines)

Check the transmit start speed Line condition is poor. (Partner Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
model side) resend by reducing the transmit
start speed.

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
side) change the transmit start speed.

U01020/E01020

Detection condition
Command send retrial times exceeds since significant signal is not received after sending CTC signal. (ECM)
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending Command send retrial times Resend.

exceeds since significant signal is
not received after sending CTC
signal. (ECM)

Checking the transmit start speed Line condition is poor. (Partner Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
model side) resend by reducing the transmit
start speed.

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
side) change the transmit start speed.

U01021/E01021

Detection condition
Command send retrial times exceeds since significant signal is not received after sending EOR/Q signal. (ECM)

427
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending Command send retrial times Resend

exceeds since significant signal is
not received after sending EOR/Q
signal. (ECM)

Check the transmit start speed Line condition is poor. (Partner Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
model side) resend by reducing the transmit
start speed.

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
side) change the transmit start speed.

U01022/E01022

Detection condition
Command send retrial times exceeds since significant signal is not received after sending RR signal. (ECM)
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending Command send retrial times Resend.

exceeds since significant signal is
not received after sending RR
signal. (ECM)

Checking the transmit start speed Line condition is poor. (Partner Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
model side) resend by reducing the transmit
start speed.

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
side) change the transmit start speed.

U01023/E01023

Detection condition
After sending PPS-NULL signal, the significant signal could not be received and the number of command
retransmissions were exceeded (ECM).
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending After sending PPS-NULL signal, the Resend.

significant signal could not be
received and the number of
command retransmissions were
exceeded (ECM).

428
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the resolution Sending a log of data in poor line If sending in high resolution, send
condition causes the in lower resolution.
communication error.

Checking telephone line condition. Poor telephone line condition on Request to investigate and repair
the partner model side. the partner model.

U01024/E01024

Detection condition
After sending PPS-MPS signal, the significant signal could not be received and the number of command
retransmissions were exceeded (ECM).
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending After sending PPS-MPS signal, the Resend.

significant signal could not be
received and the number of
command retransmissions were
exceeded (ECM).

Check the telephone line state Poor telephone line condition on Request to investigate and repair
the partner model side. the partner model.

U01025/E01025

Detection condition
After sending EOM signal, the significant signal could not be received, and the number of command resends
exceeded (ECM).
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending After sending EOM signal, the Resend.

significant signal could not be
received, and the number of
command resends exceeded
(ECM).

Check the telephone line state Poor telephone line condition on Request to investigate and repair
the partner model side. the partner model.

429
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U01026/E01026

Detection condition
After sending PPS-EOP signal, the significant signal could not be received and the number of command
retransmissions were exceeded (ECM).
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending After sending the PPS-EOP signal, Resend.

the significant signal could not be
received and the number of
command retransmissions were
exceeded (ECM).

Check the telephone line state Poor telephone line condition on Request to investigate and repair
the partner model side. the partner model.

U01028/E01028

Detection condition
T5 timeout is detected when sending in ECM (ECM).
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending T5 timeout is detected when Resend

sending in ECM (ECM).

Check the transmit start speed Line condition is poor. (Partner Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
model side) resend by reducing the transmit
start speed.

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
side) change the transmit start speed.

U01040/E01040

Detection condition
DCN or other inappropriate signal was received while waiting for DIS signal.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Request for the support. The condition of the partner model Request the partner model side to
side is fafulty. check the line condition and repair
it if necessary.

430
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U01042/E01042

Detection condition
After sending the DCS and TCF signals, a meaningless signal was received in addition to the DCN signal.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending After sending the DCS and TCF Resend.

signals, a meaningless signal was
received in addition to the DCN
signal.

Request for the support Reception was rejected due to the Request the partner model side to
password check on the partner check the settings and change the
side or closed network settings if necessary.
communication settings

Checking telephone line condition. Poor telephone line condition on Request to investigate and repair
the partner model side. the partner model.

U01043/E01043

Detection condition
DCN signal is received after sending NSS1, NSS2 and TCF signal (between own machines).
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending DCN signal is received after Resend.

sending NSS1, NSS2 and TCF signal
(between own machines).

U01045/E01045

Detection condition
After sending out MPS and TCF signals, other than DCN signals, meaningless signals were received.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending After sending out MPS and TCF Resend.

signals, other than DCN signals,
meaningless signals were
received.

Check the telephone line state Poor telephone line condition on Request to investigate and repair
the partner model side. the partner model.

431
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U01046/E01046

Detection condition
After sending the EOM signal, in addition to the DCN signal, a meaningless signal was received.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending After sending the EOM signal, in Resend

addition to the DCN signal, a
meaningless signal was received.

Checking the telephone line Poor telephone line condition on Request to investigate and repair
condition the partner model side. the partner model.

U01047/E01047

Detection condition
After sending the EOP signal, in addition to the DCN signal, a meaningless signal was received.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending After sending the EOP signal, in Resend

addition to the DCN signal, a
meaningless signal was received.

Checking the telephone line Poor telephone line condition on Request to investigate and repair
condition the partner model side. the partner model.

U01049/E01049

Detection condition
After sending the CNC signal, the DCN signal was received (Between the own company machines)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the telephone line Poor telephone line condition on Request to investigate and repair
condition. the partner model side. the partner model.

432
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U01050/E01050

Detection condition
DCN signal is received after sending CTC signal (ECM).
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the telephone line Poor telephone line condition on Request to investigate and repair
condition. the partner model side. the partner model.

U01051/E01051

Detection condition
DCN signal is received after sending EOR/Q signal (ECM).
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending DCN signal is received after Resend.

sending EOR/Q signal (ECM).

Check the telephone line state Poor telephone line condition on Request to investigate and repair
the partner model side. the partner model.

Investigation of the phone line If this error occurs for multiple Investigate if there are any
environment destinations, there is a problem problems in the telephone line
with the telephone line environment on our own machine.
environment on our own machine. If there are problems, solve them

U01052/E01052

Detection condition
DCN signal is received after sending RR signal (ECM).
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending DCN signal is received after Resend.

sending RR signal (ECM).

Checking the transmit start speed Line condition is poor. (Partner Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
model side) resend by reducing the transmit
start speed.

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
side) change the transmit start speed.

433
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U01053/E01053

Detection condition
DCN signal is received after sending PPS/NULL signal (ECM)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending DCN signal is received after Resend.

sending PPS/NULL signal (ECM)

Check the telephone line state Poor telephone line condition on Request to investigate and repair
the partner model side. the partner model.

U01054/E01054

Detection condition
DCN signal is received after sending PPS/MPS signal (ECM)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending DCN signal is received after Resend.

sending PPS/MPS signal (ECM)

Check the telephone line state Poor telephone line condition on Request to investigate and repair
the partner model side the partner model.

U01055/E01055

Detection condition
DCN signal is received after sending PPS/EOM signal (ECM)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending DCN signal is received after Resend.

sending PPS/EOM signal (ECM)

Check the telephone line state Poor telephone line condition on Request to investigate and repair
the partner model side the partner model.

434
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U01056/E01056

Detection condition
DCN signal is received after sending PPS/EOP signal (ECM)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending DCN signal is received after Resend.

sending PPS/EOP signal (ECM)

Check the telephone line state Poor telephone line condition on Request to investigate and repair
the partner model side. the partner model.

U01080/E01080

Detection condition
PIP signal is received after sending PPS-NULL signal.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending PIP signal is received after sending Resend

PPS-NULL signal

Check the transmit start speed Line condition is poor. (Partner Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
model side) resend by reducing the transmit
start speed.

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
side) change the transmit start speed.

E01091

Detect Condition
Communication was interrupted because more than 10 PPR signals were received even after falling back to the
lowest communication speed at the symbol speed connected in V34 transmission.
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending Communication was interrupted Resend.

because more than 10 PPR signals
were received even after falling
back to the lowest communication
speed at the symbol speed
connected in V34 transmission.

435
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the transmit start speed Phone lines do not pass V.34 Executing U630 [TX Speed] and
signals. change the transmit start speed to
[14400bps/V17] and re.

Checking telephone line condition. Poor telephone line condition on Request to investigate and repair
the partner model side. the partner model.

E01092

Detect Condition
Communication is stopped since there are impossible combination of symbol speed and communication speed at
V.34 sending
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending Communication is stopped since Resend

there are impossible combination
of symbol speed and
communication speed at V.34
sending

Check the transmit start speed Line condition is poor. (Partner Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
model side) resend by reducing the transmit
start speed.

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
side) change the transmit start speed.

U01100/E01100

Detection condition
The function indicated by the DCS signal does not match the function of own station.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Request for resending Function indicated by DCS signal is Request for .Resend
not consistent with the one of own
machine

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [RX Speed] and
side) change the reception performance
speed.

436
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U01101/E01101

Detection condition
Function indicated by NSS signal except communication type is not consistent with the one of own machine.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Request for resending Function indicated by NSS signal Request resending.

except communication type is not
consistent with the one of own
machine.

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [RX Speed] and
side) change the reception performance
speed.

U01102/E01102

Detection condition
DTC (NSC) signal is received while own machine has no transmission data.
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Request for resending DTC (NSC) signal is received while Resend.

own machine has no transmission
data.

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [RX Speed] and
side) change the reception performance
speed.

U01110/E01110

Detection condition
No response is received after sending DIS signal
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Request for resending No response is received after Request resending.

sending DIS signal

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [RX Speed] and
side) change the reception performance
speed.

437
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U01111/E01111

Detection condition
There is no response after sending a DTC (NSC) signal.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Request for resending There is no response after sending Request resending.

a DTC (NSC) signal.

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [RX Speed] and
side) change the reception performance
speed.

U01112/E01112

Detection condition
No training reception after receiving DCS or NSS signal.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the modem detection level at
model cannot be detected by the U650 [RX Mdm Level]. (Initial
modem due to line attenuation or setting: -43dBm)
frequency characteristics.

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the G3 reception cable
model cannot be detected by the equalizer by executing U650 [Reg
modem due to line attenuation or G3 RX Eqr]. (Initial value: 0 dBm)
frequency characteristics.

U01113/E01113

Detection condition
No response after transmitting an FTT signal.
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the modem detection level at
model cannot be detected by the U650 [RX Mdm Level]. (Initial
modem due to line attenuation or setting: -43dBm)
frequency characteristics.

438
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the G3 reception cable
model cannot be detected by the equalizer by executing U650 [Reg
modem due to line attenuation or G3 RX Eqr]. (Initial value: 0 dBm)
frequency characteristics.

U01114/E01114

Detection condition
After sending the CFR signal, do not receive the message.
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the modem detection level at
model cannot be detected by the U650 [RX Mdm Level]. (Initial
modem due to line attenuation or setting: -43dBm)
frequency characteristics.

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the G3 reception cable
model cannot be detected by the equalizer by executing U650 [Reg
modem due to line attenuation or G3 RX Eqr]. (Initial value: 0 dBm)
frequency characteristics.

U01115/E01115

Detection condition
No message is received after sending the MCF signal.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the modem detection level at
model cannot be detected by the U650 [RX Mdm Level]. (Initial
modem due to line attenuation or setting: -43dBm)
frequency characteristics.

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the G3 reception cable
model cannot be detected by the equalizer by executing U650 [Reg
modem due to line attenuation or G3 RX Eqr]. (Initial value: 0 dBm)
frequency characteristics.

439
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U01116/E01116

Detection condition
There is no message received after sending PPR signal.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the modem detection level at
model cannot be detected by the U650 [RX Mdm Level]. (Initial
modem due to line attenuation or setting: -43dBm)
frequency characteristics.

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the G3 reception cable
model cannot be detected by the equalizer by executing U650 [Reg
modem due to line attenuation or G3 RX Eqr]. (Initial value: 0 dBm)
frequency characteristics.

U01117/E01117

Detection condition
After sending the CTR signal, do not receive any messages.
After sending the MCF signal, do not receive any messages.
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the modem detection level at
model cannot be detected by the U650 [RX Mdm Level]. (Initial
modem due to line attenuation or setting: -43dBm)
frequency characteristics.

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the G3 reception cable
model cannot be detected by the equalizer by executing U650 [Reg
modem due to line attenuation or G3 RX Eqr]. (Initial value: 0 dBm)
frequency characteristics.

U01118/E01118

Detection condition
No message is received after sending the ERR signal.

440
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the modem detection level at
model cannot be detected by the U650 [RX Mdm Level]. (Initial
modem due to line attenuation or setting: -43dBm)
frequency characteristics.

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the G3 reception cable
model cannot be detected by the equalizer by executing U650 [Reg
modem due to line attenuation or G3 RX Eqr]. (Initial value: 0 dBm)
frequency characteristics.

U01119/E01119

Detection condition
No significant signal received after receiving message.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the modem detection level at
model cannot be detected by the U650 [RX Mdm Level]. (Initial
modem due to line attenuation or setting: -43dBm)
frequency characteristics.

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the G3 reception cable
model cannot be detected by the equalizer by executing U650 [Reg
modem due to line attenuation or G3 RX Eqr]. (Initial value: 0 dBm)
frequency characteristics.

U01120/E01120

Detection condition
No response after transmitting an MCF signal.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the modem detection level at
model cannot be detected by the U650 [RX Mdm Level]. (Initial
modem due to line attenuation or setting: -43dBm)
frequency characteristics.

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the G3 reception cable
model cannot be detected by the equalizer by executing U650 [Reg
modem due to line attenuation or G3 RX Eqr]. (Initial value: 0 dBm)
frequency characteristics.

441
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U01122/E01122

Detection condition
No response after transmitting a RTN signal
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the modem detection level at
model cannot be detected by the U650 [RX Mdm Level]. (Initial
modem due to line attenuation or setting: -43dBm)
frequency characteristics.

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the G3 reception cable
model cannot be detected by the equalizer by executing U650 [Reg
modem due to line attenuation or G3 RX Eqr]. (Initial value: 0 dBm)
frequency characteristics.

U01125/E01125

Detection condition
No response after transmitting a CNS signal. (Between the models of our own brand)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Request for resending No response after transmitting a Request Resending.

CNS signal. (Between the models
of our own brand)

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [RX Speed] and
side) change the reception performance
speed.

U01126/E01126

Detection condition
No response after transmitting a PPR signal (ECM).
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the modem detection level at
model cannot be detected by the U650 [RX Mdm Level]. (Initial
modem due to line attenuation or setting: -43dBm)
frequency characteristics.

442
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the G3 reception cable
model cannot be detected by the equalizer by executing U650 [Reg
modem due to line attenuation or G3 RX Eqr]. (Initial value: 0 dBm)
frequency characteristics.

U01127/E01127

Detection condition
There is no response after sending an ERR signal (ECM).
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the modem detection level at
model cannot be detected by the U650 [RX Mdm Level]. (Initial
modem due to line attenuation or setting: -43dBm)
frequency characteristics.

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the G3 reception cable
model cannot be detected by the equalizer by executing U650 [Reg
modem due to line attenuation or G3 RX Eqr]. (Initial value: 0 dBm)
frequency characteristics.

U01128/E01128

Detection condition
There is no response after sending a RNR signal (ECM).
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the modem detection level at
model cannot be detected by the U650 [RX Mdm Level]. (Initial
modem due to line attenuation or setting: -43dBm)
frequency characteristics.

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the G3 reception cable
model cannot be detected by the equalizer by executing U650 [Reg
modem due to line attenuation or G3 RX Eqr]. (Initial value: 0 dBm)
frequency characteristics.

443
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U01140/E01140

Detection condition
DCN signal is received after sending DIS signal
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Requesting the settings change The model of the partner machine Ask the destination model to
is old, and if the DIS signal is too change the DIS settings.
long, it is treated as an abnormal
signal.

Requesting the settings change Reception was rejected due to the Request the partner model side to
password check on the partner check the settings.
side or closed network
communication settings

Request for support The condition of the partner model Request the partner model side to
side is faulty. check the line condition and repair
it if necessary.

U01141/E01141

Detection condition
The DCN signal is received after sending the DTC signal.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Request for resending DCN signal is received after Request to resend.

sending DTC signal

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [RX Speed] and
side) change the reception performance
speed.

U01142/E01142

Detection condition
The DCN signal was received after receiving the DCS signal or the NSS signal.

444
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Request for checking the settings Reception was rejected due to the Request the partner model side to
password check on the partner check the settings.
side or closed network
communication settings

Request for support The condition of the partner model Request the partner model side to
side is faulty. check the line condition and repair
it if necessary.

U01143/E01143

Detection condition
DCN signal is received after sending FTT signal.
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the setting DCN signal is received after Set the G3 reception cable
sending FTT signal. equalizer in U650 [REG. G3 RX
EQR]. (Initial value: 0dBm)

U01160/E01160

Detection condition
Maximum transmission time per line is exceeded while receiving message.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Request for resending Maximum transmission time per Ask the counterpart to resend it.
line is exceeded while receiving
message

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [RX Speed] and
side) change the reception performance
speed.

U01161/E01161

Detection condition
The error line exceeded the limit during message reception.

445
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the modem detection level at
model cannot be detected by the U650 [RX Mdm Level]. (Initial
modem due to line attenuation or setting: -43dBm)
frequency characteristics.

Checking the setting The signal sent by the partner Set the G3 reception cable
model cannot be detected by the equalizer by executing U650 [Reg
modem due to line attenuation or G3 RX Eqr]. (Initial value: 0 dBm)
frequency characteristics.

U01162/E01162

Detection condition
The modem became the abnormal condition due to the modem error.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Request for resending The modem became the abnormal Request to resend.
condition due to the modem error.

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [RX Speed] and
side) change the reception performance
speed.

U01164/E01164

Detection condition
The length of one page is exceeded the specified length while receiving the message.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Request for resending The original sent from the partner Documents with a length of
machine was too long. 1600mm or longer cannot be
received. Ask the partner model
side to shorten the document to
be sent and resend it.

446
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

E01191

Detect Condition
Communication is stopped with error during image data receipt sequence at V.34
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Request for resending Communication is stopped with Request resending.

error during image data receipt
sequence at V.34

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [RX Speed] and
side) change the reception performance
speed.

U01400

Detect Condition
An invalid one-touch key was specified during communication.
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the phone number [#] exists in advance of [*] on the Delete [#] from the registered
phone numbers of the partner numbers if [#] exists in advance of
model, so it is processed as the [*] on the phone numbers of the
invalid dial line. partner model.

E01500

Detect Condition
A communication error occurred when calling in V.8 mode.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the transmit start speed Communicate Line condition is Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
poor resend by reducing the transmit
start speed.

Changing the settings Communicate Line condition is Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
poor so that it occurs frequently. change the transmit start speed.

447
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

E01600

Detect Condition
A communication error occurred when called in V.8 mode.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Request for resending Communicate Line condition is Request the partner model to
poor. resend the data after reducing the
transmit start speed.

Changing the reception Communicate Line condition is Request the partner model to
performance speed poor so that it occurs frequently resend the data after reducing
receiving speed.

E01700

Detect Condition
A communication error occurred in phase 2 (line probing).
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending A communication error occurred in Resend

Phase 2 (Line probing)

Check the transmit start speed Line condition is poor. (Partner Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
model side) resend by reducing the transmit
start speed.

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
side) change the transmit start speed.

E01720

Detect Condition
The communication error appears at phase 4 (replacing the modem parameter).
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending The communication error appears Resend

at phase 4 (replacing the modem
parameter).

448
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the transmit start speed Line condition is poor. (Partner Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
model side) resend by reducing the transmit
start speed.

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
side) change the transmit start speed.

E01721

Detect Condition
The communication was interrupted because there is no communication speed commonly used with the partner
model.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending The communication was Resend.

interrupted because there is no
communication speed commonly
used with the artner model.

Checking the transmit start speed Line condition is poor. (Partner Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
model side) resend by reducing the transmit
start speed.

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [TX Speed] and
side) change the transmit start speed.

E01800

Detect Condition
A communication error occurred in phase 2 (line probing).
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Request for resending A communication error occurred in Request the partner model to
phase 2 (line probing) resend the data after reducing the
transmit start speed.

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [RX Speed] and
side) change the reception performance
speed.

449
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

E01810

Detect Condition
A communication error occurred in phase 3 (primary channel equivalent device training).
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Request for resending A communication error occurred in Request the partner model to
phase 3 (primary channel resend the data after reducing the
equivalent device training) transmit start speed.

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [RX Speed] and
side) change the reception performance
speed.

E01820

Detect Condition
The communication error appears at phase 4 (replacing the modem parameter).
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Request for resending The communication error appears Request the partner model to
at phase 4 (replacing the modem resend the data after reducing the
parameter). transmit start speed.

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [RX Speed] and
side) change the reception performance
speed.

E01821

Detect Condition
The communication was interrupted because there is no communication speed commonly used with the partner
model.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Request for resending The communication was Request the destination model to
interrupted because there is no resend the data after reducing the
communication speed commonly transmit start speed.
used with the destination unit.

450
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings Line condition is poor. (Own model Execute U630 [RX Speed] and
side) change the reception performance
speed.

U03000/E03000

Detection condition
No original was set on the partner model when performing poling reception.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the partner model No original was set on the partner Request to set the original to the
model when performing poling device of the partner model.
reception.

U03200/E03200

Detection condition
In interoffice sub address bulletin board reception, the data was not stored in the box specified by the destination
unit.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the partner model There is no data in the F-code Request the partner model to save
confidential box specified by the the original data in the F-code
partner model. confidential box.

U03300/E03300

Detection condition
During polling reception (the partner model is our own model), or during F-code bulletin board reception between
our model, the communication permission ID number and communication permission number did not match, so
the call was interrupted.

451
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the partner model. During polling reception (the Request the other machine to
partner model is our own model), register the ID and number of own
or during F-code bulletin board machine as the communication
reception between our model, the permission ID number and
communication permission ID communication permission
number and communication number.
permission number did not match,
so the call was interrupted.

U03400/E03400

Detection condition
Polling reception was interrupted because of a mismatch in individual numbers (partner model is either of our
own brand or by another manufacturer)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the partner model. In polling reception, the operation Correct any of the following so
was interrupted because the that the password entered by the
password input in the destination partner side and the local fax ID of
unit and the own FAX number in the recipient match, and then try
the receiver did not match. receiving again.
• Ask to make the individual ID of
the partner model to [0000].
• Ask to make the individual ID of
the partner model to same as
our own ID.
• Make own ID of our device to
same as the individual ID of the
partner model.

U03500/E03500

Detection condition
When receiving an F-code bulletin board between companies, the specified F-code sub-address was not registered
in the partner model.recipient's machine.

452
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the partner model. Reception was interrupted Specify the F-code sub-address
because the specified F-code registered in the partner model.
password did not match during (Setting the own model side)
F-code bulletin board reception.

U03600/E03600

Detection condition
When receiving an F-code bulletin board between companies, it was interrupted because the specified F-code
password did not match.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the partner model. Reception was interrupted After entering the F-code
because the specified F-code password registered on the
password did not match during partner model, resend it.
F-code bulletin board reception.

U03700/E03700

Detection condition
Execute F code bulletin board reception, but the destination model had no F-code bulletin board transmission
capability.
Or data was not stored in any F-code confidential box in the destination model.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the partner model. Destination model has no F-code Check if the destination model has
bulletin board communication a F code bulletin board
function during F-code bulletin communication function. If
board reception. Or no originals available, request the destination
are stored in any original delivery model to save the original data in
box (F code confidential box). the F code confidential box

453
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U04000/E04000

Detection condition
The F-code sub-address specified during F-code transmission between own machines was not registered in the
partner model.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the partner model. Sent to the F-code box of the Request the partner model to
partner model (own machine), but register the F-code of our own
the specified F-code box is not model.
registered in the partner model.

Checking the memory transfer The fax was sent to the F-code box Specify the F-code sub-address of
settings of the partner model (own the F-code box of the memory
machine), but the F-code transfer destination set on the
sub-address of the transfer partner model.
destination set in memory transfer
does not match.

U04100/E04100

Detection condition
Sent an F-code, but the partner model does not have an F-code reception function.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the partner model. Sent an F-code, but the partner Send the data according to the
model does not have an F-code reception function of the partner
reception function. model.

U04200/E04200

Detection condition
In encrypted transmission, the specified encryption box was not registered in the destination unit.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the partner model. In encrypted transmission, the Request the destination model to
specified encryption box was not register the own telephone
registered in the destination unit. number

454
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U04300/E04300

Detection condition
The encryption transmission was carried out, but there is no encryption function at the other machine
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the partner model. The encryption transmission was Transmit the data according to the
carried out, but there is no reception function in the
encryption function at the other destination model
machine

U04400/E04400

Detection condition
Communication was interrupted due to a encryption key error when sending the encryption.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the encryption key Communication was interrupted Change the encryption key of the
due to the encryption key error own model (transmitter) and the
when sending the encryption. partner model (receiver) to match
them and resend.

U04500/E04500

Detection condition
Encrypted reception was interrupted because of a mismatch in encryption keys
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the encryption key Encrypted transmission was Change the encryption key of the
interrupted because encryption own model (transmitter) and the
keys did not agree. partner model (receiver) to match
them and resend.

455
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U05100/E05100

Detection condition
The transmission was interrupted because the permitted FAX number and the permitted ID number did not match
in the restricted transmission (password check transmission).
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the permitted number The transmission was interrupted Resend after confirming the
because the permitted FAX permission number that has been
number and the permitted ID registered.
number did not match in the
restricted transmission (password
check transmission).

U05200/E05200

Detection condition
Communication was interrupted due to the following conditions by the reception restrictions (password check
reception)
1. Does not match Permit Fax Number or Permit ID Number
2. Match Rejected Fax Numbers
3. The own telephone number is not informed from the partner model
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the setting Did not match communication Change the restricted reception
permit number or communication settings.
permit ID number. Or, matched a
communication rejected number.

Changing the settings The own telephone number is not Set the [Reception restriction]
informed from the partner model. to[Off] under System
Menu[Function Settings] > [Fax] >
[FAX Communication Restriction].

U05300/E05300

Detection condition
Reception restriction (password check reception) was set on the partner model side, and communication was
interrupted under the following conditions.
1. Does not match Permit Fax Number or Permit ID Number
2. Match Rejected Fax Numbers

456
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

3. Own machine does not notify own phone number

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Request to the destination model Own machine does not notify own If the setting for unknown number
phone number Also, the partner reception is possible, ask the
model is refusing to process an partner model to allow processing
unknown number reception. for unknown number reception.

Changing the settings Own machine does not notify own Set to notify own phone number.
phone number Also, the partner
model is refusing to process an
unknown number reception.

Request to the partner model The partner model did not register Request the partner model to
the own phone number. register the own phone number.

Request to the partner model Did not match Permit Fax Number Request the partner model to
or Permit ID Number. Or, match change the restricted reception
Rejected Fax Numbers settings

U14000/E14000

Detection condition
Memory overflow occurred during the F-code confidential reception.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the memory During the reception in the FAX Print the originals stored in the
box, reception was interrupted memory and make space in the
due to the memory overflow of the memory. Or stop receiving in the
own machine. FAX box.

U14100/E14100

Detection condition
In interoffice F- code transmission, memory overflowed in the destination model.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Check the partner model. Transmission was interrupted due Request the partner model to free
to the memory overflow in the up memory.
destination model when
transmitting into the F code
confidential box.

457
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U19000/E19000

Detection condition
Memory overflowed during memory reception
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the memory The reception was interrupted due Print the originals stored in the
to the memory overflow in the memory and make space in the
main unit during memory memory.
reception.

U19100/E19100

Detection condition
The memory of the partner model was exceeded while transmitting the data.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending The transmission was interrupted Resend.

because there is an error in the
data during transmission.

Reinstall the FAX PWB The transmission was interrupted Turn off the power switch and
because there is an error in the unplug the power cord. After 5
data during transmission. seconds, re-install the FAX PWB,
reconnect the power cord, and
turn on the power switch.

U19300/E19300

Detection condition
Transmission failed because an error occurred during JBIG encoding.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resending The transmission was interrupted Resend.

because there is an error in the
data during transmission.

458
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reinstall the FAX PWB The transmission was interrupted Turn off the power switch and
because there is an error in the unplug the power cord. After 5
data during transmission. seconds, re-install the FAX PWB,
reconnect the power cord, and
turn on the power switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the FAX Firmware to the
version. latest version.

FAX Initialization FAX default value has changed. Execute U600 to Initialization the
FAX.

Replacing the FAX PWB The FAX PWB is faulty. Replace the FAX PWB.

U19400/E19400

Detection condition
Transmission failed because an error appeared during JBIG encoding.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Request for resending The transmission was interrupted Request Resending.

because there is an error in the
data during transmission.

Reinstall the FAX PWB The transmission was interrupted Turn off the power switch and
because there is an error in the unplug the power cord. After 5
data during transmission. seconds, re-install the FAX PWB,
reconnect the power cord, and
turn on the power switch.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the FAX Firmware to the
version. latest version.

FAX Initialization FAX default value has changed. Execute U600 to Initialization the
FAX.

Replace the FAX PWB The FAX PWB is faulty. Replace the FAX PWB.

459
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Send related error

Send error

Items

➡ The sending error 2101 does not disappear even if changing the host name or the security software
settings (page 460)

➡ Sending error 2203 does not disappear (page 460)

➡ When sending Scanner, scanned data from the Original glass surface is automatically sent (page 461)

The sending error 2101 does not disappear even if changing the
host name or the security software settings

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings Port number is not set properly. Change SMB port number from
139 to 445.

Sending error 2203 does not disappear

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings Windows firewall is not set Open [Control panel] > [System
properly (Win 10) and Security] > [WindowsDefender
Firewall] and select [Permit the
program or function through
WindowsDefender Firewall]. Check
[Share files and printers] and the
check box on the right as well.

460
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

When sending Scanner, scanned data from the Original glass

surface is automatically sent

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings [Continuous Reading] is not set to Select [On] in [Application/Others]
[On]. > [Continuous Reading] in the
global navigation.

Changing the Initial setting [Continuous Reading] is not set to Select [On] at > [Common Settings]
On. > [Function Defaults] >
[Send/Store] > [Continuous
Reading (Send/Store)] or
[Continuous Reading (FAX)]
System Menu.

Scan to E-mail error codes

Error code

➡ Scan to E-mail error code: 1101 (page 462)

➡ Scan to E-mail error code: 1102 (page 462)

➡ Scan to E-mail error code: 1104 (page 462)

➡ Scan to E-mail error code: 1105 (page 463)

➡ Scan to E-mail error code: 1106 (page 463)

➡ Scan to E-mail error code: 2101 (page 463)

➡ Scan to E-mail error code: 2102 (page 464)

➡ Scan to E-mail error code: 2103 (page 464)

➡ Scan to E-mail error code: 2201 (page 465)

➡ Scan to E-mail error code: 2202 (page 465)

➡ Scan to E-mail error code: 2204 (page 466)

➡ Scan to E-mail error code: 3101 (page 466)

➡ Scan to E-mail error code: 3102 (page 466)

➡ Scan to E-mail error code: 3201 (page 466)

➡ Scan to E-mail error code: 4803 (page 467)

461
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Scan to E-mail error code: 1101

Detection condition
SMTP/POP3 server does not exist on the network.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings SMTP/POP3 sever name is not Correct the SMTP and POP3 server
correct. name in Command Center
[Function Settings] > [E-mail].

Changing the settings Network setting is not proper. Correct the settings in the
[Network Settings] under
Command Center

Changing the settings The network setting in which the Correct the network setting that
machine Main unit connects is not the machine Main unit connects
correct. to.

Scan to E-mail error code: 1102

Detection condition
Login to the SMTP/POP3 server has failed.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings The user name or the password is Correct the SMTP/POP3 username
not correct. or password in Command Center >
[Function Settings] > [E-mail].

Changing the settings SMTP/POP3 sever setting is not Correct the protocol in the
correct. [Network Settings] in Command
Center.

Scan to E-mail error code: 1104

Detection condition
Destination address domain is restricted and transmission is denied.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings Destination address domain is Correct the settings in the
restricted and transmission is [Network Settings] under
denied. Command Center

462
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Scan to E-mail error code: 1105

Detection condition
SMTP protocol is not enabled.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings SMTP protocol is not enabled. Correct the protocol in the
[Network Settings] in Command
Center.

Scan to E-mail error code: 1106

Detection condition
Sender address is not set.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings Sender address is not set. Set the sender address in
Command Center [Function
setting] > [Mail].

Scan to E-mail error code: 2101

Detection condition
Connection to the SMTP/POP3 server has failed.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings SMTP/POP3 sever name is not Correct the SMTP and POP3 server
correct. name in Command Center
[Function Settings] > [E-mail].

Changing the settings Port number is not correct. Correct SMTP/POP3 port number..

Changing the settings Network setting is not proper. Correct the settings in the
[Network Settings] under
Command Center

Changing the settings The network setting in which the Correct the network setting that
machine Main unit connects is not the machine Main unit connects
correct. to.

463
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Scan to E-mail error code: 2102

Detection condition
Connection to the SMTP/POP3 server has failed. (Connection timeout)
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Connecting LAN cable The LAN cable does not connect to Connect the LAN cable to the
the machine Main unit. machine Main unit.

Changing the settings SMTP/POP3 sever name is not Correct the SMTP and POP3 server
correct. name in Command Center
[Function Settings] > [E-mail].

Changing the settings Port number is not correct. Correct SMTP/POP3 port number.

Changing the settings Network setting is not proper. Correct the settings in the
[Network Settings] under
Command Center

Changing the settings Time out occurs because of no Correct the timeout of the SMTP
connection to SMTP server. server in Command Center
[Function Settings] > [E-mail], and
then check the connection.

Changing the settings The network setting in which the Correct the network setting that
machine Main unit connects is not the machine Main unit connects
correct. to.

Checking SMTP/POP3 server Communication to the SMTP/POP3 Check if the server operates
server has failed. correctly. If it does not operate
properly, try again later.

Scan to E-mail error code: 2103

Detection condition
The server cannot establish communication.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Connecting LAN cable The LAN cable does not connect to Connect the LAN cable to the
the machine Main unit. machine Main unit.

Changing the settings Network setting is not proper. Correct the settings in the
[Network Settings] under
Command Center

Changing the settings The network setting in which the Correct the network setting that
machine Main unit connects is not the machine Main unit connects
correct. to.

464
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking SMTP/POP3 server Communication to the SMTP/POP3 Check if the server operates
server has failed. correctly. If it does not operate
properly, try again later.

Scan to E-mail error code: 2201

Detection condition
Communication to the SMTP/POP3 server has failed.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Connecting LAN cable The LAN cable does not connect to Connect the LAN cable to the
the machine Main unit. machine Main unit.

Changing the settings Network setting is not proper. Correct the settings in the
[Network Settings] under
Command Center

Changing the settings The network setting in which the Correct the network setting that
machine Main unit connects is not the machine Main unit connects
correct. to.

Checking SMTP/POP3 server Communication to the SMTP/POP3 Check if the server operates
server has failed. correctly. If it does not operate
properly, try again later.

Scan to E-mail error code: 2202

Detection condition
Communication to the SMTP/POP3 server has failed. (Time out)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Connecting LAN cable The LAN cable does not connect to Connect the LAN cable to the
the machine Main unit. machine Main unit.

Changing the settings Network setting is not proper. Correct the settings in the
[Network Settings] under
Command Center

Changing the settings The network setting in which the Correct the network setting that
machine Main unit connects is not the machine Main unit connects
correct. to.

Checking SMTP/POP3 server Communication to the SMTP/POP3 Check if the server operates
server has failed. correctly. If it does not operate
properly, try again later.

465
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Scan to E-mail error code: 2204

Detection condition
The size of scanning exceeded its limit.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings Upper limit setting of the send size Set the size limit value of sending
is not proper. mail properly at Command Center
[Function Settings] > [Mail]. (If the
value is [0], there is no limit)

Scan to E-mail error code: 3101

Detection condition
SMTP/POP3 server responded with an error
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings SMTP/POP3 sever setting is not Correctly set the SMTP
proper. authentication in Command
Center [Function setting] > [Mail].

Scan to E-mail error code: 3102

Detection condition
SMTP server responded with an error
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings The server is temporarily Check the server properly
unavailable. operates. If it does not operate
properly, try again later.

Scan to E-mail error code: 3201

Detection condition
No SMTP authentication function to support is found.

466
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings SMTP/POP3 sever setting is not Correctly set the SMTP
proper. authentication in Command
Center [Function setting] > [Mail].

Scan to E-mail error code: 4803

Detection condition
Failed to establish the SSL session. Or the SSL server certificate is expired.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings Self certificate of device is not Correctly set the certificate in the
correct Command Center security setting.

Changing the settings Server certificate is not set Correctly set the certificate in the
properly. Command Center [Security
Setting].

Changing the settings SMTP/POP3 setting is not correct. Correct the protocol in the
[Network Settings] in Command
Center.

Scan to FTP error code

Error code

➡ Scan to FTP error code: 1101 (page 468)

➡ Scan to FTP error code: 1102 (page 468)

➡ Scan to FTP error code: 1103 (page 469)

➡ Scan to FTP error code: 1105 (page 469)

➡ Scan to FTP error code: 1131 (page 469)

➡ Scan to FTP error code: 1132 (page 469)

➡ Scan to FTP error code: 1133 (page 470)

➡ Scan to FTP error code: 1134 (page 470)

➡ Scan to FTP error code: 2101 (page 471)

➡ Scan to FTP error code: 2102 (page 471)

➡ Scan to FTP error code: 2103 (page 471)

467
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Error code

➡ Scan to FTP error code: 2201 (page 472)

➡ Scan to FTP error code: 2202 (page 472)

➡ Scan to FTP error code: 2203 (page 473)

➡ Scan to FTP error code: 2231 (page 473)

➡ Scan to FTP error code: 3101 (page 473)

Scan to FTP error code: 1101

Detection condition
FTP server does not exist on the network
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Correcting the FTP host name FTP host name is not correct. Correct the FTP host name by
Command Center.

Changing the settings Network setting is not proper. Correct the settings in the
[Network Settings] under
Command Center

Changing the settings The network setting in which the Correct the network setting that
machine Main unit connects is not the machine Main unit connects
correct. to.

Scan to FTP error code: 1102

Detection condition
Login to the FTP server has failed
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Correct user name or password The user name or the password is Correct user name or password.
not correct.

Changing the settings FTP sever name is not correct. Correct the protocol in the
[Network Settings] in Command
Center.

468
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Scan to FTP error code: 1103

Detection condition
Folder path to FTP server or folder name is not correct.
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings Set up the connection to folder Set a access right to be able to
that is not allowed to access. Input read/Writing the destination folder
invalid folder path. and input valid folder path.

Scan to FTP error code: 1105

Detection condition
FTP protocol is not enabled.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings FTP protocol is not enabled. Correct the protocol in the
[Network Settings] in Command
Center.

Scan to FTP error code: 1131

Detection condition
TLS Initialization has failed.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings Security setting of device is not Set [Security setting] in Command
proper. Center properly.

Scan to FTP error code: 1132

Detection condition
TLS negotiation has failed

469
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings Security setting of device is not Set [Security setting] in Command
proper. Center properly.

Scan to FTP error code: 1133

Detection condition
The server certificate has expired.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the device There is an error in the date and Check the date and time of your
time of the device. device and set the correct date and
time.

Checking the time setting The time settings on Windows and Match the time settings on your
the device do not match. Windows and your device.

Checking server certificate The server certificate has expired. Ask the user for the following
actions.
• Checking the expiration date of
the server certificate
• If it has expired, change to a
valid server certificate.

Scan to FTP error code: 1134

Detection condition
The server certificate authentication algorithm is not accepted.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings The server certificate Ask the user for the following
authentication algorithm is not actions.
accepted.
• Check security settings
• Change security settings if
necessary.

470
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Scan to FTP error code: 2101

Detection condition
Connection to the FTP server has failed.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Correcting the FTP host name FTP host name is not correct. Correct the FTP host name by
Command Center.

Correcting the FTP port number. Port number is not correct. Correct FTP port number.

Changing the settings Network setting is not proper. Correct the settings in the
[Network Settings] under
Command Center

Scan to FTP error code: 2102

Detection condition
Connection to the FTP server has failed. (Time out)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Connecting LAN cable The LAN cable does not connect to Connect the LAN cable to the
the machine Main unit. machine Main unit.

Correcting the FTP host name FTP host name is not correct. Correct the FTP host name by
Command Center.

Correcting the FTP port number. Port number is not correct. Correct FTP port number.

Checking FTP server Communication with the FTP Check if the server operates
server has failed. correctly. If it does not operate
properly, try again later.

Changing the settings The network setting in which the Correct the network setting that
machine Main unit connects is not the machine Main unit connects
correct. to.

Scan to FTP error code: 2103

Detection condition
The FTP server is in a condition where communication is not possible.

471
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Connecting LAN cable The LAN cable does not connect to Connect the LAN cable to the
the machine Main unit. machine Main unit.

Checking FTP server Communication with the FTP Check if the server operates
server has failed. correctly. If it does not operate
properly, try again later.

Scan to FTP error code: 2201

Detection condition
Communication with the FTP server has failed.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings Network setting is not proper. Correct the settings in the
[Network Settings] under
Command Center

Changing the settings The network setting in which the Correct the network setting that
machine Main unit connects is not the machine Main unit connects
correct. to.

Correct destination folder name Destination folder name is not Correct destination folder name.
correct.

Changing the settings FTP sever setting is not proper. Correct the protocol in the
[Network Settings] in Command
Center.

Scan to FTP error code: 2202

Detection condition
Communication with the FTP server has failed. (Time out)
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings Network setting is not proper. Correct the settings in the
[Network Settings] under
Command Center

Changing the settings The network setting in which the Correct the network setting that
machine Main unit connects is not the machine Main unit connects
correct. to.

472
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Scan to FTP error code: 2203

Detection condition
No response from the server during a certain period of time.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings Network setting is not proper. Correct the settings in the
[Network Settings] under
Command Center

Changing the settings The network setting in which the Correct the network setting that
machine Main unit connects is not the machine Main unit connects
correct. to.

Scan to FTP error code: 2231

Detection condition
Communication with the FTP server has failed. (FTPS Communication)
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings Network setting is not proper. Correct the settings in the
[Network Settings] under
Command Center

Changing the settings The network setting in which the Correct the network setting that
machine Main unit connects is not the machine Main unit connects
correct. to.

Scan to FTP error code: 3101

Detection condition
FTP server responded with an error
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings Network setting is not proper. Correct the settings in the
[Network Settings] under
Command Center

Changing the settings The network setting in which the Correct the network setting that
machine Main unit connects is not the machine Main unit connects
correct. to.

473
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings FTP sever setting is not proper. Correct the protocol in the
[Network Settings] in Command
Center.

Scan to SMB error code

Error code

➡ Scan to SMB error code 1101 (page 474)

➡ Scan to SMB error code 1102 (page 474)

➡ Scan to SMB error code 1103 (page 475)

➡ Scan to SMB error code 1105 (page 476)

➡ Scan to SMB error code 2101 (page 476)

➡ Scan to SMB error code 2201 (page 477)

➡ Scan to SMB error code 2203 (page 477)

Scan to SMB error code 1101

Detect Condition
Destination host does not exist on the network.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Correcting the destination host Destination host name is not Correct destination host name. If
name correct. changing to the IP address, it
might be solved.

Changing the settings Network setting is not proper. Correct the settings in the
[Network Settings] under
Command Center

Changing the settings The network setting in which the Correct the network setting that
machine Main unit connects is not the machine Main unit connects
correct. to.

Scan to SMB error code 1102

Detect Condition
Logging in to the destination host has failed.

474
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Correcting the user name or the The user name or the password is Correct user name or password.
password not correct.

Checking the destination host Prohibited character is used. If the destination host name
name contains the following characters,
correct it.
• Invalid characters for the host
name: `~ ! # $ ^ & * ( ) = + [ ] { }
\|;:'"<>/?

Checking the destination folder Prohibited character is used. If the path to the destination
name folder contains characters other
than the following, correct it.
• Valid characters for the path:
'()!&#$%^~{}`and space

Changing the settings Network setting is not proper. Correct the settings in the
[Network Settings] under
Command Center

Changing the settings [Network Discovery] and [File and Set [Network Discovery] and [File
Printer Sharing] are not set to and Printer Sharing] to [Enabled].
[Enabled].

Changing the settings The sharing settings of the Correct the sharing settings of the
destination host or destination destination host and destination
folder are incorrect. folder. Set the access right so that
the destination folder can be
read/Writing.

Scan to SMB error code 1103

Detect Condition
Destination host, folder, and/or file names are invalid
Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Correcting destination host, folder Invalid character is in destination Invalid character is in destination
or file name host, folder or file name. Or the host name or destination folder
name does not follow the naming path. Or correct it if it does not
rules. follow the naming rules.
• Invalid characters for the
destination host name: `~ ! # $
^&*()=+[]{}\|;:'"<>/?
• Valid symbols for the path:
'()!&#$%^~{}`and space

Changing the folder path The destination folder is moved. Return the destination folder to
where it was. Or input the new
folder path.

475
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings Destination host or folder setting Correct destination host and folder
is not correct. setting. Set the access right so that
the destination folder can be
read/Writing.

Scan to SMB error code 1105

Detect Condition
SMB protocol is not enabled
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings SMB protocol is not enabled Correct the protocol in the
[Network Settings] in Command
Center.

Scan to SMB error code 2101

Detect Condition
Logging in to the destination host has failed.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Connecting LAN cable The LAN cable does not connect to Connect the LAN cable to the
the machine Main unit. machine Main unit.

Correcting the destination host Destination host name is not Correct destination host name.
name correct.

Checking the LAN cable When transmitting (Scan to SMB), Connect the LAN cable to the
the LAN cable is not connected to machine Main unit.
the Main unit.

Correcting the SMB port number Port number is not correct. Correct SMB port number.

Changing the settings Network setting is not proper. Correct the settings in the
[Network Settings] under
Command Center

Changing the settings The network setting in which the Correct the network setting that
machine Main unit connects is not the machine Main unit connects
correct. to.

Checking server The server is temporarily Check the server properly

unavailable. operates. If it does not operate
properly, try again later.

476
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Scan to SMB error code 2201

Detect Condition
The Writing scanned data has failed.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Connecting LAN cable When transmitting (Scan to SMB), Connect the LAN cable to the
the LAN cable is not connected to machine Main unit.
the Main unit.

Changing the settings Network setting is not proper. Correct the settings in the
[Network Settings] under
Command Center

Changing the settings The network setting in which the Correct the network setting that
machine Main unit connects is not the machine Main unit connects
correct. to.

Scan to SMB error code 2203

Detect Condition
No response from the host during a certain period of time.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the LAN cable When transmitting (Scan to SMB), Connect the LAN cable to the
the LAN cable is not connected to machine Main unit.
the Main unit.

Changing the settings Network setting is not proper. Correct the settings in the
[Network Settings] under
Command Center

Changing the settings The network setting in which the Correct the network setting that
machine Main unit connects is not the machine Main unit connects
correct. to.

477
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Printer output error

Items

➡ The Paper replenishment message appears (page 479)

➡ Orientation is different (page 479)

➡ Feed from the MP Tray. (page 480)

➡ Garbled characters (page 481)

➡ Paper is not fed from the MP Tray (page 481)

➡ The same data is printed out endlessly (page 481)

➡ PC window shows [Print job error], [Standby] or [Printer unavailable] is indicated on the printer properties.
(page 482)

➡ Processing and Memory lamps are lit while the printer standby message is indicated (page 482)

➡ Unable to output during sleep due to a failure to start the Main unit (Processing on the Operation
panel/memory lamp is lit) (page 482)

➡ Printing is stopped (Operation lock) after printing several sheets. (The [Data] lamp on the Operation panel
is lit) (page 483)

➡ Printing is not possible due to the network (1) (page 483)

➡ Printing is not possible due to the network (2) (page 484)

➡ Printing is not possible due to the network (3) (page 484)

➡ Printing is not possible due to the network (4) (page 485)

➡ Printing is not possible due to the network (5) (page 485)

➡ Printing is not possible due to the network (6) (page 486)

➡ Printing is not possible due to the printer driver settings (1) (page 487)

➡ Printing is not possible due to the printer driver settings (2) (page 487)

➡ Printing is not possible due to the printer driver settings (3) (page 487)

➡ Printing is not possible due to the printer driver settings (4) (page 488)

➡ Printing is not possible due to the printer driver settings (5) (page 488)

➡ A part of the image is missing (page 489)

➡ [Paper mismatch error] is displayed (page 489)

478
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

The Paper replenishment message appears

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the Paper The size of the loaded Paper did Load Paper on the Cassette, which
not match the Paper size set in the size is the same as the paper size
printer properties. setting on [Print setting] > [Basic
settings] > [Output Paper size] on
PC side.

Checking the Paper size The Paper size in Operation panel Change the Paper size setting to
does not match the Paper size on match the Paper size loaded in the
the feeding drawer. MP Tray.

Checking the occurrence condition Print data created by a certain Check if the data created by other
application (Word, etc.) has a than a certain application (Word,
problem. etc.) can be output properly and if
it occurs with a certain application
only, change the setting of the
application.

Changing the settings Print direction setting is not Check the print direction with
proper in [Print page setting] in a image preview before printing,
certain application (Word, etc.). and reset the direction with [Print
page setting] in a certain
application (Word, etc.).

Checking the setting The Paper size and the Paper type Check if the Paper size set to the
detected at the main unit did not MP Tray and the Paper type set in
match with the Paper size and the the MP tray type on the Main unit
Paper type set in the printer driver. match the output Paper size and
Paper type in [Print Quality] >
[Basic Settings] on the PC side.

Changing the settings MP tray setting on the Main unit Set [MP Tray] at [Paper Source] in
side does not match with the MP [Print Settings] > [Basic Settings]
tray setting on the printer driver on the PC side, and change the MP
side. tray setting on the machine Main
unit side to match the printer
driver settings.

Orientation is different

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Cassette size dial The Cassette size dial is not set Reset the Cassette size dial
properly. properly.

479
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

(When feeding from the Cassette) The same sized Paperas the output Check if the Paper that is set is the
Change the settings size is not set in the Paper source. same size as the output Paper size
selected on the printer driver, and
then check on the Operation
panel. If not, set Paper in any of
the drawer and specify the paper
source.

(When feeding from the MP Tray) Paper the same as the output Check if the Paper that is set is the
Change the settings Paper size is not set in the MP Tray. same size as the output Paper size
selected on the printer driver, and
then check on the Operation
panel. If not, set the Paper size
setting of the MP Tray by the
System Menu. Load Paper of the
set size in the MP Tray and specify
it as the paper source.

Changing the settings Printer driver is not select Set [Orientation] properly at the
properly. [Basic setting] of the printer driver.

Reinstalling the printer driver The printer driver was not properly Uninstall the printer driver and
installed. install it again.

Checking the print setting at the The print setting at the application Set the print setting at the
application software side software side has the priority. application software side properly.

Feed from the MP Tray.

Detection condition
The MP tray setting of the main unit Main unit is wrong.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings The Auto Cassette change is [On]. Change the Auto Cassette change
to [Off] so that paper is not fed
when there is no Paper in the
selected Cassette.
(Go to System Menu > [Printer],
and then set [Auto Cassette
change] to [Off].)

Changing the settings [Paper type] in [Print settings] > Check the Paper type set in the
[Basic settings] at the PC side is Cassette type and the MP Tray
not the same Paper type of type on the Main unit side, and set
Cassette on the Main unit side. the Paper type in [Print settings] >
[Basic settings] on the PC side
match to the setting of the Main
unit side.

Changing the settings The same media type is set Set different Papertypes between
between the main unit Main unit the Cassette of the main unit Main
of the Cassette and the Paper type unit side and MP tray type.
of the MP Tray.

480
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Garbled characters
Detect condition
The printer driver was not properly installed.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reset the main power Communication error occurs Confirm there are no jobs in
process in the PC and the main
unit Main unit. Then, turn off the
power switch and unplug the
power cord. After 5 seconds, plug
in the power cord again and turn
on the power switch.

Checking the Font list Font for special data is not After checking output from Excel
resident. and Word is normal, print the font
list to check if a font for special
data is resident.

Selecting the Bitmap Font Bitmap font (initial setting) is not Select the Bitmap font (initial
selected. setting) and print.

Reinstalling the printer driver The printer driver is faulty. Uninstall the printer driver and
install the latest version again.

Paper is not fed from the MP Tray

Detection condition
The Paper setting of the printer driver and the Paper size on the feed tray of the Main unit are mismatched.
Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the setting The Paper size and the Paper type Check if the Paper size detected in
detected at the main unit did not the MP Tray and the Paper type set
match with the Paper size and the in the MP tray type on the Main
Paper type set in the printer driver. unit match the output Paper size
and Paper type in [Print Quality] >
[Basic Settings] on the PC side.

Changing the settings MP tray setting on the Main unit Set [MP Tray] at [Paper Source] in
side does not match with the MP [Print Settings] > [Basic Settings]
tray setting on the printer driver on the PC side, and change the MP
side. tray setting on the machine Main
unit side to match the printer
driver settings.

The same data is printed out endlessly

Detect Condition
A PC (spooler) does not properly operate.

481
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Deleting the job Generated data is faulty. Delete the print job spooled in the
PC and print it out again

PC window shows [Print job error], [Standby] or [Printer

unavailable] is indicated on the printer properties.
Detect condition
The Main unit is not ready to print.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Clearing the error The Main unit is not ready to print. Check if the error appears on the
Operation panel or the error lamp
blinks. Then if there is, cancel it.

Checking the Main unit The Main unit is not ready to print. If there is a problem with the Main
unit, resolve the problem.

Processing and Memory lamps are lit while the printer

standby message is indicated
Detect condition
The main unit Main unit locks up.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Clearing the error The Main unit is not ready to print. After confirming no error is
indicated on the Operation panel,
cancel all PC print jobs. Then, turn
off the power switch and unplug
the power cord. After 5 seconds,
plug in the power cord again and
turn on the power switch.

Unable to output during sleep due to a failure to start the

Main unit (Processing on the Operation panel/memory
lamp is lit)
Detection condition
The main unit Main unit locks up.

482
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the Firmware to the latest
version. version.

Changing the settings The sleep level is not set to Quick Turn off the power switch and
Recovery mode. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch. After that, set the Sleep
Level to Quick Recovery.

Printing is stopped (Operation lock) after printing several

sheets. (The [Data] lamp on the Operation panel is lit)
Detection condition
The image processing fails due to the insufficient memory, so the Main unit locks up.
Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the occurrence condition There is an error in the data Check if the error occurs from all
process with a certain PC PCs on the network or a specific
PC. If the error occurs from only
the specific PC, print from another
PC.

Changing the settings Application is not set properly. Check if a problem occurring from
a certain application or a certain
file (big data like CAD data, etc.)
and change application setting. Or
refer to help page of the
application.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the main Firmware to the
version. latest version.

Deleting the job Processing is failed. Cancel the job in process and
reprint in the job status of the
Main unit.

Reset the main power The Main unit locks up. If the Operation panel or button
does not respond, turn off the
power switch and unplug the
power cord. After 5 seconds, plug
in the power cord again and turn
on the power switch.

Printing is not possible due to the network (1)

Detection condition
There is network trouble. Network setting is not proper.

483
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the network There is trouble in the network. Check if the memory LED on the
Main unit Operation panel is
blinking after printing out from the
PC. If it is not blinking, cancel the
processing job and reprint out.

Checking the network There is trouble in the network. If a print error is displayed on the
Operation panel or PC screen,
resolve the error such as a
toner-related problem or paper
jam.

Checking the network There is trouble in the network. Check the Main unit IP address in
the status page, etc. and then
check if the Command Center can
be opened using that IP address. If
not, reconfigure the network
again.

Checking the network There is trouble in the network. Check if the internet is available
and repair the network connection
if not available.

Checking the network There is trouble in the network. Check the cable and reset the
router or HUB.

Restarting up The PC or the Main unit locks up. Restart the PC or the Main unit,
and print out again.

Printing is not possible due to the network (2)

Detection condition
The cable between the Main unit and the PC is not properly connected.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The cable between the Main unit Check the cable connection
and the PC is not properly between the Main unit and PC, and
connected. reinsert it if necessary.

Restarting up The Main unit or PC does not work Restart the Main unit and then
properly. restart the PC.

Replacing the Ethernet cable The Ethernet cable is faulty. Replace the Ethernet cable.

Changing the connection Other Network is faulty. Connect the Main unit and the PC
with a cross cable and check if the
same data can be printed.

Printing is not possible due to the network (3)

Detection condition
The access point (router or hub) in the network does not operate properly.

484
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Restarting up The router or the HUB does not Check if the link lamp of the router
start properly. or hub (concentrator) turns on and
restart it.

Checking the Ethernet cable The Ethernet cable is not In case the link lamp is off, once
connected properly. disconnect the Ethernet cable
from the router and reconnect it to
check the link lamp is lit.

Replacing the Ethernet cable The Ethernet cable is faulty. Replace the Ethernet cable.

Restarting up The router, hub, PC or main unit If there is no connection while the
Main unit does not start up link lamp is lit, restart the router or
normally. hub and then restart up the PC
and the main unit Main unit.

Printing is not possible due to the network (4)

Detection condition
The router is faulty, or the router settings are not proper.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings IP address is not set properly Check if the main unit Main unit IP
Address indicated in the status
page is the same as the IP Address
in the [Port] tab of [Printer
Properties] at the PC. If not,
correct the IP address at the PC.

Changing the settings Printer host name is not set Check the printer host name by
properly. printing out the status report
when there is a server
environment. Then, check the
printer host name at the [Port] tab
in the printer properties at a PC. If
they differ, correct the printer host
name.

Printing is not possible due to the network (5)

Detection condition
[Off line] is displayed and print is not available
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the network There is trouble in the network. Check if the internet is available
and repair the network connection
if not available.

485
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reboot PC does not work properly. When 'Off line' appears on the
printer driver, check if it is used in
the pause or offline and then,
reboot the PC.

Changing the settings Application is not set properly. Check if the other Excel / Word
data, etc. can be output and
change the setting of the
application

Correct the IP address. IP address is not set properly Check if the main unit Main unit IP
Address indicated in the status
page is the same as the IP Address
in the [Port] tab of [Printer
Properties] at the PC. If not,
correct the IP address at the PC.

Resetting the IP address IP address is not set properly. Check if communication via
Command Center or PING is
available with IP address set up
and restart the main unit Main unit
by resetting the IP address if
necessary.

Changing the settings The port settings in the [Printer Remove the checks at the
Properties] at the PC are incorrect dual-directional support and the
SNMP status in the [Port] tab of
the [Printer Properties] in a PC and
then, restart the Main unit and the
PC.

Reboot Main unit Main unit does not work Check if the test print is output
properly. after the printer is ready, and
reboot the main unit Main unit.

Printing is not possible due to the network (6)

Detection condition
IP address of the main unit Main unit has changed.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Restarting up There is trouble in the network. Check if a problem occurs with

output from all PCs on the network
and restart up hub or router.

Checking the connection The cable connector is not Check if there is problem with the
connected properly. cable connection on the network.

Restarting the main unit Main unit Main unit Main unit does not work Turn off the power switch and
properly. unplug the power cord. After 5
seconds, plug in the power cord
again and turn on the power
switch.

486
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Correct the IP address. IP address has been changed. Check if the main unit Main unit IP
Address indicated in the status
page is the same as the IP Address
in the [Port] tab of [Printer
Properties] at the PC. If not,
correct the IP address at the PC.

Changing the settings The menu of the main unit Main Set the system to fixed IP in the
unit is not the fixed IP. Menu.

Changing the settings The menu of the main unit Main Set the system to fixed IP in the
unit is not the fixed IP. Menu.

Printing is not possible due to the printer driver settings (1)

Detection condition
The PC does not recognize the Main unit.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the setting Print driver is not set properly. Check if the printer icon of PC is
[Ready]. (Right click the printer
icon and execute the trouble
shooting.)

Reinstalling the printer driver The printer driver is faulty. Uninstall the printer driver and
install the latest version again.

Restarting PC PC does not start properly. Restart PC.

Printing is not possible due to the printer driver settings (2)

Detection condition
PC is unstable condition
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Restarting PC Print driver is not set properly. Restart PC. (In case if many
application software are running
or the free space of the PC
memory /HDD is low)

Printing is not possible due to the printer driver settings (3)

Detection condition
Print port supported for printing with the network connection is not selected or setting not properly.

487
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Correct the IP address. IP address is not set properly Check if the IP address displayed
in the status report or the System
Menu of the main unit Main unit
matches the IP address in the port
settings of [Printer Properties] on
the PC side. If not, correct the IP
address at the port setting.

Printing is not possible due to the printer driver settings (4)

Detection condition
Printer driver is not selected properly.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Installing the printer driver Proper print driver is not selected. Select proper print driver. In case
of no proper printer driver on PC,
install print driver in PC
corresponding to the Main unit,
which is the output location of the
data.

Printing is not possible due to the printer driver settings (5)

Detection condition
Installed printer driver is in [Deleting] and stop printing even reinstall the driver.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Deleting the job The print jobs remain in the spool Delete all print job that are
inside the printer driver. spooling in print driver.

Deleting the print driver There is a printer driver that is not Delete the printer driver that is not
used. used.

Restarting the print It is pausing. Right click the pausing printer icon
and select [Print resuming]. Then,
check the ready port.

Checking the setting The host name or the IP address is When connecting to a local
not set properly. network, check the host name and
the IP address on the status report
of the Main unit. Correct the IP
address and remove the checks at
the SNMP status and the dual
directional support in the [Port]
tab of the [Printer Properties] at a
PC. Then, restart up the main unit
and the PC

488
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Adding the standard TCP/IP port No standard TCP/IP port in IP Add the Main unit IP address in
address of the Main unit. Standard TCP/IP port and print
Test Page.

A part of the image is missing

Detect Condition
The image data processing with a certain application (Excel, PDF) is faulty.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the application The image data processing with a In case if it occurs with the only
certain application (Excel, PDF. certain application, refer to help
etc.) is faulty. page of the application.

Checking the application The data processing with a certain Check if the image does not drop
application (Excel, PDF, etc.) is out on the print preview, and refer
faulty. to the Help in the application

Changing the settings PDL is not set properly. Set [GDI compatible mode] at [PDL
settings] in the [Print Settings] at
the PC.

Upgrade the Firmware The Firmware is not the latest Upgrade the main Firmware to the
version. latest version.

[Paper mismatch error] is displayed

Detection condition
When feeding from the MP Tray, the Paper size cannot be detected correctly.
Assumed cause and measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the proper paper size A suitable paper size for printing Set paper that is a suitable size for
has not be set. printing.

Changing the settings The paper size for the cassette or Change the paper size setting of
MP tray is not properly set. each paper drawer to match the
paper size loaded in the cassette
or MP tray.

Checking the proper paper size A suitable paper size for printing If you cannot set paper that is a
has not be set. suitable size for printing, set the
following. Go to System Menu >
[Device Settings] > [Error
Handling] > [Paper Mismatch
Error], and then set it to [Ignore].

489
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Error message

Items

➡ Cover open is displayed even when the Top cover is closed (despite pressing the Interlock switch) (page
490)

➡ The Paper replenishment message appears while the Paper is loaded on the MP Tray. (page 490)

Cover open is displayed even when the Top cover is closed

(despite pressing the Interlock switch)

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal of
properly. Or the wire is faulty. the following wire and re-insert
them. If there is no conductivity,
replace the wire.
• Interlock switch - Main / Engine
PWB

Replace the Interlock switch The Interlock switch is faulty. Replace the Interlock switch.

The Paper replenishment message appears while the Paper

is loaded on the MP Tray.

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the connection The connector is not connected Reconnect the connector of the
properly. Or the wires are faulty. following wire. If there is no
conductivity, replace the wire.
• MP Paper sensor - Main / Engine
PWB

Replace the Actuator The Actuator is deformed. Replace the Actuator of the MP
Paper sensor.

Checking the MP Paper sensor The MP Paper sensor is not Reattach the MP Paper sensor. If
attached properly or is faulty. not resolved, replace it.

Replace the Main / Engine PWB The Main / Engine PWB is faulty. Replace the Main / Engine PWB.

490
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Abnormal Noise

Items

➡ Abnormal Noise (Basic action) (page 491)

➡ Abnormal sound from the PaperConveying section (page 491)

➡ Abnormal sound from the Developer section (page 492)

➡ Abnormal sound from the Document processor (page 492)

➡ Abnormal sound from the Exit section (page 492)

➡ Abnormal sound from the primary Feed section (page 493)

➡ Abnormal sound from the Fuser section (page 493)

➡ Abnormal sound from inside of the machine (page 493)

➡ Abnormal sound from inside of the machine (page 494)

➡ Abnormal sound from inside of the machine (page 494)

➡ Fan rotating sounds are noisy (page 495)

➡ The driving sound is noisy during printing (page 495)

Abnormal Noise (Basic action)

Assumed cause and Measures

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Applying the grease The grease on each gear or Check rotation of roller, pulley and
bushing is not enough gear and if they do not rotate
smoothly, then put lubricant on
gear or bushing.

Checking the gear and the The gear or the bushing is not Reattach the gear or the bushing
bushing. attached properly.

Abnormal sound from the PaperConveying section

Detection condition
Frictional wear, smudges / foreign objects adhesion on the conveying rollers, pulleys and the gears
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Cleaning and applying the grease The bushing or the gear is dirty or Clean up the bushing and the gear
foreign objects are on them. of the conveying roller and apply
the grease on them.

491
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Cleaning and applying the grease The inside of the pulley is worn Clean the drive shaft of the
out. Conveying pulley, and then apply
grease.

Checking the Conveying drive unit The Conveying drive unit is faulty. Replace the Conveying drive unit.

Abnormal sound from the Developer section

Detection condition
Developer unit-related problem
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Developer unit The Developer unit drive is faulty. Check if the Developer unit is
damaged anywhere and whether
the roller rotates manually. Repair
if necessary.

Replace the Developer unit The Developer unit is faulty. Replace the Developer unit.

Abnormal sound from the Document processor

Detection condition
DP Conveying section wear, dirt, foreign material adhesion, or poor installation
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Cleaning and applying the grease The bushing or the gear is dirty or Clean the bushing and the gear of
foreign objects are on them. the DP Conveying roller, and then
apply grease on them.

Replace the bushing. The bushing is worn out. Replace the bushing of the DP
Conveying roller.

Cleaning and applying the grease The Drive gear is dirty or the Clean the drive gear of the DP feed
foreign substances are adhered. motor, and then apply grease.

Checking the motor The DP feed motor does not Reinstall the DP feed motor.
engage with the drive gear.

Abnormal sound from the Exit section

Detection condition
Exit section smudges or foreign substances adhesion
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Cleaning and applying the grease The bushing or the gear is dirty or Clean the bushing and the gear of
foreign objects are on them. the Exit roller and apply the grease
on them.

492
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Cleaning and applying the grease Te shaft is dirty or the foreign Clean the shaft of the Exit pulley,
substances are adhered and then apply grease.

Abnormal sound from the primary Feed section

Detection condition
Frictional wear, smudges, foreign substance adhesion, attachment failure of the primary Feed section
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the gear and the clutch The gear or the clutch is not If the gear or the clutch, etc. at the
attached properly. primary feed Drive section is not
attached properly, reattach it.

Cleaning and applying the grease The gear or the bushing, etc. are Clean the gear and the bushing of
dirty or the foreign substances are the primary feed Drive section and
adhered. apply grease on them.

Cleaning and applying the grease The gear or the bushing, etc. are Clean the shaft and bushing of the
dirty or the foreign substances are Feed roller, and apply the grease
adhered. on them.

Checking the Separation pad The surface of the Separation pad Clean the Separation pad and
(when feeding MP Tray) is dirty or worn out. replace it if necessary.

Checking Feed roller and Retard The Feed roller or the surface of Clean the Feed roller or the Retard
roller (when feeding Cassette) the Retard roller is dirty or worn roller and replace it if necessary.
out.

Abnormal sound from the Fuser section

Detection condition
Dirt or foreign material adhered to the Fuser section, or interference between parts
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Replace the Fuser unit The Fuser unit is faulty. Replace the Fuser unit.

Abnormal sound from inside of the machine

Condition
Open and close operation failure of the toner supply opening of the toner Toner container, the lack of toner
amount, or the toner condensation

493
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the toner supply opening The spring for opening and closing Open and close the toner supply
of the toner supply opening is opening of the Toner container
hooked with the other parts, or manually to fix the operation
deformed.

Checking the toner remaining The toner mixing paddle is bent or Check the toner remaining
amount. the toner amount in the Toner amount and replace the Toner
container is little. container if necessary.

Checking the Toner container The torque increases due to the Shake the Toner container enough
toner condensation. and reinstall it. Or replace it.

Abnormal sound from inside of the machine

Condition
Dirt/foreign substances adhered on the Developer section, or toner clumping
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the Developer unit The torque inside the Developer Replace the Developer unit.
unit increased due to the toner
condensation, etc.

Abnormal sound from inside of the machine

Condition
Frictional wear, smudges, foreign material adhesion, or waste toner clogging in the Drum section.
Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Execute the Drum refresh Toner is not enough on the Drum. Execute the Drum refresh to
supply the toner to the Cleaning
unit.

Checking the Drum screw The Drum screw does not properly Replace the Drum unit.
rotate.

Checking the Drum unit The torque inside the Drum unit Replace the Drum unit.
increased due to the waste toner
clogging, etc.

494
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Fan rotating sounds are noisy

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Cleaning the fan The fan is dirty. Specify the fan that the rotation
sound is large, and clean it.

Checking the fan The fan is not attached properly or Reattach the fan and re-insert the
is faulty. connector. If not resolved, replace
it.

The driving sound is noisy during printing

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the settings The Quiet Mode is off. Go to the menu > [Function
settings] [Common] > [Silent
Mode], and then set to On.

495
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Operation error

Items

➡ The main unit does not operate at all even if the power switch is turned on (page 496)

➡ Skew feeding (page 496)

➡ Toner drops over the PaperConveying section. (page 497)

➡ Logging in is only possible with an IC card (page 497)

The main unit does not operate at all even if the power
switch is turned on

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Changing the wall outlet The power cord has no continuity. Plug the Power cord into another
wall outlet.

Replace the Power cord The power cord is faulty. If the power cord is deformed or is
faulty, replace the Power cord.

Replace the Power cord The Power cord is faulty. Check the conductivity of the
Power cord and if there is no
conductivity, replace the Power
cord.

Replacing the power switch The power switch is faulty. Check the continuity between the
contacts of the power switch.
Replace the power switch if there
is no continuity.

Checking the Power supply PWB The connector is not connected Clean the connector terminal on
properly. Or the wires or PWB are the Power supply PWB and
faulty. re-insert the wire connector. In
this case, if the wire is faulty, repair
or replace them. If there is no
improvement, replace the Power
supply PWB.

Skew feeding

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Resetting the Paper width guide The set position of the Paper width Reset the Paper width guide to
guide does not match with size of match the Paper size.
the Paper.

496
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Reinstalling the Paper width guide The Paper width guide is not Reinstall the Paper width guide.
installed properly.

Toner drops over the PaperConveying section.

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Cleaning the Developer unit and The Developer unit or the Drum Clean the Developer unit and
Drum unit unit is dirty. Drum unit.

Logging in is only possible with an IC card

Assumed cause and measure

Check point Assumed cause Measures

Checking the setting [User/Job Accounting] is valid On the menu, go to [User/Job

while the IC card authentication kit Accounting] > [User Login Setting]
is not installed. > [IC Card Settings], and then set
“Keyboard Login” to [Allow].

497
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

????????

8 Environment setting
commands

498
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

About Environment Setting Commands

This machine stores various information related to print settings in its internal memory. This information can be
registered and changed by the PRESCRIBE FRPO command and is set as the printer's initial state when the power
is turned on.
You can check the current FRPO parameter settings on the service status page.

Change the Environment setting commands

We recommend printing the Service Status Page before changing any FRPO parameters. You can also use the
FRPO INIT command to return all FRPO parameters to the printer's initial state.
Send the following command from your PC to this unit to back to the initial state.
[!R! FRPO INIT; EXIT;]
Execute the FRPO command in the following format.
[!R! FRPO paramater, setting value; EXIT;]

NOTE

As an example, to set the emulation to KPDL, send the following command from your PC to this unit.
[!R! FRPO P1, 9; EXIT;]

499
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Command parameter
This section describes the parameters of each environment setting command, their initial values, and setting
ranges.

A1/A2"upper margin"
Displays the distance from the upper part of the print area for inch scale paper.
A1 represents the integer part of the distance value, while A2 represents the decimal part. The distance is
indicated as follows.
A1+A2/100 ( (inches)

A1 Integer part of the upper margin value

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 to 99 -

A2 Decimal part of the upper margin value

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 to 99 -

A3/A4"Left margin"
Displays the distance from the left edge of the print area for inch scale paper.
A3 represents the integer part of the distance value, while A4 represents the decimal part.
The distance is indicated as follows.
A3+A4/100 ( (inches)

A3 Integer part of the left margin value

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 to 99 -

A4 Decimal part of the left margin value

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 to 99 -

A5/A6"Page Length"
Displays the print area length for inch scale paper.
A5 represents the integer part of the length value, while A6 represents the decimal part.
The length is indicated as follows.

500
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

A5+A6/100 ( (inches)

A5 Integer part of the page length value

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 to 99 -

A6 Decimal part of the page length value

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 to 99 -

A7/A8"Page Width"
Displays the print area width for inch scale paper.
A7 represents the integer part of the width value, while A8 represents the decimal part.
The width is indicated as follows.
A7+A8/100 ( (inches)

A7 Integer part of the page width value

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 to 99 -

A8 Decimal part of the page width value

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 to 99 -

B8"Default Pattern Switch"

Setting the resolution for startup.

Default value Setting range Step

1 0 -
300dpi

1
600dpi

C1"Page Orientation"
Setting the printing orientation.

501
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 -
Portrait

1
Landscape

C2/C3/C5"Default Font Number"

Setting the font number for startup.
The Default Font Number is described as below.
C5 x 10000 + C2 x 100 + C3

NOTE

This parameter is referenced by the operation panel, PJL, and SNMP variable. Additionally, the emulations that
activate this font number on power up are"Line Printer" and "PCL5/PCL5E". Other emulations have their own
initialized fonts, so they may not be referenced.

C2 Two digits in the middle of Default Font Number

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 to 99 -

C3 Two digits in the last of Default Font Number

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 to 99 -

C5 Two digits in the first of Default Font Number

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 to 99 -

C8"PCL Font Switch"

Setting the PCL Font Switch.

502
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 -
HP compatible mode
This mode does not print the
high code part more than 128.

32
Backward compatible mode
This mode prints the high code
part more than 128.

The following symbol sets are supported.

• ISO-60 Norway [00D]
• ISO-15 Italian [00I]
• ISO-11 Sweden [00S]
• ISO-6 ASCII [00U]
• ISO-4 U.K. [01E]
• ISO-69 France [01F]
• ISO-21 Germany [01G]
• ISO-17 Spain [02S]
• Symbol [19M]

NOTE

The high code part more than 128 prints no matter what C8 setting is. However, if C8 is set to [0], the character
code is not printed.

D4 Print Density
Sets the print density.

Default value Setting range Step

3 1 1
Light

2
Fairly light

3
Standard

4
Fairly dark

5
Dark

503
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

H8"Host Buffer Size"

Setting the host buffer size.

Default value Setting range Step

5 0 to 99 The size that defined in S5"Host

Buffer Size Rate"

H9"FF Time Out"

Setting the form feed time out.

Default value Setting range Step

6 0 to 99 5 second

0
OFF

J0"Zoom"
Setting the zoom rate of copy

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 -
100%

5
70%

6
81%

7
86%

8
94%

9
98%

504
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

J7 Auto linebreak (LF) mode

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 -
Enables the auto linebreak
function

1
Disables the auto linebreak
function

K0/K1"horizontal offset"

K0Integer part of horizontal offset

Default value Setting range Step

0 -7 to 7 1 cm

K1Decimal part of the horizontal offset

Default value Setting range Step

0 -99 to 99 0.01 cm

K2/K3"vertical offset"

K2Integer part of the vertical offset

Default value Setting range Step

0 -7 to 7 1 cm

K3Decimal part of the vertical offset

Default value Setting range Step

0 -99 to 99 0.01 cm

K4"Kanji Font Number"

Setting the Kange font number for startup.

505
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 -
Same as V7

1
Mincho 9.6 pt

2
Gothic 9.6 pt

5
Mincho 12 pt

6
Gothic 12 pt

K6"Switch JIS Code"

Switching the JIS code.

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 -
New JIS mode

1
Old JIS mode

N0"KIR"
Setting the KIR that is the smoothing function for text.

Default value Setting range Step

2 0 -
OFF

2
ON

N4"Duplex Mode"
Setting the duplex print mode

506
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 -
OFF

1
Long edge bind

2
Short edge bind

N5"Sleep Timer"
Setting the sleep time operation.

Default value Setting range Step

15 0 1 minute
OFF

1 to 120
Time to enter sleep mode

N6"EcoPrint Mode"
Setting the EcoPrint Mode.

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 -
OFF

2
ON

N8"Print Resolution"
Setting the resolution when printing.

Default value Setting range Step

1 0 -
300dpi

1
600dpi

3
1200dpi

507
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

P1"Default Emulation"
Setting the default emulation mode.

Default value Setting range Step

6 0 -
220-240V Line printer

9 1
120V IBM Proprinter

5
Epson LQ-850

6
PCL 6

9
KDPL

P2/P3"CR/LF Action"
Setting the carriage return and line feed processing.

P2"CR Action"

Default value Setting range Step

1 0 -
Ignore

1
CR

2
CR+LF

P3"LF Action"
Default value Setting range Step

1 0 -
Ignore

1
CR

2
CR+LF

508
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

P4"AES Mode"
Setting the auto switching of KPDL.

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 -
220-240V None

1 1
120V Auto switch

P5"AES Alternative Emulation"

Sets the emulation when executing an automatic switch.

Default value Setting range Step

6 0 -
Line printer

1
IBM Proprinter

5
Epson LQ-850

6
PCL 6

9
KDPL

P7"AES Option"
Setting the page ejection command and processing behavior that triggers Automatic Emulation Switching (AES).

NOTE
After AES is started, KPDL handles data that does not apply to either KPDL or alternate emulation.

Default value Setting range Step

11 0 to 99 -
KDA

10
Other than KDA

P9"Command Recognition"
Setting the ASCII code, 33 to 126 as the command recognition character.

509
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

82 33 to 126 -

R2"Default Paper Size"

Setting the default paper size.

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 to 53 -

0
Size of cassette

1 to 53
Refer to ➡ Paper size (page
522).

R4"Default Paper Source"

Setting the default paper source for startup.

Default value Setting range Step

1 0 -
MP Tray

1
Cassette1

2
Cassette2

3
Cassette3

4
Cassette4

5
Cassette5

R7"MP Tray Size"

Sets the multi-purpose tray paper size.

510
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

6 1 to 9, 13 to 19, 31 to 33, 40, 42, 46 -

120V to 48, 50 to 53
Refer to ➡ Paper size (page
8 522).
220-240V

S4"Override A4/LT"
Setting the Override A4/LT

Default value Setting range Step

1 0 -
KDA OFF

0 1
Other than KDA ON

S5"Host Buffer Size Rate"

Setting the host buffer size rate

Default value Setting range Step

1 0 -
10KB

1
100KB

2
1MB

S6"RAM Disk Size"

Setting the RAM disk size.

Default value Setting range Step

64 1 to 1024 1MB

S7"RAM Disk Mode"

Setting the RAM Disk Mode.

511
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

1 0 -
RAM Disk Mode is off

1
RAM Disk Mode is on

T6"Wide A4"
Setting the wide A4 function.

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 -
OFF

1
ON

U0/U1"Default Line Spacing"

Setting the lines per inch in starting.

U0
Integer part of the lines per inch

Default value Setting range Step

6 0 to 99 Number of lines

U1
Decimal part of the lines per inch

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 to 99 Number of lines

U2/U3"Default Character Spacing"

Setting the letters per inch for startup.

U2
Integer part of the letters per inch

Default value Setting range Step

10 0 to 99 Letters

512
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U3
Decimal part of the letters per inch

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 to 99 Letters

U6"Country Code"
Setting the symbol set of internal font.

Default value Setting range Step

41 0 to 99 -

U7"Symbol Set"
Setting the symbol set of internal font.

Default value Setting range Step

53 0 to 99 -

U8/U9"Default Character Spacing"

Setting the default font pitch for startup.

U8
Integer part of the Default Font Spacing

Default value Setting range Step

10 0 to 99 1

U9
Decimal part of the Default Font Spacing

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 to 99 0.01

V0/V1/V2 "Default Font Height"

Setting the font height for startup.

NOTE

The Default Font Height is described as below.

V0 x 100 + V1 x 100 + V2

513
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

V0
The upper two digits of the integer part of the Default Font Height

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 to 9 1

V1
The lower two digits of the integer part of the Default Font Height

Default value Setting range Step

12 0 to 99 -

V2 Decimal part of the Default Font Height

Decimal part of the Default Font Height

Default value Setting range Step

0 25 -
50
75
00

V3"Default Font Name"

Showing the default font name.

Default value Setting range Step

Courier Up to 31 letters -

V4/V5/V6"Default Kanji Fomt Size"

NOTE

The Default Kanji Font Size is described as below.

V4 x 10000 + V5 x 100 + V6

V4
The upper two digits of the integer part of the Default Kanji Font Size

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 to 9 -

514
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

V5
The lower two digits of the integer part of the Default Kanji Font Size

Default value Setting range Step

12 0 to 99 1

V6
Decimal part of the Default Kanji Font Size

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 to 99 0.01

V7"Kanji Font Name Setting"

Sets the default kanji font name.

Default value Setting range Step

MTHSMINCHO-W3 Within 31 characters -

V9"Courier/LetterGothic"
Setting the font type of Courier and LetterGothic.

Default value Setting range Step

5 0 -
Courier: Dark
LetterGothic: Dark

1
Courier: Normal
LetterGothic: Dark

4
Courier: Dark
LetterGothic: Normal

5
Courier: Normal
LetterGothic: Normal

X0/X1/X2/X3"Paper Type"
Setting the paper type for each cassette.

515
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

X0
Setting the paper type for MP tray.

Default value Setting range Step

1 0 -
Auto

1 to 31
Refer to ➡ Paper type (page
520).

99
Unspecified

X1, X2, X3
Set the paper type for cassette.

Default value Setting range Step

1 0 -
Auto

1 to 31
Refer to ➡ Paper type (page
520).

99
Unspecified

X9"PCL Paper Source"

Setting the paper source in PCL mode.

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 -
Switching the feed tray by
paper type setting.

1
Switching the feed tray by
paper size setting.

Y0"Auto Error Clear"

Setting the auto clear when an error occurs.

516
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

0 0
Off

1
On

Y1"Error Clear Timer"

Setting the time for clearing an error.

Default value Setting range Step

6 0 to 99 5 second

Y3"Finishing Error"
Setting the detection of paper error in duplex mode and paper size or type error when using fixed paper source.

Default value Setting range Step

64 0 to 255 -

Y4"Special Type Act Mode"

Setting the duplex mode for Preprinted, Prepunched and Letterhead.

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 -
Off

1
On

Y5"PDF Mode"
Setting the PDF printing

517
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 -
Zooming with the printable
area of paper.

1
Selecting the paper size in PDF
paper size setting.

2
Selecting the paper size either
Letter, A4 or A3 in PDF paper
size setting and zooming with
the printable area of paper.

3
Printing with the paper size
either Letter, A4 or A3 in PDF
paper size setting.

8
Printing in same size.

9
Selecting with the paper size
either Letter, A4 or A3 in PDF
paper size setting.

10
Selecting the paper size either
Letter, A4 or A3 in PDF paper
size setting and zooming with
the printable area of paper.

13
Zooming with the edge of
paper.

14
Printing same size image on
center.

15
Zooming (Maximize) with the
printable area of paper.

16 to 99
Same action as 0

Y6"e-MPS error control"

Setting the error control when the e-MPS error occurs.

518
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

3 0 -
Not control the error

1
Output the error report.

2
Display the error.

3
Display the error and output
the error report.

519
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Paper type
This is the paper type parameters for the prescribe command "MTYP".

NOTE

This list has all paper types that are for "MTYP". Depending on the model, some paper types are not supported

1
Plain

2
Transparency

3
Preprinted

4
Label

5
Bond

6
Recycled

7
Vellum

8
Rough

9
Letterhead

10
Color

11
Prepunched

12
Envelope

13
Cardstock

14
Coated

15
Second Side

520
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

16
Thick

17
High quality paper

18
Index

21
Custom 1

22
Custom 2

23
Custom 3

24
Custom 4

25
Custom 5

26
Custom 6

27
Custom 7

28
Custom 8

29
Inkjet

30
Inkjet Matte

521
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Paper size
This is the paper size parameters for the prescribe command "SPSZ".

NOTE

This list has all paper sizes that are for "SPSZ". Depending on the model, some paper sizes are not supported.

1
Envelope Monarch

2
Envelope #10

3
Envelope DL

4
Envelope C5

5
Executive

6
Letter

7
Legal

8
A4

9
B5 (JIS)

10
A3

11
B4

12
Ledger

13
A5

14
A6

15
B6

522
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

16
Envelope #9

17
Envelope #6

18
ISO B5

19
Custom

30
Envelope C4

31
Cardstock

32
Ofuku-Hagaki

33
Officio II

6
Wide A4

37
Wide Ledger

38
12 x 18

39
8K

40
16K

42
216 x340

43
13 x 19

44
SRA3

45
Kakugata 2

46
Nagagata 3

523
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

47
Younaga 3

48
Nagagata 4

49
13 x 19.2

50
Statement

51
Folio

52
Youkei 2

53
Youkei 4

524
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Maintenance Mode (Libra2 MFP Basic)

9 Maintenance mode

525
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Start maintenance mode

The following condition is necessary to start maintenance mode.
• There are no jobs in process.
• The screen has to be able to shift to maintenance mode.
- Copy Screen
- Home Screen
- HyPAS Screen
- Error Screen
- Status Screen

And the following function cannot be used while maintenance mode is implementing.
• Execute the user job.
However, the service job, report, chart, PG, test printing in maintenance mode, etc. can be executed.
• Shift to the sleep mode.
• Display the error screen in the front screen.
However, the error screen is displayed in the front screen for some individual maintenance screen.
• The counter for the charge counter.
However, the life counter and counter by each paper are counted.

1 Press the [Numeric Keypad] key.

2 Input 10871087 by the numeric key.

NOTE

The password for maintenance mode can be changed by ➡ U010"Set Maintenance Mode ID" (page 573).

3 Input the maintenance number with the numeric key. Or select maintenance mode
to use with [+][-] key.

NOTE

• It is possible to input non-existing maintenance number but once [Start] key is pressed, beep sound can
be heard.
• [+][-] key makes the condition that possible to select the next maintenance number, and the first and last
maintenance number loops.

4 Press the [Start] key.

526
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Exiting maintenance mode

1 Input 001 by the numeric key. Or, select U001 by the [+][-] key.

2 Press the [Start] key.

527
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Change setting values

Setting can be changed for providing the service in maintenance mode if necessary.

1 Start maintenance mode and input the maintenance number.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Start maintenance mode (page 526).

2 Select the item to change settings.

NOTE

• Press the [Stop] key to move to the one upper layer.

• [Reset]key makes the condition that possible to select the next maintenance number, and the first and
last maintenance number loops.

3 Input the setting value.

NOTE

• Once pressing [C] (Cancel) key before fixing the setting value, it will return back to the setting value
before input.
• Once pressing [Step] key while selecting the setting value item, the value increases or decreases by the
number of steps determined for each item.
Items other than 1 step do not support the numeric key entry.
• If the setting range does not straddle 0, it is possible to input the value outside the range, however, it will
be rounded to the upper and lower limit values of the setting range at the time of confirmation.

4 Press the [Start] key.

NOTE

Once the setting value is fixed, "Completed" is displayed for one second.

5 Press the [Reset] key.

6 Exit maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Exiting maintenance mode (page 527).

528
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Output the report

Various kinds of the reports for the service activity can be output by maintenance mode U000. Refer to ➡
U000"Output Maintenance Report" (page 551) for details.

1 Start maintenance mode and input the maintenance number 000.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Start maintenance mode (page 526).

2 Select the report to output and turn it "ON".

• If output the data in the USB drive, insert the USB drive in the main unit beforehand.
• The report that "ON" is selected is output.
• To output all the reports, select [All].

3 Select the method to output.

IMPORTANT
[LLU Report] cannot be output to the USB drive. Only print is possible.

4 Press the [Start] key.

Report is output.

5 Press the [Reset] key.

6 Exit maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Exiting maintenance mode (page 527).

529
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Output the test chart

Various test charts can be output from maintenance mode. The print coverage of the test chart output by
maintenance mode is not reflected in the service status. And also, the test chart is not reflected in the charge
counter either.

1 Start maintenance mode and input the maintenance number.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Start maintenance mode (page 526).

2 Select the report to output.

3 Press the [System Menu/Counter] key.

4 Set the output condition.

Items Contents Setting value

[Feeder] Specify the paper source. MPT

MP tray

Cass1-3
Cassette

[Paper] Specify the paper size. -

[Speed] Specify the print speed. Full

Full speed mode

[Dup] Specify the duplex print mode On

Duplex print On

Off
Duplex print Off

[Copies] Specify the number of print -

NOTE
Setting value switches by pressing the item.

5 Press the [Start] key.

6 Press the [Reset] key.

7 Exit maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Exiting maintenance mode (page 527).

530
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Adjust the center line of the output image

The center position of the image can be adjusted by adjusting the writing timing of the LSU with maintenance
mode U034.

1 Starting maintenance mode

NOTE
Refer to ➡ Start maintenance mode (page 526).

2 Input the maintenance number 034.

3 Select [Center Line].

4 Press the [System Menu/Counter] key.

5 Set the output condition.

NOTE
Refer to ➡ Output the test chart (page 530) for setting the output conditions.

6 Press the [Start] key.

Test chart is output.
Front side

531
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Back side (Only when printing duplex)

7 Press the [Stop] key.

8 Press the [+][-] keys or input a number to change the setting value.
If the setting value is increased, the center line moves to the right, and if lowered, it moves to the left.

NOTE
Refer to ➡ U034"Adjust Paper Timing Data" (page 578) for the setting range or the data change amount.

9 Press the [Start] key.

Even the center line is adjusted with U034, the center line of the copy image might be misaligned. If the proper
image cannot be obtained for the copy image, perform adjusting the leading edge timing of the scanning section.

➡ Adjust center line of DP scanned image (page 542)

➡ Adjust the center line of the table scan image (page 546)

10 Press the [Reset] key.

11 Exit maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Exiting maintenance mode (page 527).

532
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Adjusting leading edge timing of output image

The leading edge position of the image can be adjusted by changing the secondary paper feed timing with
maintenance mode U034.

1 Start the maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Start maintenance mode (page 526).

2 Input the maintenance number 034.

3 Select the mode to adjust.

NOTE
Selected item differs depending on the mode.

[Start Pos]
Select it when it is the normal mode (Full speed).

4 Press the [System Menu/Counter] key.

5 Set the output condition.

NOTE
Refer to ➡ Output the test chart (page 530) for setting the output conditions.

6 Press the [Start] key.

Test chart is output.

533
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Front side

Back side (Only when printing duplex)

7 Press the [Stop] key.

8 Press the [+][-] keys or input a number to change the setting value.
When the setting value is increased, the image moves to the trailing edge direction, and it moves to the
leading edge direction when the setting value is decreased.

NOTE
Refer to ➡ U034"Adjust Paper Timing Data" (page 578) for the setting range or the data change amount.

534
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

9 Press the [Start] key.

IMPORTANT

Even the leading edge timing is adjusted by U034, the leading edge timing might be misaligned in the copy
image. If the proper image cannot be obtained for the copy image, perform adjusting the leading edge
timing of the scanning section.

➡ Adjust center line of DP scanned image (page 542)

➡ Adjust the center line of the table scan image (page 546)

10 Press the [Reset] key.

11 Exit maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Exiting maintenance mode (page 527).

535
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Adjust the leading edge margin of the output

image.
The leading edge margin of the image can be adjusted by light emission timing of the LSU with maintenance mode
U402.

1 Start the maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Start maintenance mode (page 526).

2 Input the maintenance number 402.

3 Select [Lead].

4 Press the [System Menu/Counter] key.

5 Set the output condition.

NOTE
Refer to ➡ Output the test chart (page 530) for setting the output conditions.

6 Press the [Start] key.

Test chart is output.
Front side

536
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Back side (Only when printing duplex)

7 Press the [Stop] key.

8 Press the [+][-] keys or input a number to change the setting value.
Increasing the setting value makes the margin wider, and decreasing makes it narrow.

NOTE
Refer to ➡ U402"Adjust Print Margin" (page 599) for the setting range or the data change amount.

IMPORTANT
If setting the leading edge margin smaller than the default setting value, paper jam at the fuser section
might occur.

9 Press the [Start] key.

10 Press the [Reset] key.

IMPORTANT

Even adjusting the leading edge margin by U402, proper margin might not be able to obtain due to the
affection of the secondary feed timing. If the proper image cannot be obtained, perform adjusting the
leading edge timing of the output image.

➡ Adjusting leading edge timing of output image (page 533)

11 Exit maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Exiting maintenance mode (page 527).

537
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Adjust the left/right margin of the output

image.
The left/right margin of the image can be adjusted by changing the light emission timing of the LSU with
maintenance mode U402.

1 Starting maintenance mode

NOTE
Refer to ➡ Start maintenance mode (page 526).

2 Input the maintenance number 402.

3 Select [A Margin] or [C Margin].

NOTE
Select [A Margin] when adjusting the left margin. Select [C Margin] when adjusting the right margin.

4 Press the [System Menu/Counter] key.

5 Set the output condition.

NOTE
Refer to ➡ Output the test chart (page 530) for setting the output conditions.

6 Press the [Start] key.

Test chart is output.
Front side

538
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Back side (Only when printing duplex)

7 Press the [Stop] key.

8 Press the [+][-] keys or input a number to change the setting value.
Increasing the setting value makes the margin wider, and decreasing makes it narrow.

NOTE
Refer to ➡ U402"Adjust Print Margin" (page 599) for the setting range or the data change amount.

9 Press the [Start] key.

IMPORTANT

If the proper image cannot be obtained, even adjusting the left/right margin by U402, perform adjusting the
center line of the output image.

➡ Adjust the center line of the output image (page 531)

10 Press the [Reset] key.

11 Exit maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Exiting maintenance mode (page 527).

539
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Adjust the trailing edge margin of the output

image.
The trailing edge margin of the image can be adjusted by changing the light emission timing of the LSU with
maintenance mode U402.

1 Start the maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Start maintenance mode (page 526).

2 Input the maintenance number 402.

3 Select [Trail].

4 Press the [System Menu/Counter] key.

5 Set the output condition.

NOTE
Refer to ➡ Output the test chart (page 530) for setting the output conditions.

6 Press the [Start] key.

Test chart is output.
Front side

540
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Back side (Only when printing duplex)

7 Press [Stop].

8 Press the [+][-] keys or input a number to change the setting value.
Increasing the setting value makes the margin wider, and decreasing makes it narrow.

NOTE
Refer to ➡ U402"Adjust Print Margin" (page 599) for the setting range or the data change amount.

IMPORTANT
If setting the trailing edge margin smaller than the default setting value, the dirt might occur at the back
side of the next page.

9 Press the [Start] key.

IMPORTANT

Even adjusting the trailing edge margin by U402, proper margin might not be able to obtain due to the
affection of the secondary feed timing. If the proper image cannot be obtained, perform adjusting the
leading edge timing of the output image.

➡ Adjusting leading edge timing of output image (page 533)

10 Press the [Reset] key.

11 Exit maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Exiting maintenance mode (page 527).

541
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Adjust center line of DP scanned image

The center line position of the image scanned by the DP can be adjusted with maintenance mode U072.

1 Start the maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to ➡ Start maintenance mode (page 526).

2 Input the maintenance number 072.

3 Press the [System Menu/Counter] key.

4 Set the output condition.

5 Set the original on the DP and press the [Start] key.

NOTE
Perform the duplex copy when adjusting the center line position of the back side.

6 Press the [System Menu/Counter] key.

7 Select the item to adjust.

[Front]
Adjust the center line position of the single-side scanned image.

[CIS]
Adjust the center line position of the back side of the double-side scanned image.

8 Press the [+][-] keys or input a number to change the setting value.
If the setting value is increased, the center line moves to the left, and if lowered, it moves to the right.

NOTE
Refer to ➡ U072"Adjust DP Original Center" (page 585) for the setting range or the data change amount.

9 Press the [Reset] key.

10 Exit maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Exiting maintenance mode (page 527).

542
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Adjust the leading edge/trailing edge timing of

the DP scan image.
The leading edge timing and trailing edge timing of the image scanned by the DP can be adjusted with
maintenance mode U071.

1 Start the maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to ➡ Start maintenance mode (page 526).

2 Input the maintenance number 071.

3 Press the [System Menu/Counter] key.

4 Set the output condition.

5 Set the original on the DP and press the [Start] key.

NOTE
Perform the duplex copy when adjusting the leading edge/trailing edge timing of back side.

6 Press the [System Menu/Counter] key.

7 Select the item to adjust.

[Front Head]

• Adjust the leading edge position of the copied image/scanned image when scanning a single side.
• In case of increasing the setting value, the distance from the leading edge of paper to the leading
edge of the image gets shortened, and if lowered, it gets longer.

[Front Tail]

• Adjust the trailing edge position of the copy image/scan image when making the single sided scan.
• Increasing the setting value makes the image longer, and decreasing makes it shorter.

[CIS Head]

• Adjust the leading edge position of the copy image/scan image when making the double sided scan.
• In case of increasing the setting value, the distance from the leading edge of paper to the leading
edge of the image gets shortened, and if lowered, it gets longer.

[CIS Tail]

• Adjust the trailing edge position of the copy image/scan image when making the double sided scan.
• Increasing the setting value makes the image longer, and decreasing makes it shorter.

543
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

8 Press [+][-] key or input number to change the setting value.

NOTE
Refer to ➡ U071"Adjust DP Leading Edge Timing" (page 584) for the setting range or the data change
amount.

9 Press the [Reset] key.

10 Exit maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Exiting maintenance mode (page 527).

544
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Adjust the magnification of the DP scan image.

The magnification of the DP scan image can be adjusted by maintenance mode U070.

1 Start the maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Start maintenance mode (page 526).

2 Input the maintenance number 070.

3 Press the [System Menu/Counter] key.

4 Set the output condition.

5 Set the original on the DP and press the [Start] key.

NOTE
Perform the duplex copy when adjusting the magnification of back side.

6 Press the [System Menu/Counter] key.

7 Select the item to adjust.

[SubScan(F)]
Adjust the magnification of the sub scan at the time of the single sided scan.

[MainScan(CIS)]
Adjust the magnification of the main scan at the time of the double sided scan.

[SubScan(CIS)]
Adjust the magnification of the sub scan at the time of the double sided scan.

8 Press [+][-] key or input number to change the setting value.

Increase the setting value, the image will extend to the horizontal direction, and decrease it, it will shrink.

NOTE
Refer to ➡ U070"Adjust DP Motor Speed" (page 583) for the setting range or the data change amount.

9 Press the [Reset] key.

10 Exit maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Exiting maintenance mode (page 527).

545
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Adjust the center line of the table scan image

Center line position of the table scan image can be adjusted by maintenance mode U067.

1 Start maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Start maintenance mode (page 526).

2 Input the maintenance number 067.

3 Press the [System Menu/Counter] key.

4 Set the original on the table and press the [Start] key.

5 Press the [System Menu/Counter] key.

6 Select [Front].

7 Press the [+][-] key or input a number to change the setting value.
If the setting value is increased, the center line moves to the left, and if lowered, it moves to the right.

NOTE
Refer to ➡ U067"Adjust Table Center" (page 582) for the setting range or the data change amount.

8 Press the [Reset] key.

9 Exit maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Exiting maintenance mode (page 527).

546
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Adjust leading edge timing of table-scanned

image
The leading edge timing of the image that scanned through the table can be adjusted by maintenance mode U066.

1 Start the maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to ➡ Start maintenance mode (page 526).

2 Input the maintenance number 066.

3 Press the [System Menu/Counter] key.

4 Set the original on the table and press the [Start] key.

5 Press the [System Menu/Counter] key.

6 Select [Front].

7 Press the [+][-] key or input a number to change the setting value.
When the setting value is increased, the distance from the leading edge of the paper to the leading edge of
the image increases, and when decreased, the distance decreases.

NOTE
Refer to ➡ U066"Adjust Table Leading Edge Timing" (page 582) for the setting range or the data change
amount.

8 Press the [Reset] key.

9 Exit maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Exiting maintenance mode (page 527).

547
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Adjust the magnification of the table scan

image.
The magnification of the table scan image can be adjusted by maintenance mode U065.

1 Start the maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Start maintenance mode (page 526).

2 Input the maintenance number 065.

3 Press the [System Menu/Counter] key.

4 Set the original on the table and press the [Start] key.

5 Press the [System Menu/Counter] key.

6 Select [Main Scan].

7 Press the [+][-] key or input a number to change the setting value.
When the setting value is increased, the image will expand horizontally, and when decreased, the image will
shrink.

NOTE
Refer to ➡ U065"Adjust Scanner Motor Speed" (page 581) for the setting range or the data change amount.

8 Press the [Start] key.

9 Select [Sub Scan].

10 Press the [+][-] key or input a number to change the setting value.
Increase the setting value, the image will extend to the vertical direction, and decrease it, it will shrink.

NOTE
Refer to ➡ U065"Adjust Scanner Motor Speed" (page 581) for the setting range or the data change amount.

11 Press the [Reset] key.

12 Exit maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Exiting maintenance mode (page 527).

548
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Auto adjustment of Image scanner unit

You can automatically adjust the Image scanner unit using the specified copy original.

1 Start the maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to ➡ Start maintenance mode (page 526).

2 Input the maintenance number 411.

3 Press the [Start] key.

4 Set the designated original on DP or table.

Use the following originals when executing [Table(ChartA)], [DP FU(Chart A)], or [DP FD(Chart A)].
P/N:7505000005

COL OR SCANN ER
CHART A4
No.302K 357010

P/N:302NM9434_

Use the following originals when executing [DP FU(Chart B)] or [DP FD(Chart B)].
P/N:302AC68243

P/N:302NM9433_

549
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

5 Select [Auto] or [U425] by pressing the [Target] key.

NOTE

When the [Target] is pressed, [Auto] and [U425] switch alternately.

Input the target value in advance with [U425] when selecting the [U425]. ➡ U425"Set Target Adjustment
Value" (page 613)

6 Select the item to adjust.

7 Press the [Start] key.

Press the [Start] key to scan the original and start the automatic adjustment.
When the automatic adjustment has completed successfully, "OK" is displayed.

NOTE
When the error code 1e or 1f is displayed during the automatic adjustment in the DP scanning, adjust the
following after manually inputting the target value.

8 Press the [Reset] key.

9 Exit maintenance mode.

NOTE
Refer to the ➡ Exiting maintenance mode (page 527).

550
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Detail of Maintenance mode

This section describes how each maintenance mode works.

U000"Output Maintenance Report"

Print the various kind of the reports for the service or output the data.

Purpose
Use it when obtaining the necessary device information for the service.

NOTE

Refer to ➡ Output the report (page 529) for the method to output.

[Mainte Report]

[Maintenance]
Output the Maintenance report.

[User Status]
Output the User status page.

[Svc Status]
Output the Service status page.

Refer to ➡ Details of Service Status Page (page 553) for details.

[Event]
Output the Event log.

Refer to ➡ Details of Event Log (page 564) for detail.

[NW Status]
Output the Network status page.

[Fax Sys Conf]

Output the System configuration report.

NOTE

Displayed on the 4in1 model only

[Fax Act List]

Output the Action list.

NOTE

Displayed on the 4in1 model only

551
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[Fax Self Sts]

Output the Self status report.

NOTE

Displayed on the 4in1 model only

[Fax Pcl List]

Output the Protocol list.

NOTE

Displayed on the 4in1 model only

[Fax Err List]

Output the Error list.

NOTE

Displayed on the 4in1 model only

[Config List]
Output the Configuration list.

[LLU Report]
Output the LLU report.
The following reports or the image sample can be output at the same time for the LLU report.

1 Unit history report

Refer to ➡ Details of Unit History Report (page 569) for detail.
2 Event log
Refer to ➡ Details of Event Log (page 564) for detail.
3 The image sample set of U089.

NOTE

Only print is possible for the LLU report. It is not possible to send it to the USB drive.

[All]
Output all the reports.

[Mainte Report] screen 2

NOTE

Once pressing Start key, selection is confirmed, and move to the screen 2.

552
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[Print]
Print reports.

[USB(Text)]
Output the reports in the USB by text.
It is displayed only when USB is installed.

[USB(HTML)]
Output the reports in the USB by HTML.
It is displayed only when USB is installed.

Details of Service Status Page

The useful information for the service activities is described in the service status page.

Header section
The following information is shown in the deader.

1 Firmware version
2 Machine serial number
3 System Date
4 Engine firmware version

Controller Information

Memory Status
Showing the capacity of the standard memory and the extended memory.
It shows in units of [Bytes], [KB], [MB], or [GB] according to the memory size.

Time
It shows registered time zone and current time and date.
if the "time server from command center" is set, it shows the address of connecting server.

Option configuration
it shows the optional devices to install and its installation status. If optional software is installed, the status of it is
shown.

Installed
Optional device is installed.

553
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Not installed
Optional device is not installed. Or optional software in not installed.

Trial
Optional software is in trial.

Print coverage
Displays the number of sheets printed by each function such as copy, printer, FAX and also average coverage.
The coverage is calculated as the ratio (%) of the number of image dots on one page to the total number of dots
on A4/Letter size paper.

IMPORTANT

The print coverage is just a guide and it does not indicate the actual toner consumption.

Period
Display the date of clearing coverage information on the left and the date of executing the latest print job on
the right.
The left part will be blank if the coverage value is not cleared and only the left part is displayed if printing the
service status after clearing the coverage information.

Last page
Display the coverage information of the last page.

Last Job
Display the coverage information of the last job.

FRPO Status
Display the parameter setting of FRPO command. Refer to ➡ Environment setting commands (page 498) for the
FRPO command.

FAX Information
Display the basic information related to the FAX settings. Only 4in1 model is displayed.

Rings (Normal1
It shows the registered number of ringse.

Rings (FAX/TEL)
It shows the registered number of rings in FAX/TELauto switching

RIngs (TAD)
It shows the registered number of rings connect to an answering machine.

RP CODE
It is the code of coding the last two dates of main firmware version and engine firmware version.

554
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

1 Coded the engine firmware version and the latest updated date.
2 Coded the main firmware version and the latest updated date.
3 Coded the engine firmware version and the last (previous) updated date.
4 Coded the main firmware version and the last (previous) updated date.

Print Settings
Display the print settings

Altitude Adjustment
It shows registered altitude setting value.

System firmware (Details)

Display the system firmware version.

Engine Information
Display the Engine related information.

Other detailed information

Displays more detailed information on the last block of the service status.

555
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

1 Displays destination and specification information and area information.

(1) Display the information of the destination specification

Parameter Contents

1 Basic product

6/16/17/18/19 Others

(2) Display the area information.

Parameter Contents

1 Europe

2 North America

3 Asia
Except China, Korea

4 Japan

5 Australia

6 China

7 Korea

8 Philippines

2 Displays margin-related information.

(1) Displays the top margin in dot units.

(2) Displays the left margin in dot units.

3 Display the setting value of top offset by feed source.

(1) The setting value of top offset for each optional cassette.
(2) The setting value of top offset for duplex mode.
(3) The setting value of top offset for reverse printing.

4 Display the setting value of left offset by feed source.

556
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

(1) The setting value of left offset for each optional cassette.
(2) The setting value of left offset for duplex mode.
(3) The setting value of left offset for reverse printing.

5 Display the top margin and left margin

(1) Integer part of the top margin

(2) Decimal part of the top margin
(3) Integer part of the left margin
(4) Decimal part of the left margin

6 Display the life counter.

NOTE

It will be blank for enhancements that is not installed.

(1) Machine life counter

(2) MP tray counter
(3) Cassette1 counter
(4) Cassette2 counter
(5) Cassette3 counter
(6) Duplex counter

7 Display the unit counter.

(1) Drum unit (K) counter

(2) Primary transfer unit counter
(3) Developer unit (K) counter
(4) Fuser unit counter

8 Display the maintenace counter.

(1) Maintenance kit counter

(2) Set preset counter for Maintenance kit

557
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

9 Displays various information.

(1) Display the panel lock information.

Parameter Contents

F00 No lock

F01 Lock partially

F02 Lock all

(2) Display the USB information.

Parameter Contents

U00 Not connected

U01 Full speed

U02 High speed

NOTE

If the interface lock is enable and USB drive cannot be recognized, U__ is displayed.

(3) Display the setting value of the paper handling mode.

Parameter Contents

0 The paper drawer selection

1 Fixation of the paper drawer.

(4) Display the status of the auto cassette change operation mode.

Parameter Contents

0 OFF

1 ON

(5) Display the setting value of the color print double count mode.

Parameter Contents

0 Single count for all the sizes

2 Single count below Legal size (356mm)

3 Single count less than Folio size (330mm)

558
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

(6) Monochrome double count mode

Parameter Contents

0 Single count for all the sizes

2 Single count below Legal size (356mm)

3 Single count less than Folio size (330mm)

(7) Display the charge count timing

Parameter Contents

0 When the secondary paper feed is started

1 When the output is completed

(8) Display the machine inside temperature in Celsius degrees.

(9) Display the machine outside temperature in Celsius degrees.
(10)Display the machine outside humidity (relative) by %.
(11)Display the machine outside humidity (absolute) by %.
(12)Display the machine inside humidity by %.

NOTE

The display will be "0" if it is not available.

(13)Displays the Laser scanner section temperature.

NOTE

The display will be "0" if it is not available.

(14)Displays the Laser scanner section 2 temperature.

NOTE

The display will be "0" if it is not available.

(15)Display the fixed asset number that is registered.

(16)Display time-out setting of the job end judgement.
(17)Display the setting value of the job end detection mode.
(18)Display the setting of environment variable argument mode of Prescribe.

Parameter Contents

0 Off
Not reset the environment variable set by
Prescribe.

1 On
Reset the environment variable set by Prescribe.

559
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

(19)Display "Scan to SMB" setting.

Parameter Contents

0 Off

1 On

(20)It shows the logo settinng on the operation panel.

10 Displays media type information.

(1) Plain
(2) Transparency
(3) Preprinted
(4) Label
(5) Bond paper
(6) Recycled
(7) Vellum
(8) Rough
(9) Letterhead
(10)Color paper
(11)Prepunched
(12)Envelope
(13)Cardstock
(14)Thick
(15)High-quality paper
(16)Custom 1
(17)Custom 2
(18)Custom 3
(19)Custom 4
(20)Custom 5
(21)Custom 6
(22)Custom 7
(23)Custom 8

560
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

a Paper weight

Parameter Contents

1 Normal 1
60 to 74 (g/m2)

2 Normal 2
75 to 90 (g/m2)

3 Normal 3
91 to 105 (g/m2)

4 Heavy 1
106 to 135 (g/m2)

5 Heavy 2
136 to 163 (g/m2)

6 Heavy 3
164 to 220 (g/m2)

9 Extra Heavy
OHP

b Fuser Temperature

NOTE

"0" will be displayed if the machine is not supported.

Parameter Contents

0 High temperature

1 Normal
Low temperature

2 Low temperature for thin paper

c Duplex print

Parameter Contents

0 Permission

1 Prohibit

d Concentration

561
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

NOTE

"0" will be displayed if the machine is not supported.

Parameter Contents

1 Light

2 Medium light

3 Normal

4 Mediun dark

5 Dark

11 Display the RFID information.

(1) Product (OEM/manufacturer)

(2) Destination code
(3) Toner name
(4) Lot number
(5) Toner capacity
(6) Toner empty information
(7) Number of toner refills
(8) Toner serial number

12 Displays RFID reader/writer version information and toner installation mode information.

(1) RFID reader/writer version information

(2) Toner installation mode information

Parameter Contents

0 Off

t On

13 Display the firmware version of enhancements.

562
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

NOTE

It will be blank if no enhancement is installed.

14 Displays various setting values.

(1) Display the setting value of the high altitude mode.

(2) Display the setting value of the MC correction mode.

15 Display the execution date and result of data sanitizing by device.

Parameter Contents

0 Success

1 Fail

- Not executed nor installed

The contents for each device are following from up to down.

- FAX PWB (Port1)

NOTE

Not displayed if the FAX function is not available.

- Main memory

16 Displays the toner low setting and toner low detection level.

(1) Toner low settings

Parameter Contents

0 OFF

1 ON

(2) Toner low detection level

17 Displays various settings.

563
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

(1) ErP operation mode settings

Parameter Contents

0 Disable

1 Enable

(2) Full page printing mode settings

Parameter Contents

0 Normal mode

1 Full page mode

(3) BAM compatibility mode

Parameter Contents

0 OFF

1 ON

Details of Event Log

Paper jam or number of the service call occurrence or the counter are displayed in the event log. "Log Data
Nothing..." is displayed if the log data is not existing.

Paper Jam Log

Display the date/time of the paper JAM occurrence, counter, other detail information.

#
Display the paper jam occurrence history.
Records the paper jam for most recent 16 times. Display all the log if number of past paper jam is less than 16
times. If it exceeds 16 times, the oldest log will be deleted.

Count
Display the total life counter at the time of paper jam occurrence.

Event Descriptions
Display the information at the time of paper jam occurrence.

1 Display the 4 digit paper jam code.

2 Display the paper source code in hexadecimal.

Parameter Contents

00 MP tray

01 Cassette1

564
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Parameter Contents

02 Cassette2

03 Cassette3

3 Display the paper size code in hexadecimal.

NOTE

Refer to ➡ Paper size (page 522) for the paper size code.

4 Display the paper type code in hexadecimal.

NOTE

Refer to ➡ Paper type (page 520) for the paper type code.

5 Display the output location code.

Parameter Contents

01 Face-down tray

Date and Time

Display the date/time of the paper jam occurrence by the Date/Month/Year/Hour/Minute

Service Call Log

Display the date/time of the service call occurrence, counter, other detail information.

#
Display the service call occurrence history.
Records the service call for most recent 8 times. Display all the log if number of service call is less than 8 times.
If it exceeds 8 times, the oldest log will be deleted.

Count
Display the total life counter at the time of service call occurrence.

Service Code
Display the information of the service call occurrence.

1 The error identification

Display the error identification information.

Parameter Contents

01 Service call or System error

02 Unit replacement

565
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

2 Auto reboot information

Display the auto reboot information.

Parameter Contents

00 No auto reboot

01 With auto reboot

3 Error code
Display the 4 digit error code.

Date and Time

Display the date/time of the service call occurrence by the Date/Month/Year/Hour/Minute

Maintenance Log
Display the date/time of the maintenance performed, counter, other detail information.

#
Display the maintenance history.
Records the maintenance for most recent 8 times. Display all the log if number of maintenance is less than 8
times. If it exceeds 8 times, the oldest log will be deleted.

Count
Display the total life counter at the time of service call occurrence.

Item
Display the replacement item code at maintenance.

1 Item code
Display the item code.

Parameter Contents

02 Maintenance kit replacement

2 Type code
Display the type of code.
In case of the item code 02

Parameter Contents

01 Maintenance kit A

Date and Time

Display the date/time of the maintenance by the Date/Month/Year/Hour/Minute

Toner Log
Display the date/time of the toner replacement performed, counter, other detail information.

566
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

#
Display the toner replacement history.
Record the toner replacement history of the most recent 32 times. Display all the log if number of
maintenance is less than 32 times. If it exceeds 32 times, the oldest log will be deleted.
Toner container information is updated when replacing the toner container.

NOTE

If the serial number is no change at the toner replacement, the toner container information will not be updated.

Count
Display the total life counter at the time of toner replacement occurrence.

Item. Serial Number

Display the toner container information.

1 Item code
Display the item code.

Parameter Contents

01 Genuine product

02 Non-genuine product

2 Type code
Display the type code.

Parameter Contents

00 Black

3 Serial number
Display the serial number of the toner container

NOTE

If it is a non-genuine product, the serial number will not be displayed.

Date and Time

Display the date/time of the maintenance by the Date/Month/Year/Hour/Minute

Detail
Display the other information for the toner replacement.

567
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

1 The condition of the replaced toner container.

Display the condition of the current container using and past container replaced.

Parameter Contents

A The container currently used.

B Container that has been used in the past and

started to be used from a new state

C CA container that has been used in the past and

started to be used from a used state, or a
non-genuine product

2 Toner remaining amount

Display the toner remaining amount (%) at the time of the replacement. In case if the condition of the
container is A, display the toner remaining amount at the time of start using, if the condition is B or C, display
the toner remaining amount at the time of the replacement.

Counter Log
Display the number of occurrence for the paper jam, service call, maintenance, and other information.

1 Paper jam code

2 Number of the paper jam occurrence.
Display the paper jam code and number of occurrence. Even for the paper jam code that is not occurred is
displayed as number of occurrence 0.

1 Service call
2 Number of service call occurrence.
Display the service call code and number of occurrence. The value in ( ) shows the number of auto reboot
performed. And the service call that is not occurred is not displayed.

1 Maintenance category

Parameter Contents

T Toner replacement

M Maintenance kit replacement

2 Maintenance item

568
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Toner replacement

Parameter Contents

00 Black

Maintenance kit replacement

Parameter Contents

01 Maintenance kit A

3 Number of maintenance occurrence.

Details of Unit History Report

The unit history report shows replacement history of major units.

Unit replacement history

It shows unit name, replacement history and other detail infomation.

1 Unit name
2 Serial number for the unit currently installed
3 Serial number for the unit installed in the past.

NOTE

If there is a unit replacement history, the past three times are displayed in descending order.

4 Counter value of unit

5 Serial number of the main unit which the unit (a) is installed
6 Serial number of the main unit which the unit (a) was install in the past.

NOTE

If there is a history that unit (a) was attached to another main unit, it will be displayed in descending order up to
the last three times.

569
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

7 Counter value of unit

System
Display the date/time of the service call occurrence, counter, other detail information.

Counter
Display the information of the service call occurrence.

Versionr
Display the information of the service call occurrence.

RP Code
Display the date/time of the maintenance performed, counter, other detail information.

U001"Exit Maintenance Mode"

Exit maintenance mode.

Purpose
Use it for exiting maintenance mode.

NOTE

Refer to ➡ Exiting maintenance mode (page 527) for exit procedure.

U002"Set Factory Default"

Execute initializing the backup data.

Purpose
Use it when it is necessary to initialize the backup data.

[Set Factory Def]

[Mode1(All)]
Execute initializing the backup data.

Error code

Error code Assumed cause Measures

0002 Failed to initialize the setting information. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
U002 again.

0003 Failed to initialize the address book Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
information. U002 again.

0004 Failed to initialize the account Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
management information. U002 again.

570
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Error code Assumed cause Measures

0005 Failed to initialize the event log/FAX Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
communication log/Job log information. U002 again.

0006 Failed to initialize the FAX memory Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
transfer/Panel program information. U002 again.

0007 Failed to initialize the shortcut key Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
information. U002 again.

0008 Failed to initialize the FAX reservation Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
information. U002 again.

0009 Failed to initialize the account information. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
U002 again.

0010 Failed to execute RP code backup. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
U002 again.

0011 Failed to initialize the event Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
log/Charging/Maintenance category of the U002 again.
counter information.

0012 Failed to initialize the coverage counter Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
information. U002 again.

0013 Failed to initialize the machine life counter Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
information. U002 again.

0014 Failed to initialize the engine information. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
U002 again.

0015 Failed to initialize the scanner information. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
U002 again.

0016 Failed to initialize the log audit (Checking Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
log). U002 again.

0017 Failed to initialize the device information. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
U002 again.

0018 Failed to initialize the unit log information. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
U002 again.

0019 Failed to initialize the number of Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
pages/Job/CBM alert paper feed by U002 again.
coverage range of counter information.

0020 Failed to initialize the destination history Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
information. U002 again.

Error code Assumed cause Measures

0002 Failed to initialize the setting information. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
U002 again.

0003 Failed to initialize the address book Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
information. U002 again.

0004 Failed to initialize the account Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
management information. U002 again.

0005 Failed to initialize the event log//Job log Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
information. U002 again.

571
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Error code Assumed cause Measures

0006 Failed to initialize the panel program Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
information. U002 again.

0007 Failed to initialize the shortcut key Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
information. U002 again.

0009 Failed to initialize the account information. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
U002 again.

0010 Failed to execute RP code backup. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
U002 again.

0011 Failed to initialize the event Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
log/Charging/Maintenance category of the U002 again.
counter information.

0012 Failed to initialize the coverage counter Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
information. U002 again.

0013 Failed to initialize the machine life counter Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
information. U002 again.

0014 Failed to initialize the engine information. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
U002 again.

0016 Failed to initialize the log audit (Checking Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
log). U002 again.

0017 Failed to initialize the device information. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
U002 again.

0018 Failed to initialize the unit log information. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
U002 again.

0019 Failed to initialize the number of Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
pages/Job/CBM alert paper feed by U002 again.
coverage range of counter information.

0020 Failed to initialize the destination history Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
information. U002 again.

IMPORTANT
Wait more than 5 seconds between the power Off and On.

U004"Machine Number"
Display or write the machine serial number.

Purpose
Display or set the machine serial number. And execute if the service call C0180 (Machine serial number mismatch)
is displayed after replacing the Main / Engine PWB.

[Machine No.]

[Machine No.]
Display the serial number of the main unit.

572
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

If the serial number inside the Main / Engine PWB does not match, it will display the serial number [Machine
No.(Eng)] and[Machine No.(Main)] inside the PWB.

[Execute]
The machine serial number writing is executed.

U010"Set Maintenance Mode ID"

Change the maintenance mode ID.

Purpose
By setting the unique maintenance mode ID, it is possible to increase the security level.

[Machine No.]

[Change]
Select to change the maintenance mode ID.

[Initialize]
Set the maintenance mode ID back to the default setting.

NOTE

The default setting is "10871087".

[Change]

[New ID]
Input new ID.

IMPORTANT

Using "0" to "9", "#", "*" to make 8 digits. And "#" or "*" has to be included in the ID.

[New ID(Reconfirm)]
Input again for checking the new ID.

[Execute]
Execute changing ID.

[Initialize]

[Execute]
Execute initializing the maintenance mode ID.

573
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Error code

Error code Contents Measures

0001 [#] or [*] are not included in the inputted [#] or [*] has to be included in the ID.
ID.
"# or * are not included in ID."

0002 The [New ID] and [New ID(Reconfirm)] do Input the ID again.
not match.
"ID does not match."

0003 ID inputted is less than 8 digits. Input ID with 8 digits.

"Input ID with 8 digits."

U019"Firmware Version"
Display the version of the firmware and the software.

Purpose
Use it when checking the version of the firmware and the software.

[Firm Version]

[Controller]
Display the version of the Main firmware.

[CMN App]
Display the version of the CMN application.

[SST App]
Display the version of the SST application.

[MNT App]
Display the version of the MNT application.

[CPY App]
Display the version of the CPY application.

[PRT App]
Display the version of the PRT application.

[SND App]
Display the version of the SND application.

[BOX App]
Display the version of the BOX application.

[FAX App]
Display the version of the FAX application.

574
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

NOTE
4in1 model only

[WPG App]
Display the version of the WPG application.

[AUTH App]
Display the version of the AUTH application.

[PCS App]
Display the version of the PCS application.

[SCO App]
Display the version of the SCO application.

[PLP]
Display the version of the PLP application.

[EXSP]
Display the version of the EXSP application.

[Version Info]
Display the version of the Version information.

[Sub MMI]
Display the version of the Sub MMI.

[Sub MMI Boot]

Display the version of the Sub MMI boot.

[Engine]
Display the version of the Engine firmware.

[Engine Boot]
Display the version of the Engine boot firmware.

[HyPAS EMB API]

Display the version of the HyPAS EMB application.

[Option Language1]
Display the version of the Option language 1.

[Option Language2]
Display the version of the Option language 2.

[Option Language3]
Display the version of the Option language 3.

[Option Language4]
Display the version of the Option language 4.

575
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[Option Language5]
Display the version of the Option language 5.

[App Name1]
It is displayed only if HyPAS application is installed.

[App Name2]
It is displayed only if HyPAS application is installed.

[App Name3]
It is displayed only if HyPAS application is installed.

[App Name4]
It is displayed only if HyPAS application is installed.

[App Name5]
It is displayed only if HyPAS application is installed.

[App Name6]
It is displayed only if HyPAS application is installed.

[App Name7]
It is displayed only if HyPAS application is installed.

[App Name8]
It is displayed only if HyPAS application is installed.

[App Name9]
It is displayed only if HyPAS application is installed.

[App Name10]
It is displayed only if HyPAS application is installed.

[App Name11]
It is displayed only if HyPAS application is installed.

[App Name12]
It is displayed only if HyPAS application is installed.

[App Name13]
It is displayed only if HyPAS application is installed.

[App Name14]
It is displayed only if HyPAS application is installed.

[App Name15]
It is displayed only if HyPAS application is installed.

[App Name16]
It is displayed only if HyPAS application is installed.

U021"Initialize Memory"
Initialize the backup RAM.

576
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Purpose
Use it when initialize the setting data other than the adjustment of the machine such as each counter, service call
history, mode setting, etc. based on the ➡ U252"Set Destination" (page 591).

[Init Memory]

[Execute]
Execute initialization of the setting data.

Error code

Error code Assumed cause Measures

0002 Failed to initialize the setting information. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
U021 again.

0003 Failed to initialize the address book Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
information. U021 again.

0004 Failed to initialize the account Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
management information. U021 again.

0005 Failed to initialize the event log/FAX Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
communication log/Job log information. U021 again.

0006 Failed to initialize the FAX memory Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
transfer/Panel program information. U021 again.

0007 Failed to initialize the shortcut key Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
information. U021 again.

0008 Failed to initialize the FAX reservation Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
information. U021 again.

0009 Failed to initialize the account information. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
U021 again.

0010 Failed to execute RP code backup. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
U021 again.

0011 Failed to initialize the event Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
log/Charging/Maintenance category of the U021 again.
counter information.

0012 Failed to initialize the coverage counter Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
information. U021 again.

0013 Failed to initialize the machine life counter Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
information. U021 again.

0014 Failed to initialize the engine information. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
U021 again.

0015 Failed to initialize the scanner information. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
U021 again.

0016 Failed to initialize the log audit (Checking Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
log). U021 again.

0017 Failed to initialize the device information. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
U021 again.

577
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Error code Assumed cause Measures

0018 Failed to initialize the unit log information. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
U021 again.

0019 Failed to initialize the number of Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
pages/Job/CBM alert paper feed by U021 again.
coverage range of counter information.

0020 Failed to initialize the destination history Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
information. U021 again.

IMPORTANT
Wait more than 5 seconds between the power Off and On.

U025"Firmware (Security)"
Execute updating the firmware.

Purpose
Use it for updating the firmware when the security level is set.

[Firm Update(S)]

[Execute]
Execute updating the firmware.

NOTE

If "Very High" is selected for the security level setting, the firmware update starts by executing U025 with the USB
drive installed. And, the update can be executed if the execution permission setting function of the firmware
update is "ON". In this case, "an administrator authentication is required to use the firmware update. Want to
use?"is displayed and select "Yes", and by inputting the user ID and the password so that update is possible.

U034"Adjust Paper Timing Data"

Adjust the leading edge position and the center position of the image.

Purpose
Use it when the position of the image is misaligned.

NOTE

Refer to ➡ Adjust the center line of the output image (page 531) or ➡ Adjusting leading edge timing of output
image (page 533) for the method to adjust.

578
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[Adj Paper Timing]

[Start Pos]
Adjust the leading edge position in the normal mode.

[Center Line]
Adjust the center position.

[Start Pos]

[MPT]
Adjust the leading edge position at the time of the MPT feed.

Default value Setting range Step

0 -30 to 30 0.1 mm

[Cass]
Adjust the leading edge position at the time of feeding from the main unit cassette.

Default value Setting range Step

0 -30 to 30 0.1 mm

[Duplex]
Adjusts the leading edge timing when duplex printing.

Default value Setting range Step

0 -30 to 30 0.1 mm

[Center Line]

[MPT]
Adjust the center position at the time of the MPT feed.

Default value Setting range Step

0 -30 to 30 0.1 mm

[Cass1]
Adjust the center position at the time of feeding from the cassette1.

Default value Setting range Step

0 -30 to 30 0.1 mm

[Cass2]
Adjust the center position at the time of feeding from the cassette2.

579
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

0 -30 to 30 0.1 mm

[Cass3]
Adjust the center position at the time of feeding from the cassette3.

Default value Setting range Step

0 -30 to 30 0.1 mm

MA4000X only

[Duplex]
Adjusts the center position at the time of duplex printing.

Default value Setting range Step

0 -30 to 30 0.1 mm

U051"Adjust Paper Loop Amount"

Adjust the loop amount of paper.

Purpose
Use it when the image of the leading edge of paper is missing, the position is not constant, or paper gets Z folded
or skew.
The loop amount refers to the loop amount of paper when the leading edge of paper reaches the registration
roller, and the loop amount is adjusted by changing the drive start timing of the registration roller.
• Make the start driving faster, the loop amount becomes smaller.
• Make the start driving slower, the loop amount becomes bigger.

[Adj Paper Loop]

[Full]
Adjust the leading edge position in the normal mode.

[Full]

[MPT]
Adjust the loop amount when feeding from MPT.

Default value Setting range Step

0 -20 to 20 1 mm

[Cass]
Adjust the loop amount when feeding from cassette of the main unit.

580
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

0 -20 to 20 1 mm

[Duplex]
Adjust the loop amount when making duplex printing.

Default value Setting range Step

0 -20 to 20 1 mm

[PF]
Adjust the loop amount when feeding from paper feeder.

Default value Setting range Step

0 -20 to 20 1 mm

U065"Adjust Scanner Motor Speed"

Adjust the magnification at the table scan.

Purpose
Use it when magnification of the copy image or scan image is misaligned.

NOTE

Refer to ➡ Adjust the magnification of the table scan image. (page 548) for the adjustment method.

[Adj Scn]

[Main Scan]
Adjust the magnification of the main scan direction.
Increase the setting value, the copy image will expand, and decrease it, it will shrink.

Default value Setting range Step

0 -15 to 15 0.1%

[Sub Scan]
Adjust the magnification of the sub scan direction.
Increase the setting value, the copy image will expand, and decrease it, it will shrink.

Default value Setting range Step

0 -25 to 25 0.1%

581
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U066"Adjust Table Leading Edge Timing"

Adjust the leading edge margin at the time of the table scan.

Purpose
Use it when the leading edge position of the copy image or the scan image is misaligned systematically.

NOTE

Refer to ➡ Adjust the magnification of the table scan image. (page 548) for the method to adjust.

[Table Timing]

[Front]
Adjust the leading edge position of the copy image/scan image.
In case of increasing the setting value, the distance from the leading edge of paper to the leading edge of the
image gets longer, and if lowered, it gets shortened.

Default value Setting range Step

0 -45 to 45 0.085 mm

U067"Adjust Table Center"

Adjust the center position at the time of the table scanning.

Purpose
Use it when the center position of the copy image or the scan image is misaligned compared with the original.

NOTE

Refer to ➡ Adjust the magnification of the table scan image. (page 548) for the method to adjust.

[Table Center]

[Front]
Adjust the center position of the copy image/scan image.
If the set value is increased, the center position moves to the left side of the image and moves to the right side
if the value is reduced.

Default value Setting range Step

0 -40 to 40 0.085 mm

582
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U068"Adjust DP Scan Position"

Adjust the scan start position at the time of the DP scan.

Purpose
Use it when dirt image, etc. occurs due to the scan position is not proper. If scan position is changed, adjust the
leading edge position by ➡ U071"Adjust DP Leading Edge Timing" (page 584).

NOTE

Refer to ➡ Adjust the magnification of the table scan image. (page 548) for how to adjust.

[DP Scn Start Pos]

[DP Read]
Adjust the scan start position of the Document processor.
In case of increasing the setting value, the distance from the leading edge of original to the scan start position
gets longer, and if lowered, it gets shortened.

Default value Setting range Step

0 -33 to 33 0.085 mm

[Black Line]

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 to 3 1

U070"Adjust DP Motor Speed"

Adjust the scanning magnification at the time of the DP scan.

Purpose
Use it when the magnification of the copy image or scan image is misaligned using by the document processor.

NOTE

Refer to ➡ Adjust the magnification of the table scan image. (page 548) for the method to adjust.

[Adj DP Motor]

[SubScan(F)]
Adjust the magnification of the sub scan direction at the time of the single sided scan.

583
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

0 -25 to 25 0.1%

[SubScan(B)]
Adjust the magnification of the sub scan direction at the time of the double sided scan.
It is displayed only when RADP is installed.

Default value Setting range Step

0 -25 to 25 0.1%

[MainScan(CIS)]
Adjust the magnification of the main scan direction at the time of the dual scan.
It is displayed only when DSDP is installed.

Default value Setting range Step

0 -15 to 15 0.1%

[SubScan(CIS)]
Adjust the magnification of the sub scan direction at the time of the dual scan.
It is displayed only when DSDP is installed.

Default value Setting range Step

0 -25 to 25 0.1%

U071"Adjust DP Leading Edge Timing"

Adjust the leading edge, the trailing edge position when making the DP scan.

Purpose
Use it when the copy image, or the leading edge, trailing edge position of the scan image compared with the
original is misaligned systematically.

NOTE

Refer to ➡ Adjust the magnification of the table scan image. (page 548) for how to adjust.

[DP Timing]

[Front Head]
Adjust the leading edge position of the copied image/scanned image when scanning one side.
In case of increasing the setting value, the distance from the leading edge of paper to the leading edge of the
image gets shortened, and if lowered, it gets longer.

584
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

0 -32 to 32 0.195 mm

[Front Tail]
Adjust the trailing edge position of the the copy image or scan image when making the single sided scan.
Increasing the setting value makes the image longer, and decreasing makes it shorter.

Default value Setting range Step

0 -32 to 32 0.195 mm

[CIS Head]
Adjust the leading edge position of the copied image/scanned image when scanning a single side.
In case of increasing the setting value, the distance from the leading edge of paper to the leading edge of the
image gets shortened, and if lowered, it gets longer.

Default value Setting range Step

0 -32 to 32 0.195 mm

[CIS Tail]
Adjust the trailing edge position of copy image, or the scan image when making the double sided scan.
Increasing the setting value makes the image longer, and decreasing makes it shorter.

Default value Setting range Step

0 -32 to 32 0.195 mm

U072"Adjust DP Original Center"

Adjust the center position at the time of DP scan.

Purpose
Use it when the center position of the copy image or the scan image is misaligned compared with the original.

NOTE

Refer to ➡ Adjust the magnification of the table scan image. (page 548) for how to adjust.

[DP Center]

[Front]
Adjust the center position of the copy image or the scan image at the time of the single sided scan.
If the set value is increased, the center position moves to the left side and move to the right side if the value
is reduced.

585
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

0 -40 to 40 0.085 mm

[CIS]
Adjust the center position of the copy image or the scan image at the time of the double sided scan.
If the set value is increased, the center position moves to the left side and move to the right side if the value
is reduced.

Default value Setting range Step

0 -40 to 40 0.085 mm

U110"Drum Counter"
Display the drum counter.

Purpose
Use it when checking the drum counter.

[Drum Cnt]

[K]
Displays the black Drum unit counter.

U120"Drum Driving Distance Counter"

Display the drive distance of the drum.

Purpose
Use it for checking the drive distance of the drum.

[Drum Drv Dist Cnt]

[K]
Displays the black Drum unit drive distance.

U130"Set Toner Install"

Sets whether the Toner Install Mode is tuned on/off.

Purpose
Executes toner installation when setting up the machine.

586
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[Set Toner Install]

Default value Setting range Step

Off On -
Executes toner installation
after turning on/off the power.

Off
Does not execute toner
installation.

U136"Set Toner Near End Detection"

Set the detection timing of toner near end.

Purpose
Use it when adjusting to detect toner near end with proper timing.

[Set Toner NearEnd]

IMPORTANT
The setting change does not reflect under the condition of detecting toner near end. If toner near end is detected,
change the settings after turning the power OFF/ON.

[K]
Set toner near end timing of Black toner container.

[K]

Default value Setting range Step

[On] [On] -
Detect the toner near end.

[Off]
Not detect the toner near end.

U157"Developing Drive Time"

Displays the drive time of the Developer unit.

Purpose
Used for checking the drive time of the unit when a Developer unit failure occurs.

[Dev Time]

[K]
Displays the drive time of the Developer unit (Black) in minutes.

587
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U158"Developing Counter"
Displays the Developer unit counter.

Purpose
Used for checking the Developer unit counter.

[Dev Cnt]

[K]
Displays the Developer unit (black) counter.

U198"Set Fuser Phase Control"

Set the phase control of the fuser heater.

Purpose
Set the phase control of the fuser heater. Use when lighting is flickering.

[Set Phase Ctrl]

[Flicker]
Adjust the leading edge margin of paper.

Default value Setting range Step

[Off] [On] -
Enable flicker reduction
mode.

[Off]
Disable flicker reduction
mode.

NOTE
Enabling the flicker reduction mode make the warm-up time of the machine longer.

U222"Set IC Card Type"

Set the IC card type

Purpose
Use it when setting the IC card type.

588
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[Set IC Card Type]

Default value Setting range Step

[Other] [Other] -
Set if IC card is other than
SSFC.

[SSFC]
Set if IC card is SSFC.

U223"Set Panel Operation Lock"

Set the lock function of the operation panel.

Purpose
Use it when the users other than the authorized person are prohibited to operate the system menu on the
operation panel/the job cancel.

[Lock Panel Ope]

Default value Setting range Step

[Unlock] [Unlock] -
Release the lock of the system
menu operation.

[Partial Lock 1]
Lock the system menu
operation and input/output
related setting.

[Partial Lock 2]
Lock the system menu
operation, input/output
related setting and JOB
execution related setting.

[Partial Lock 3]
Lock the system menu
operation, input/output
related setting, JOB execution
related setting and paper
related setting.

[Lock]
Lock the system menu
operation and JOB cancel
operation.

The settings other than [Unlock] are as follows.

589
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Operation items Partial Lock 1 Partial Lock 2 Partial Lock 3 Lock

Shift to Permission Permission Permission Permission

maintenance mode

Shift to System Permission Permission Prohibition Prohibition

Menu

Send, send from Permission Permission Permission Permission

the Document Box

Shift to Permission Prohibition Prohibition Prohibition

register/edit the
Address Book

Shift to Prohibition Prohibition Prohibition Prohibition

register/edit the
Document Box

Press [Stop] key. Permission Permission Permission Prohibition

Press [Status/Job Permission Permission Permission Prohibition

Cancel] key

Disconnection of Permission Permission Permission Prohibition

the FAX line

Operation items Partial Lock 1 Partial Lock 2 Partial Lock 3 Lock

Shift to Permission Permission Permission Permission

maintenance mode

Shift to System Permission Permission Prohibition Prohibition

Menu

Send, send from Permission Permission Permission Permission

the Document Box

Shift to Permission Prohibition Prohibition Prohibition

register/edit the
Address Book

Shift to Prohibition Prohibition Prohibition Prohibition

register/edit the
Document Box

Press [Stop] key. Permission Permission Permission Prohibition

Press [Status/Job Permission Permission Permission Prohibition

Cancel] key

U250"Set Maintenance Counter Pre-set"

Set the maintenance cycle.

Purpose
Use it when setting/changing the maintenance cycle. Once the maintenance cycle is set, the operation screen
notify that the maintenance time is approaching.

590
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[Mnt Cnt Pre-set]

[M.Cnt A]
Set the maintenance cycle of the maintenance kit A.

Default value Setting range Step

300000 0 to 9999999 1

U251"Clear Maintenance Counter"

Correct or reset the maintenance counter.

Purpose
Use it when correcting or resetting the maintenance counter after performing maintenance.

[Clr Mnt Cnt]

[M.Cnt A]
Change the maintenance counter of the maintenance kit A.

Default value Setting range Step

- 0 to 9999999 1

U252"Set Destination"
Switch the operation and display of the main unit matching to the specification of the destination.

Purpose
Use to set again the destination settings when the backup RM is initialized by U021.

NOTE

➡ U021"Initialize Memory" (page 576)

[Set Dest]

[Inch]
Set to the Inch specification.

[Europe Metric]
Set to the Centi specification.

[Asia Pacific]
Set to the Asia specification.

591
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[Australia]
Set to the Australia specification.

[China]
Set to the China specification.

[Korea]
Set to the Korean specification.

[Philippines]
Set to the Philippienes.

Error code

Error code Assumed cause Measures

0001 Entity error occurred Turn the power OFF/ON and

executeU252 again.

0002 Controller error occurred Turn the power OFF/ON and

executeU252 again.

0020 Engine error occurred Turn the power OFF/ON and

executeU252 again.

0040 Scanner error occurred Turn the power OFF/ON and

executeU252 again.

Error code Assumed cause Measures

0001 Entity error occurred Turn the power OFF/ON and

executeU252 again.

0002 Controller error occurred Turn the power OFF/ON and

executeU252 again.

0020 Engine error occurred Turn the power OFF/ON and

executeU252 again.

U253"Set Double/Single Count"

Switch the method of print count.

Purpose
Use it when changing the paper size for making double count.

[Set D/S Count]

[B/W]
Switch the counting method for the monochrome mode.

592
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

[DBL(Legal)] [SGL(All)] -
Set all the paper sizes to the
single count.

[DBL(Legal)]
Set the paper size larger
than Legal (356mm) to the
double count.

[DBL(Folio)]
Set the paper size larger
than Folio to the double
count.

U260"Set Copy Count Mode"

Switch the print count timing.

Purpose
Use it when changing the print count timing.

[Set Count Mode]

Default value Setting range Step

[Eject] [Feed] -
Set the print count timing
when the secondary feed is
started.

[Eject]
Set the print count timing
when output is completed.

U285"Set Service Status Page"

Set the service status page printed from System Menu.

Purpose
Use it when limiting the service information to the users.

[Set Svc Sts Page]

[Coverage]
Set the coverage information of the service status page.

[Rep Permit]
Set the output permission of the service status page from System Menu.

593
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[Coverage]

Default value Setting range Step

[On] [On] -
Display the coverage
information in the service
status page.

[Off]
The coverage information in
the service status page is not
displayed.

[Rep Permit]

Default value Setting range Step

[Off] [On] -
Permit to output the service
status page.

[Off]
Output the service status page
is not permitted.

U287"Set Auto reset Function"

Set the automatic recovery after the error code occurrence.

Purpose
Use it when setting the automatic recovery after the error code occurrence.

[Set Reset Func]

[C0XXX]
Set the automatic recovery of the error code "C0000 to C0999".

Default value Setting range Step

[Off] [On] -
Automatic recovery is
enabled.

[Off]
Auto correct function is
disabled.

[C1XXX]
Set the automatic recovery of the error code "C1000 to C1999".

594
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

[Off] [On] -
Automatic recovery is
enabled.

[Off]
Auto correct function is
disabled.

[C2XXX]
Set the automatic recovery of the error code "C2000 to C2999".

Default value Setting range Step

[Off] [On] -
Automatic recovery is
enabled.

[Off]
Auto correct function is
disabled.

[C3XXX]
Set the automatic recovery of the error code "C3000 to C3999".

Default value Setting range Step

[Off] [On] -
Automatic recovery is
enabled.

[Off]
Auto correct function is
disabled.

[C4XXX]
Set the automatic recovery of the error code "C4000 to C4999".

Default value Setting range Step

[Off] [On] -
Automatic recovery is
enabled.

[Off]
Auto correct function is
disabled.

[C5XXX]
Set the automatic recovery of the error code "C5000 to C5999".

595
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

[Off] [On] -
Automatic recovery is
enabled.

[Off]
Auto correct function is
disabled.

[C6XXX]
Set the automatic recovery of the error code "C6000 to C6999".

Default value Setting range Step

[Off] [On] -
Automatic recovery is
enabled.

[Off]
Auto correct function is
disabled.

[C7XXX]
Set the automatic recovery of the error code "C7000 to C7999".

Default value Setting range Step

[Off] [On] -
Automatic recovery is
enabled.

[Off]
Auto correct function is
disabled.

[C8XXX]
Set the automatic recovery of the error code "C8000 to C8999".

Default value Setting range Step

[Off] [On] -
Automatic recovery is
enabled.

[Off]
Auto correct function is
disabled.

[C9XXX]
Set the automatic recovery of the error code "C9000 to C9999".

596
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

[Off] [On] -
Automatic recovery is
enabled.

[Off]
Auto correct function is
disabled.

[CFXXX]
Set the automatic recovery of the error code "CF000 to CFFFF".

Default value Setting range Step

[On] [On] -
Automatic recovery is
enabled.

[Off]
Auto correct function is
disabled.

U326"Set Black Line Clean Display"

Set the cleaning guidance display when detecting the black streaks on the document processor.

Purpose
Use it when changing the cleaning guidance display when detecting the black streaks on the document processor.

[Set Clean Bk Line]

[Black Line Mode]

Set the cleaning guidance display.

[Black Line Mode]

Default value Setting range Step

[On] [On] -
Display the cleaning guidance
when detecting the black
streaks on the document
processor.

[Off]
The cleaning guidance when
detecting the black streaks on
the document processor does
not display.

597
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U345"Set Maintenance Time Soon Display"

Set the message display to indicate the maintenance timing.

Purpose
Use it for indicating the maintenance timing when changing the timing to display.

[Set Mnt Time Disp]

[Cnt]
Set the counter from the message display to the actual maintenance timing.

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 to 9999 1

[Overhaul]

U346"Selecting Sleep Mode"

Set the sleep operation.

Purpose
Use it when changing the setting of the sleep operation.

[Slct Sleep Mode]

[Timer/Sleep Level]
Set the sleep level.

[Auto Sleep]
Set the auto sleep function.

[Timer/Sleep Level]

IMPORTANT

If [Less Energy Save] is enabled, it will not conform to the BAM standard.

598
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

[More Energy Save] [More Energy Save] -

Prohibit recovery priority
setting so that the setting can
be conform to the BAM
standard.

[Less Energy Save]

Enable the setting of the
recovery priority, energy save
priority function. If making this
setting enable, it will not
conform to the BAM standard.

[Auto Sleep]

IMPORTANT
Peel off the energy saver certification label if turn the auto sleep setting OFF.

Default value Setting range Step

[On] [On] -
Turn the auto sleep setting
ON.

[Off]
Turn the auto sleep setting
OFF.

U402"Adjust Print Margin"

Adjust the leading edge, the trailing edge and , the left and the right print margin of paper.

Purpose
Use it when adjusting the print margin of paper.

NOTE

Refer to ➡ Adjust the leading edge margin of the output image. (page 536), ➡ Adjust the trailing edge margin
of the output image. (page 540), ➡ Adjust the left/right margin of the output image. (page 538) for the method
to adjust.

[Print Margin]

[Lead]
Adjust the leading edge margin of paper.

599
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

4.0 0 to 10.0 0.1mm

NOTE
If making the leading edge margin smaller, it may cause the paper jam at the fuser section.

[A Margin]
Adjust the left edge margin of paper.

Default value Setting range Step

3.0 0 to 10.0 0.1mm

[C Margin]
Adjust the right edge margin of paper.

Default value Setting range Step

3.0 0 to 10.0 0.1mm

[Trail]
Adjust the trailing edge margin of paper.

Default value Setting range Step

3.9 0 to 10.0 0.1mm

NOTE
It may cause the dirt on the next page when making the trailing edge margin smaller, .

U403"Adjust Scanning Margin(Table)"

Adjust scanning margin of the original by the contact glass.

Purpose
This is used to adjust the margin when scanning the original.

NOTE

Refer to ➡ Change setting values (page 528) for the method to adjust.

[Scan Margin Tbl]

[A Margin]
Adjust the left surface margin of the scanner.

600
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

2.0 0 to 10.0 0.5mm

[B Margin]
Adjust the leading edge margin of the scanner.

Default value Setting range Step

2.0 0 to 10.0 0.5mm

[C Margin]
Adjust the right surface margin of the scanner.

Default value Setting range Step

2.0 0 to 10.0 0.5mm

[D Margin]
Adjust the trailing edge margin of the scanner.

Default value Setting range Step

2.0 0 to 10.0 0.5mm

U404"Adjust Scanning Margin(DP)"

Adjust the original scanning margins by the document processor.

Purpose
This is used to adjust the margin when scanning the original.

NOTE

Refer to ➡ Change setting values (page 528) for the method to adjust.

[Scan Margin DP]

[A Margin]
Adjust the left surface margin of the scanner.

Default value Setting range Step

3.0 0 to 10.0 0.5mm

[B Margin]
Adjust the leading edge margin of the scanner.

601
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

2.5 0 to 10.0 0.5mm

[C Margin]
Adjust the right surface margin of the scanner.

Default value Setting range Step

3.0 0 to 10.0 0.5mm

[D Margin]
Adjust the trailing edge margin of the scanner.

Default value Setting range Step

4.0 0 to 10.0 0.5mm

[A Margin(B)]
Adjust the left surface margin (back side) of the scanner.

Default value Setting range Step

3.0 0 to 10.0 0.5mm

[B Margin(B)]
Adjust the leading edge margin (back side) of the scanner.

Default value Setting range Step

2.5 0 to 10.0 0.5mm

[C Margin(B)]
Adjust the right surface margin (back side) of the scanner.

Default value Setting range Step

3.0 0 to 10.0 0.5mm

[D Margin(B)]
Adjust the trailing edge margin (back side) of the scanner.

Default value Setting range Step

4.0 0 to 10.0 0.5mm

U407"Adjust Writing Timing (Reverse)"

Adjust the leading edge timing when making the scan original 180 degrees rotation and output the copy.

602
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Purpose
Use it for adjusting the leading edge timing when making the scan original 180 degrees rotation and output the
copy.

NOTE

Refer to ➡ Change setting values (page 528) for the method to adjust.

[WR Timing(Rev)]

[Adj Data]
Adjust the leading edge timing of the copy output.

Default value Setting range Step

0 -47 to 47 1dot

U411"Scanner Auto Adjustment"

Auto adjusts the Scanner section using the specified original.

Purpose
Use it in the following cases.
0f
• When the Image scanner unit or Engine PWB is replaced
• When executing the initialization by U021.

NOTE

Refer to ➡ Auto adjustment of Image scanner unit (page 549) for the method to adjust.

[Auto Adj Scn]

[Table(ChartA)]
Adjust the following item using the test original automatically.

• Sub scan magunification

• Leading edge timing
• Center line
• Input gamma in color mode
• Color correction matrix

603
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

P/N:302NM9440_

[DP FU(Chart A)]

Adjust the following item (Front side) using the test original automatically.

• Input gamma in color mode

• Color correction matrix

P/N:302NM9440_

[DP FD(Chart A)]

Adjust the following item (back side) using the test original automatically.

• Input gamma in color mode

• Color correction matrix

P/N:302NM9440_

[DP FU(Chart B)]

Adjust the following item (Front side) using the test original automatically.

• Sub scan magunification

• Leading edge timing
• Center line
• Trailing edge timing

604
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

P/N:302NM9433_

[DP FD(Chart B)]

Adjust the following item (back side) using the test original automatically.

• Sub scan magunification

• Leading edge timing
• Center line
• Trailing edge timing

P/N:302NM9433_

[Target]
Set the adjustment target value automatically or switch the input value in U425.

Default value Setting range Step

[Auto] [Auto] -
Input target value
automatically.

[U425]
Use the target value with
U425.

NOTE

Refer to ➡ U425"Set Target Adjustment Value" (page 613) for the input method of the target value by U425.

[Debug]
Output the result after the auto adjustment.
Output can be done in case that the USB drive is inserted.

605
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

[Ret] [Ret] -
Output the result after the
auto adjustment.

[Img]
Output the scanning image.

[Img/Log]
Output the scanning image
and log.

[Img/Log/Ret]
Output the scanning image,
log and the result of auto
adjustment..

606
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

NOTE

Display the message as thte auto adjustment goes by.

[Action]

"---"
Indicate the condition that the execution key is not pressed.

"Scan"
Indicate that the test original is being scanned.

"Calc"
Indicate that correction value by auto adjustment is being calculated.

[Phase]

"Begin"
Indicate the condition before auto adjustment is started.

"Table"
Indicate the condition that the table scan is being executed.

"FaceUp"
Indicate the condition that the DP scan (front side) is being executed.

"FaceDdown"
Indicate the condition that the DP scan (back side) is being executed.

"Finish"
Indicate the condition that auto adjustment is completed.

[State]

"---"
Indicate the condition that the execution key is not pressed.

"Print"
Indicate that the test chart is being printed.

"Scan"
Indicate that the test original is being scanned.

"Calc"
Indicate that correction value by auto adjustment is being calculated.

[Result]

"OK"
Indicate the condition that auto adjustment is completed.

"Error code"
Indicate that the error occurred while move adjustment.

[Slant Value]

607
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Indicate its result when detecting the skew feed.

Once this value is displayed, it will be the scan waiting condition. Press the [Start] key to start again.

Error code

Error code Contents Measures

00 Succeeded the auto adjustment. -

01 Black band position error was detected by Set the original correctly and execute
the leading edge skew of the sub scan auto adjustment again.
when performing the table scan.

04 Black band at the leading edge of the sub Set the original correctly and execute
scan cannot be detected when performing auto adjustment again.
the table scan.

05 Black band at the back side of the main Set the original correctly and execute
scan cannot be detected when performing auto adjustment again.
the table scan.

06 Black band at the front side of the main Set the original correctly and execute
scan cannot be detected when performing auto adjustment again.
the table scan.

07 Black band at the trailing edge of the sub Set the original correctly and execute
scan cannot be detected when performing auto adjustment again.
the table scan.

08 Black band at the back side of the main Check the front/back of the adjustment
scan cannot be detected when performing original.
the DP scan.

09 Black band at the front side of the main Check the front/back of the adjustment
scan cannot be detected when performing original
the DP scan.

0a Black band at the leading edge of the sub Check the front/back of the adjustment
scan cannot be detected when performing original
the DP scan.

0b Check the front/back of the adjustment

original

0c Black band at the back side of the sub scan Check the front/back of the adjustment
cannot be detected when performing the original
DP scan.

0d White band at the back side of the sub scan Check the front/back of the adjustment
cannot be detected when performing the original
DP scan.

0e DMA became timeout. Turn the power switch OFF/ON and

execute again.

608
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Error code Contents Measures

0f Magnification error was detected at the Turn the power switch OFF/ON and
sub scan direction. execute again.
Or, perform the manual adjustment by
the following maintenance mode.

• ➡ U065"Adjust Scanner Motor

Speed" (page 581)

• ➡ U066"Adjust Table Leading Edge

Timing" (page 582)

• ➡ U067"Adjust Table Center" (page

582)

• ➡ U070"Adjust DP Motor Speed"

(page 583)

• ➡ U071"Adjust DP Leading Edge

Timing" (page 584)

• ➡ U072"Adjust DP Original Center"

(page 585)

10 The leading edge error was detected at the Turn the power switch OFF/ON and
sub scan direction. execute again.
Or, perform the manual adjustment by
the following maintenance mode.

• ➡ U065"Adjust Scanner Motor

Speed" (page 581)

• ➡ U066"Adjust Table Leading Edge

Timing" (page 582)

• ➡ U067"Adjust Table Center" (page

582)

• ➡ U070"Adjust DP Motor Speed"

(page 583)

• ➡ U071"Adjust DP Leading Edge

Timing" (page 584)

• ➡ U072"Adjust DP Original Center"

(page 585)

609
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Error code Contents Measures

11 The trailing edge error was detected at the Turn the power switch OFF/ON and
sub scan direction. execute again.
Or, perform the manual adjustment by
the following maintenance mode.

• ➡ U065"Adjust Scanner Motor

Speed" (page 581)

• ➡ U066"Adjust Table Leading Edge

Timing" (page 582)

• ➡ U067"Adjust Table Center" (page

582)

• ➡ U070"Adjust DP Motor Speed"

(page 583)

• ➡ U071"Adjust DP Leading Edge

Timing" (page 584)

• ➡ U072"Adjust DP Original Center"

(page 585)

12 The skew error was detected at the DP sub Turn the power switch OFF/ON and
scan direction. execute again.
Or, perform the manual adjustment by
the following maintenance mode.

• ➡ U065"Adjust Scanner Motor

Speed" (page 581)

• ➡ U066"Adjust Table Leading Edge

Timing" (page 582)

• ➡ U067"Adjust Table Center" (page

582)

• ➡ U070"Adjust DP Motor Speed"

(page 583)

• ➡ U071"Adjust DP Leading Edge

Timing" (page 584)

• ➡ U072"Adjust DP Original Center"

(page 585)

13 Maintenance request error was detected. Turn the power switch OFF/ON and
execute again.

610
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Error code Contents Measures

14 The center position error was detected at Turn the power switch OFF/ON and
the main scan direction. execute again.
Or, perform the manual adjustment by
the following maintenance mode.

• ➡ U065"Adjust Scanner Motor

Speed" (page 581)

• ➡ U066"Adjust Table Leading Edge

Timing" (page 582)

• ➡ U067"Adjust Table Center" (page

582)

• ➡ U070"Adjust DP Motor Speed"

(page 583)

• ➡ U071"Adjust DP Leading Edge

Timing" (page 584)

• ➡ U072"Adjust DP Original Center"

(page 585)

15 The skew error was detected at the DP Turn the power switch OFF/ON and
main scan direction. execute again.
Or, perform the manual adjustment by
the following maintenance mode.

• ➡ U065"Adjust Scanner Motor

Speed" (page 581)

• ➡ U066"Adjust Table Leading Edge

Timing" (page 582)

• ➡ U067"Adjust Table Center" (page

582)

• ➡ U070"Adjust DP Motor Speed"

(page 583)

• ➡ U071"Adjust DP Leading Edge

Timing" (page 584)

• ➡ U072"Adjust DP Original Center"

(page 585)

611
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Error code Contents Measures

16 Magnification error was detected at the Turn the power switch OFF/ON and
main scan direction. execute again.
Or, perform the manual adjustment by
the following maintenance mode.

• ➡ U065"Adjust Scanner Motor

Speed" (page 581)

• ➡ U066"Adjust Table Leading Edge

Timing" (page 582)

• ➡ U067"Adjust Table Center" (page

582)

• ➡ U070"Adjust DP Motor Speed"

(page 583)

• ➡ U071"Adjust DP Leading Edge

Timing" (page 584)

• ➡ U072"Adjust DP Original Center"

(page 585)

17 The service call error was detected. Turn the power switch OFF/ON and
execute again.

18 DP paper jam was detected. Set the original correctly and execute
auto adjustment again.

19 The PWB replacement error was detected. -

1a The test original error was detected. Clean the contact glass and slit glass
If not resolved, replace the adjustment
original.

1b Input gamma adjustment original error Set the original correctly and execute
was detected. auto adjustment again.

1c The matrix adjustment original error was Set the original correctly and execute
detected. auto adjustment again.

1d The white reference correction coefficient Set the original correctly and execute
adjustment original error was detected. auto adjustment again.

1e The error at the Lab value search was Check the following and execute again.
detected.
• Dirty barcode
• Original position
• Barcode position

1f The error at the Lab value comparison was Check the following and execute again.
detected.
• Obtained barcode
• Original position
• Barcode position

20 Input gamma correction coefficient error Set the original correctly and execute
was detected. auto adjustment again.

21 The color correction matrix coefficient Set the original correctly and execute
error was detected. auto adjustment again.

612
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Error code Contents Measures

30 The chromatic aberration adjustment Set the original correctly and execute
original error was detected. auto adjustment again.

50 Error in the correct ratio of white standard Set the original correctly and execute
plate. auto adjustment again.

60 Device detection error of DP sub-scanning. Set the original correctly and execute
auto adjustment again.

99 Completed obtaining the test RAW. -

U425"Set Target Adjustment Value"

Input the Lab value for the adjustment original.

Purpose
Input the data for the original correction for auto adjustment.

NOTE

Refer to ➡ Change setting values (page 528) for the method to adjust.

[Set Target]

[Chart A]
Set the adjustment value at the DP scanning.
P/N:7505000005

COL OR SCANN ER
CHART A4
No.302K 357010

P/N:302NM9434_

[Chart B]
Set the adjustment value at the DP scanning.

613
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

P/N:302AC68243

P/N:302NM9434_

[Chart A]

[White]
Set the Lab value for the White patch of the adjustment original.
L value

Default value Setting range Step

93.6 0 to 100 0.1

a value

Default value Setting range Step

0.9 -200 to 200 0.1

b value

Default value Setting range Step

-0.4 -200 to 200 0.1

[Black]
Set the Lab value for the Black patch of the adjustment original.
L value

Default value Setting range Step

10.6 0 to 100 0.1

a value

Default value Setting range Step

-0.2 -200 to 200 0.1

614
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

b value

Default value Setting range Step

-0.7 -200 to 200 0.1

[Gray1]
Set the Lab value for the Gray1 patch of the adjustment original.
L value

Default value Setting range Step

76.2 0 to 100 0.1

a value

Default value Setting range Step

-0.2 -200 to 200 0.1

b value

Default value Setting range Step

1.2 -200 to 200 0.1

[Gray2]
Set the Lab value for the Gray2 patch of the adjustment original.
L value

Default value Setting range Step

25.2 0 to 100 0.1

a value

Default value Setting range Step

-0.2 -200 to 200 0.1

b value

Default value Setting range Step

-0.2 -200 to 200 0.1

[Gray3]
Set the Lab value for the Gray3 patch of the adjustment original.
L value

Default value Setting range Step

51.3 0 to 100 0.1

615
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

a value

Default value Setting range Step

-0.3 -200 to 200 0.1

b value

Default value Setting range Step

-0.3 -200 to 200 0.1

[C]
Set the Lab value for the Cyan patch of the adjustment original.
L value

Default value Setting range Step

72.6 0 to 100 0.1

a value

Default value Setting range Step

-32.8 -200 to 200 0.1

b value

Default value Setting range Step

-11.7 -200 to 200 0.1

[M]
Set the Lab value for the Magenta patch of the adjustment original.
L value

Default value Setting range Step

48.1 0 to 100 0.1

a value

Default value Setting range Step

69.9 -200 to 200 0.1

b value

Default value Setting range Step

-6.1 -200 to 200 0.1

[Y]
Set the Lab value for the Yellow patch of the adjustment original.

616
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

L value

Default value Setting range Step

86.2 0 to 100 0.1

a value

Default value Setting range Step

-18.6 -200 to 200 0.1

b value

Default value Setting range Step

81.7 -200 to 200 0.1

[R]
Set the Lab value for the Red patch of the adjustment original.
L value

Default value Setting range Step

46.7 0 to 100 0.1

a value

Default value Setting range Step

54.2 -200 to 200 0.1

b value

Default value Setting range Step

38.6 -200 to 200 0.1

[G]
Set the Lab value for the Green patch of the adjustment original.
L value

Default value Setting range Step

67.8 0 to 100 0.1

a value

Default value Setting range Step

-51.3 -200 to 200 0.1

b value

Default value Setting range Step

48.9 -200 to 200 0.1

617
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[B]
Set the Lab value for the Blue patch of the adjustment original.
L value

Default value Setting range Step

38.8 0 to 100 0.1

a value

Default value Setting range Step

25.3 -200 to 200 0.1

b value

Default value Setting range Step

-22.8 -200 to 200 0.1

[Adjust Original]
Set the leading edge (A), the left edge (B), and the trailing edge (C) positions on the adjustment original [Chart
A].

NOTE

Leading edge (A): Average value of A1, A2 and A3

Trailing edge (C): C1, C

[Adjust Original]

[Lead]
Set the adjustment value of the leading edge (A).

Default value Setting range Step

5.0 4.0 to 6.0 0.1mm

618
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[Main Scan]
Set the adjustment value of the left edge (B).

Default value Setting range Step

10.0 9.0 to 11.0 0.1mm

[Sub Scan]
Set the adjustment value of the trailing edge (C).

Default value Setting range Step

190.0 189.0 to 191.0 0.1mm

[Chart B]

[Adjust Original]
Set the leading edge (A), the left edge (B) and the trailing edge (C) positions on the adjustment original [Chart
B].

NOTE

Leading edge (A): Average value of A1, A2 and A3

Trailing edge (C): C1, C

619
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

&

[Adjust Original]

[Lead]
Set the adjustment value of the leading edge (A).

Default value Setting range Step

5.0 4.0 to 6.0 0.1mm

[Main Scan]
Set the adjustment value of the left edge (B).

Default value Setting range Step

10.0 9.0 to 11.0 0.1mm

[Sub Scan]
Set the adjustment value of the trailing edge (C).

Default value Setting range Step

190.0 189.0 to 191.0 0.1mm

U520"Set Remote Service Set TDRS"

Set the remote service.

Purpose
Use it when setting the remote service.

[Set Remote Svc]

[On/Off Config]
Set the remote service.

620
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[On/Off Config]

Default value Setting range Step

[Off] [On] -
Enable the remote service
function.

[Off]
Disable the remote service
function.

U600"Initialize: All Data"

Initialize the FAX.

NOTE
Only 4in1 model is displayed.

Purpose
Use it when initializing the FAX.
Initialize country code (Destination), software switches based on the OEM code setting, all the data in the backup
data, the image memory. And if the file system error is detected by the file system check, initialize the
communication history and the contents of the registration after initializing the file system.

[Init All Data]

[Country Code]
Set the country code.

Country code Destination

000 Japan

"156" Asia
For sales company covering Singapore, India,
Thailand, and Hong Kong.

"250" Russia
Due to the default setting value being changed
from [DTMF] to [Dial Tone], Russia’s code is
different from that of Europe.

"254" Taiwan

"097" Korea

"038" China

"181" USA
For sales company covering USA, Mexico, Canada,
Bolivia, Chile, Peru, Argentine, and Brazil.

621
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Country code Destination

"253" Europe
Sales company who controls Italy, Germany, Spain,
UK, Holland, Sweden, France, Austria, Switzerland,
Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Portugal, Ireland,
Norway, Turkey, Saudi Arabia and South Africa.

"009" Australia

"126" New Zealand

In case of handling in New Zealand, the country
code has to be set at sales company.

[OEM Code]
Set the OEM code.

[Execute]
Execute the initialization.

Error code

Error code Contents Measures

"Unknown Country" The country code is unknown. Input correct code.

"Unknown OEM" OEM code is unknown. Input correct code.

"Unknown Country" Both the country code and OEM code are Input correct code.
unknown.

U601"Initialize: Keep Data"

Initialize the FAX.

NOTE
Only 4in1 model is displayed.

Purpose
Use it when initializing the FAX keeping the user registration data and the factory adjustment value.

[Init Keep Data]

[Country Code]
Set the country code.

Country code Destination

000 Japan

622
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Country code Destination

"156" Asia
For sales company covering Singapore, India,
Thailand, and Hong Kong.

"250" Russia
Due to the default setting value is changed from
[DTMF] to [Dial Tone], it is different from the code
of Europe.

"254" Taiwan

"097" Korea

"038" China

"181" USA
For sales company covering USA, Mexico, Canada,
Bolivia, Chile, Peru, Argentine, and Brazil.

"253" Europe
For sales company covering Italy, Germany, Spain,
UK, Holland, Sweden, France, Austria, Switzerland,
Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Portugal, Ireland,
Norway, Turkey, Saudi Arabia and South Africa.

"009" Australia

"126" New Zealand

In case of handling in New Zealand, the country
code has to be set at sales company.

[OEM Code]
Set the OEM code.

[Execute]
Execute the initialization.

Error code

Error code Contents Measures

"Unknown Country" The country code is unknown. Input correct code.

"Unknown OEM" OEM code is unknown. Input correct code.

"Unknown Country" Both the country code and OEM code are Input correct code.
unknown.

U603"User Data 1"

Set the FAX line type.

623
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

NOTE
Only 4in1 model is displayed.

Purpose
Use it when setting the FAX line type.

[User Data 1]

[Line Type]
Set the line type.

[Line Type]

Default value Setting range Step

[DTMF] [DTMF] -
Set [DTMF] as the FAX line
type.

[10PPS]
Set [10PPS] as the FAX line
type.

[20PPS]
Set [20PPS] as the FAX line
type.

U604"User Data 2"

Set the number of bell sound of the FAX/TEL auto switching.

NOTE

Only 4in1 model is displayed.

Purpose
Use it when changing the number of the bell sound.

NOTE

The default value depends on the country code.

[User Data 2]

[Rings(F/T)#]
Set the number of the bell sound.

624
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

2 0 to 15 1

U605"Clear Data"
Initialize the FAX communication related data.

NOTE
Only 4in1 model is displayed.

Purpose
Use if when deleting the communication history or the ID.

[Clr Data]

[Comm Rec]
Delete the communication history and Protocol List data.

U610"System Setting 1"

Set the number of the disposal line when receiving the same magnification or when reducing automatically.

NOTE
Only 4in1 model is displayed.

Purpose
Use it when changing the number of the disposal lines at the time of receiving same magnification or the time of
reducing automatically.

NOTE

Refer to for the method to adjust.

[System Setting 1]

[Cut Line:100%]
Set the number of the disposal line when receiving the same magnification.
Set the maximum number of lines to be disposed if the received data volume exceeds the recording capacity
of one page when receiving same magnification. If exceeded number of lines are less than the value set, it will
be disposed as a unnecessary line, and if they are more, it will not be disposed and record remaining lines in
the second page.
If the blank second page is received when receiving same magnification, increase the setting value. And also,
if the receiving image has some missing part, decrease the setting value.

625
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

3 0 to 22 1

[Cut Line:Auto]
Set number of disposal line when making automatic reduction.
Set the maximum number of lines to be disposed if the received data volume exceeds the recording capacity
of one page when making automatic reduction. If exceeded number of lines are less than the value set, it will
be disposed as a unnecessary line, and if they are more, it will not be disposed and record remaining lines in
one page with reduction.
Increase the setting value if the image is reduced more than necessary for making the margin at the trailing
edge when receiving with reduction. And also, decrease the setting value if the receiving image has some
missing part.

Default value Setting range Step

3 0 to 22 1

[Cut Line:A4]
Set number of disposal line when making automatic reduction of A4R/LetterR.
Set the maximum number of lines to be disposed if the received data volume exceeds the recording capacity
of one page when making automatic reduction using the A4 or Letter size. If exceeded number of lines are
less than the value set, it will be disposed as a unnecessary line, and if they are more, it will not be disposed
and record remaining lines in one page with reduction.
Increase the setting value if the image is reduced more than necessary for making the margin at the trailing
edge when receiving with reduction. And also, decrease the setting value if the receiving image has some
missing part.

Default value Setting range Step

3 0 to 22 1

U611"System Setting 2"

Set number of adjustment lines at the time of the automatic reduction.

NOTE
Only 4in1 model is displayed.

Purpose
Use it when changing the number of the adjustment lines at the time of automatic reduction.

NOTE

Refer to for the method to adjust.

626
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[System Setting 2]

[Adj Lines]
Set number of adjustment lines at the time of the automatic reduction.

Default value Setting range Step

7 0 to 22 1

[Adj Lines(A4)]
Set number of adjustment lines for automatic reduction when A4 size paper is set.

Default value Setting range Step

22 0 to 22 1

[Adj Lines(LT)]
Set number of adjustment lines for automatic reduction when Letter size paper is set.

Default value Setting range Step

22 0 to 22 1

U612"System Setting 3"

Set the FAX communication operation.

NOTE
Only 4in1 model is displayed.

Purpose
Use it when setting the auto reduction or the output of the protocol list.

[System Setting 3]

[Auto Reduct]
Set the auto reduction for the sub scan direction.

Default value Setting range Step

On On -
If the original is longer than
the paper, it makes auto
reduction.

Off
No auto reduction

[Protocal List]
Set the output of the automatic protocol list.

627
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

Off On -
Automatically output after
finishing the FAX
communication.

Off
No auto output

Err
Automatically output only at
the time of the
communication error
occurrence.

U620"FAX System"
Set the signal detection method at the time of switching remote.

NOTE
Only 4in1 model is displayed.

Purpose
Set the judgement method of the remote switching according to the type of the phone device.

[FAX System]

[Remote Mode]
Set the remote switching mode.

[Remote Mode]

Default value Setting range Step

[One] [One] -
Set to one shot type detection.

[Cont]
Set to continuous type
detection.

U625"Set Communication"
Set the auto redial interval and number of times.

628
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

NOTE

Only 4in1 model is displayed.

Purpose
Use it when setting the redial interval and number of times.

NOTE

The default value of each mode depends on the country code.

[Set Comm]

[Interval]
Set the auto redial interval.

Default value Setting range Step

3 0 to 9 1 minute

[Times]
Set the auto redial number of times.

Default value Setting range Step

2 0 to 15 Once

U630"Communication Control 1"

Set for the FAX communication.

NOTE

Only 4in1 model is displayed.

Purpose
Use it when it is necessary to change the communication speed or take measures against echo.

[Comm Ctrl 1]

[TX Speed]
Set TX speed. However, if the destination unit has the V.34 capability, V.34 is selected for transmission
regardless of this setting.

629
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[RX Speed]
Set RX speed. However, if the destination unit has the V.34 capability, V.34 is selected for reception regardless
of this setting.

[TX Echo]
Set the waiting time from the DIS signal RX to DCS signal TX. Execute if the problem at the TX side due to the
echo failure.

[RX Echo]
Set the waiting time from the CED signal RX to NSF/CIS/DIS signal TX. Execute if the problem at the RX side
due to the echo failure.

[TX Speed]

Default value Setting range Step

[14400bps/V17] [14400bps/V17] -
Set the TX speed to
[14400bps/V17].

[9600bps/V29]
Set the TX speed to
[9600bps/V29].

[4800bps/V27ter]
Set the TX speed to
[4800bps/V27ter].

[2400bps/V27ter]
Set the TX speed to
[2400bps/V27ter].

[RX Speed]
Default value Setting range Step

[14400bps] [14400bps] -
Set the RX speed to
[14400bps].

[9600bps]
Set the RX speed to [9600bps].

[4800bps]
Set the RX speed to [4800bps].

[2400bps]
Set the RX speed to [2400bps].

630
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[TX Echo]

Default value Setting range Step

[300] [500] -
Set the waiting time from the
DIS signal RX to DCS signal TX
for 500msec.

[300]
Set the waiting time from the
DIS signal RX to DCS signal TX
for 300msec.

[RX Echo]

Default value Setting range Step

[75] [500] -
Set the waiting time from the
CED signal RX to NSF/CIS/DIS
signal TX for 500msec.

[75]
Set the waiting time from the
CED signal RX to NSF/CIS/DIS
signal TX for 75msec.

U631"Communication Control 2"

Set for the FAX communication.

NOTE

Only 4in1 model is displayed.

Purpose
Use it when TX/RX with ECM, and setting frequency of CED.

[Comm Ctrl 2]

[ECM TX]
Set ECM TX.

[ECM RX]
Set ECM RX. If the communication cost is priority, turn the setting Off. However, if connecting to the IP phone
line, do not set it to OFF.

[CED Freq]
Set the frequency of the CED signal.

631
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[ECM TX]/[ECM RX]

Default value Setting range Step

[On] [On] -
Turn the ECM TX/RX to On.

[Off]
Turn the ECM TX/RX to Off.

[CED Freq]
Default value Setting range Step

[2100] [2100] -
Set the frequency of the CED
signal to 2100Hz.

[1100]
Set the frequency of the CED
signal to 1100Hz.

U632"Communication Control 3"

Set for the FAX communication.

NOTE

Only 4in1 model is displayed.

Purpose
Use it to reduce error communication at the time of using a low quality line.

Description of [Comm Ctrl 3] function

[DIS 4Byte]
Set TX after 33bit of DIS/DTC signal.

[Num Of CNG(F/T)]
Set the number of CNG detection at the time of the FAX/TEL auto switching.

632
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[DIS 4Byte]

Default value Setting range Step

[Off] [On] -
TX is not performed after 33bit
of DIS/DTC signal.

[Off]
TX is performed after 33bit of
DIS/DTC signal.

[Num Of CNG(F/T)]
Default value Setting range Step

[2Time] [1TIme] -
Set the number of CNG
detection to 1 time.

[2Time]
Set the number of CNG
detection to 2 time.

U633"Communication Control 4"

Set for the FAX communication.

NOTE

Only 4in1 model is displayed.

Purpose
Use it to reduce error communication at the time of using a low quality line.

[Comm Ctrl 4]

[V.34]
Set permission/prohibition of V.34 communication.

[V.34-3429Hz]
Set the V.34 symbol speed (3429 Hz)

[DIS 2Res]
Set the number of reception of the DIS signal. Execute it as the one of the method to countermeasure when
the communication error, etc. occurred.

[RTN Check]
Set the error line ratio for the reference of the RTN signal transmission. If the communication error occurs
frequently due to the line quality, the error can be decreased by decreasing the setting value.

633
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[V.34]

Default value Setting range Step

[On] [On] -
Permit V.34 communication for
both TX and RX.

[TX]
Permit V.34 communication
only for TX.

[RX]
Permit V.34 communication
only for RX.

[Off]
Prohibit V.34 communication
for both TX and RX.

[V.34-3429Hz]
Default value Setting range Step

[On] [On] -
Use 3429Hz as the V.34 symbol
speed.

[Off]
3429Hz is not used as the V.34
symbol speed.

[DIS 2Res]
Default value Setting range Step

[Once] [Once] -
Respond at the first time.

[Twice]
Respond at the second time.

634
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[RTN Check]

Default value Setting range Step

[15%] [5%] -
Set the error line ratio to 5%.

[10%]
Set the error line ratio to 10%.

[15%]
Set the error line ratio to 15%.

[20%]
Set the error line ratio to 20%.

U634"Communication Control 5"

Set for the FAX communication.

NOTE

Only 4in1 model is displayed.

Purpose
Set the number of bytes to allow an error when judging the received TCF signal. Use it as the countermeasures to
relax the communication condition when a communication error occurs.

NOTE

Refer to for the method to adjust.

[Comm Ctrl 5]

[TCF Check]
Set the number of bytes to allow an error when judging the TCF signal.

Default value Setting range Step

0 0 to 255 1

U640"Communication Time 1"

Set for the FAX communication.

NOTE

Only 4in1 model is displayed.

635
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Purpose
Use it when setting the detection time at remote switch setting.

NOTE

Refer to for the method to adjust.

[Comm Time 1]

[Time(One)]
Set the detection time when remote switch is set as one shot.

Default value Setting range Step

7 0 to 255 1
1 *1

*1: New Zealand

[Time(Cont)]
Set the detection time when remote switch is set as continuous.

Default value Setting range Step

80 0 to 255 1

U641"Communication Time 2"

Set for the FAX communication.

NOTE

Only 4in1 model is displayed.

Purpose
Use it when setting the timeout at the time of the FAX communication.

NOTE

The default value of [Td Time Out] depends on the country code.

[Comm Time 2]

[T0 Time Out]

Set the time between the dial signal TX to the CED or DIS signal detection. Change it when the line is
disconnected while setting the performance of the switch board or the device of the other party is setting the
auto switching.

636
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

58 30 to 90 1 second

[T1 Time Out]

Set the time from the incoming call to receiving the correct signal. Normally no setting is required.

Default value Setting range Step

38 30 to 90 1 second

[T2 Time Out]

Set the time from the CFR signal to receiving the image data, from receiving the image data to receiving the
next procedure signal, from the RNR signal detection at ECM to receiving the next procedure signal.

Default value Setting range Step

69 1 to 255 0.1 second

[Ta Time Out]

Set the time for calling the operator through the external telephone, etc. after receiving a call in the FAX at the
time of the FAX/TEL automatic switching. Receive the fax signal within this time, or passing this time, it will
switch to the FAX reception automatically. Execute it if the receiving failure at the time of the FAX/TEL
automatic switching occurs.

Default value Setting range Step

30 1 to 255 1 second

[Tb1 Time Out]

Set the time (Reference) from receiving the FAX to starting the ring back tone transmission at the time of the
FAX/TEL automatic switching. Execute it if the receiving failure at the time of the FAX/TEL automatic switching
occurs.

Default value Setting range Step

20 1 to 255 0.1 second

[Tb2 Time Out]

Set the time for calling the operator through the external telephone, etc. after receiving a call in the FAX at the
time of the FAX/TEL automatic switching. Execute it if the receiving failure at the time of the FAX/TEL automatic
switching occurs.

Default value Setting range Step

80 1 to 255 0.1 second

[Tc Time Out]

Set the time to monitor the trigger to switch to the FAX reception if there are any after receiving the external
phone at the time of the answering machine connection mode (TAD mode). If it does not switch to the fax
reception during this time, it will operate as a normal phone after that.
Set if the receiving failure occurs at the time of the answering machine connection mode.

637
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Default value Setting range Step

60 1 to 255 1 second

[Td Time Out]

Set the length of time how long should be considered as the silence (FAX) for the silent condition which is one
of the trigger to monitor within Td time.
Set if the receiving failure occurs at the time of the answering machine connection mode. However, if
decreasing the setting value extremely, there might be the possibility to switch to the FAX reception in the
middle of the communication by normal phone.

Default value Setting range Step

9 1 to 255 1 second

U650"Modem 1"
Set the modem detection level.

NOTE

Only 4in1 model is displayed.

Purpose
Set to improve the accuracy of communication when adapting to the line characteristics or using low quality lines.

[Modem 1]

[Reg G3 TX Eqr]
Set the G3 TX cable equalizer.

[Reg G3 RX Eqr]
Set the G3 RX cable equalizer.

[RX Mdm Level]

Set the modem detection level.

638
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[Reg G3 TX Eqr]/[Reg G3 RX Eqr]

Default value Setting range Step

[0dB] [0dB] -
Set the G3 TX/RX cable
equalizer to [0dB].

[4dB]
Set the G3 TX/RX cable
equalizer to [4dB].

[8dB]
Set the G3 TX/RX cable
equalizer to [8dB].

[12dB]
Set the G3 TX/RX cable
equalizer to [12dB].

[RX Mdm Level]

Default value Setting range Step

[-43dBm] [-33dBm] -
Set the modem detection level
to [-33dBm].

[-38dBm]
Set the modem detection level
to [-38dBm].

[-43dBm]
Set the modem detection level
to [-43dBm].

[-48dBm]
Set the modem detection level
to [-48dBm].

U651"Modem 2"
Set the modem transmission level.

NOTE

Only 4in1 model is displayed.

Purpose
Use it when correcting for adaptation to line characteristics.

639
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

NOTE

Refer to for the method to adjust.

[Modem 2]

NOTE
The default value of each mode depends on the country code.

[Sgl LV Mdm]
Set the modem transmission level.

Default value Setting range Step

- -15 to 0 1

[DTMF LV(C)]
Set the center value of the DTMF transmission level.

Default value Setting range Step

- -15 to 0 1

[DTMF LV(D)]
Set the level difference of the DTMF transmission level.

Default value Setting range Step

- 0 to 5.5 0.1

U660"Set Calls"
Set the network control unit.

NOTE

Only 4in1 model is displayed.

Purpose
Set to adapt to line characteristics.

NOTE

The default value of [Busy Tone] depends on the country code.

640
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[Set Calls]

[Exchange]
Set the line to connect.

[Dial Tone]
When connecting to the public line, set if the dial tone can be detected for checking the off hook.

[Busy Tone]
If the receiver is busy when call the FAX, set to cut the line by detecting the busy tone or, set to left open the
line until T0 timeout without detecting the busy tone.
If the FAX TX cannot be done due to the misdetection of the busy tone, it may improve by changing the setting
value to OFF. However, the line does not cut off within T0 timeout even the receiver is busy in this case.

[PBX Setting]
Set PBX external connection.

[DC Loop]
Set the detection of the loop current before dialing.

[Exchange]

Default value Setting range Step

[PSTN] [PSTN] -
Connect to the public line.

[PBX]
Connect to the PBX line.

[Dial Tone]/[Busy Tone]/[DC Loop]

Default value Setting range Step

[On] [On] -
Detects [Dial Tone]/[Busy
Tone]/[DC Loop].

[Off]
Does not detect [Dial
Tone]/[Busy Tone]/[DC Loop].

[PBX Setting]
Default value Setting range Step

[Loop] [Flash] -
Set the method of the flashing.

[Loop]
Set the method of the code
number.

641
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U670"Output List"
Output the report related to the FAX communication.

NOTE

Only 4in1 model is displayed.

Purpose
Use it when checking the FAX usage condition, various settings, communication procedure.

[Output List]

[Sys Conf Report]

Output the list such as the software switch, own FAX number, confidential box, FAX board ROM version, etc.

[Action List]
Output the list such as the error history, communication line, etc.

[Self Sts Report]

Output only the FAX communication related settings in the maintenance mode setting status.

[Protocol List]
Output the communication protocol list.

[Error List]
Output the communication error list.

[Addr List(No.)]
Output the address book in order of the registration ID.

[Addr List(Idx)]
Output the address book in order of the registration name.

[One-touch List]
Output the one touch list.

[Group List]
Output the group list.

U695"Customize FAX Function"

Set the priority of the print size at the time of the FAX batch transmission, small size reception.

NOTE

Only 4in1 model is displayed.

Purpose
Use it when changing the priority of the print size at the time of the FAX batch transmission, small size reception.

642
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[Custom FAX Func]

[FAX Bulk TX]

Set the FAX batch transmission.

Default value Setting range Step

[On] [On] -
Execute the FAX batch
transmission.
[Off]
FAX batch transmission is not
executed.

[A5 Pt Pre Chg]

Change the priority of the print size at the time of the A5 size reception.

Default value Setting range Step

[Off] [On] -
A5 --> B5 --> A4
[Off]
A5 --> A4 --> B5

[Detection Time]
Set the detection time of the FAX job stay error C0950.

Default value Setting range Step

3 1 to 3 1 hour

U699"Set: Soft SW"

Set the FAX soft switch individually.

NOTE

Only 4in1 model is displayed.

Purpose
Use it when changing the FAX soft switch. Normally it is not changed due to the affection to the communication
performance is large.

[Set Soft SW]

[SW No.]
Specify the software switch number.

643
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[SW No.]

[Bit]
Switch each bit value.

U906"Reset Disable Function Mode"

Release the service call that is controlled as the partial operation.

Purpose
Use it when operate continuously by separating the partial operation of some faulty unit or the function.

[Reset Dis Func]

[Execute]
Execute the partial operation. The following unit and the function are possible to separate.

• DP
• Paper feeder
• Printer function
• Scanner function
• FAX function (4in1 model only)

IMPORTANT

If the printer function cannot be used, the FAX function cannot be used either.
Once the FAX function is separated, TX/RX cannot be used either.
If the partial operation is done, it is not possible to change the settings for its related functions.

U910"Clear Coverage Data"

Reset the coverage data.

Purpose
Use is when resetting the coverage data.

[Clr Coverage Dat]

[Execute]
Execute resetting the coverage data.

U917"Read/Write Backup HDD Data"

Execute scanning and writing the backup data.

644
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

NOTE

Once starting [Import] or [Export], password setting screen pops up. Set a password if necessary.

Purpose
Use it when making the backup of the main unit data.

[R/W Bkup Data]

[Import]
Import the data from the USB drive to the main unit.

[Export]
Export the data from the main unit to the USB drive.

[Import]/[Export]

[Address]
Execute backup the address book information.

[Job Accnt]
Execute backup the account management information.

[One Touch]
Execute backup the one touch key information. Related address book information also backup is done.

[User]
Execute backup the user management information. Related account management information also backup is
done.

[Document]
Execute backup the document box information. Related account management, user management
information also backup is done.
Stored data in the box will not backup.

[Shortcut]
Execute backup the shortcut information. Related account management, user management, document box
information also backup is done.

[Fax Fwd]
Execute backup the FAX transfer information. Related account management, user management, document
box information also backup is done.

NOTE

Only 4in1 model is displayed.

[System]
Execute backup the system setting information.

645
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

[Network]
Execute backup the network setting information.

[Job Set]
Execute backup the job setting information.

[Printer]
Execute backup the printer setting information.

[Fax Set]
Execute backup the FAX setting information.

NOTE

Only 4in1 model is displayed.

[Program]
Execute backup the program information. Related address book, account management, user management,
document box information also backup is done.
FAX transfer and FAX setting information for 4 in 1 model also back up is done.

[Panel Set]
Execute backup the panel setting information. Related address book, account management, user
management, document box, program information also backup is done.

NOTE

FAX transfer and FAX setting information for 4 in 1 model also back up is done.

FAX transfer and FAX setting information for 4 in 1 model also back up is done.

[Paper Catalog]

[Document Data]
Execute backup the document data information.

[Maintenance]
Execute backup the maintenance information.

Executing [Import]/[Export] displays the target items and their progress status.
"OK" is displayed when processing is complete.

Error code

Error code Contents Measures

e0001 Internal process error occurred. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
again.

e0002 The file access error occurred. Confirm if the USB drive is installed
properly.

646
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Error code Contents Measures

e0003 Necessary file for importing process is not Check if the data in the USB drive does
available. not have any problems.

e0004 Incompatible file was specified for the Check if the data in the USB drive does
import process. not have any problems.

e0005 Failed to decompress the necessary file for Check if the data in the USB drive does
the import process. not have any problems.
The file is corrupted.

e0100-eFFFF The data process error occurred when Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
executing. again.

U920"Charge Counter"
Display the charge counter.

Purpose
Use it when checking the charge counter by function.

[Chg Cnt]

[B/W Copy]
Display the monochrome copy counter.

[B/W Prn]
Display the monochrome print counter.

[B/W Fax]
Display the monochrome FAX counter.

NOTE

[Simplex]
Display the single sided print counter.

[Duplex]
Display the double sided print counter.

[Comb(Off)]
Display the counter without aggregated print.

[Comb(2in1)]
Display the counter with aggregated print (2in1).

[Comb(4in1)]
Display the counter with aggregated print (4in1).

647
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

U927"Clear All Charge/Life Counter (one time only)"

Reset all the charge counter and the life counter.

Purpose
This is used when resetting all the charge counter and the life counter. It is possible to reset one time only when
the life counter is less than 1,000.

[Clr Chg/Life Cnt]

[Execute]
Execute resetting the counter.

IMPORTANT

It is possible to reset one time only when the life counter is less than 1,000. Once the reset is done, it is not possible
to reset again even if the counter is less than 1,000.

U928"Machine Life Counter"

Display the life counter.

Purpose
Use it when checking the life counter.

[Life Cnt]

[Cnt]
Display the life counter.

U964"No Title"
Transfer the log file stored in the main unit to the USB drive.

Purpose
Use it for analyzing the failure.

U964
The only U964 is displayed and the message will not be displayed.

[Execute]
Execute transferring the log file.

[On/Off Config]

648
 [CONFIDENTIAL]

Error code

Error code Contents Measures

"No USB Storage" USB drive is not inserted. Confirm if the USB drive is installed
properly.

"No File" No file Check if the USB drive does not have any
problems.

"Mount Error" The mount error of the USB drive is Check if the USB drive does not have any
detected. problems.

"File Delete Error" Failed to delete the file in the USB drive. Format the USB drive and execute again.

"Copy Error" Failed to copy in the USB drive. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
again.

"Unmount Error" The mount error of the USB drive is Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
detected. again.

"Other Error" The other error is detected. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
again.

U977"Set Data Capture Mode"

Store the data sent to the main unit into a USB drive.

Purpose
Use it when making capture the data that was sent to the main unit.

[Set Data Capture]

[Execute]
Execute capture the data.

[Stop]
Stop capture the data.

Error code

Error code Contents Measures

4 The capacity of the USB drive is not Format the USB drive and execute again.
enough.

50 The other error occurred. Turn the power OFF/ON and execute
again.

649
 For the Kyocera contact in your region, see Sales Sites sections here.
https://www.kyoceradocumentsolutions.com/company/directory.html

©2024 KYOCERA Document Solutions Inc.

The Kyocera logo is a trademark of Kyocera Corporation.